At the very centre, or nucleus, of inner Earth, there is a globe of energy left over from the creation of this planet that acts as an inner sun. It is the light from this object suspended by gravity and centrifugal force that causes the light of the aurora borealis. Numerous cave entrances to the inner Earth exist in the Rocky Mountains and Sierra Mountains in the western United States, as well as less numerous openings in the Ozarks and Appalachian Mountains.
Entries also exist in the Alps, Himalayas, Andes, and the Caribbean. There are also numerous sub-oceanic entry points, particularly in the deep trenches of the Pacific Ocean, the Caribbean Sea, and the Atlantic submarine mountain ranges especially on or near the Azores, Canary Islands, and the Falklands. All of these areas are closely guarded by local governments and N.W.O. elite forces. Artificially created entrances exist under the new Denver airport, the Giza Plateau in Egypt, major Air Force complexes around the world, and many of the Temples in India and China.
A major Chinese entry point is under the Shensi Pyramid that is out of bounds for everyone in Western China. Of course, with the Reptilians off the Earths surface, the Atlanteans were free to play with this new mankind and establish humans as the ruler of this planet.
They established colonies all over the remaining portions of land. They invited the Sirians to come and play with them.
They booted the Marduk beings off-world and took control of their slaves. They created new hybrids for sea and land, one of which became the Merfolk, a genetic blend of human and dolphin. The dolphin species was brought here from the Andromeda Galaxy to monitor all of these events. Whenever the Atlanteans detected underground Reptilian activity, they blasted the inner Earth with lasers and electromagnetic pulses to kill them. Unfortunately, this weakened the upper crust of the Earths top mantle riding over the trapped magma between the upper and lower crusts. After several millennia of these attacks, the Atlantean continent started to break up.
Their civilization began to break up as a reflection of the physical deterioration of their continent. The Atlanteans became even more belligerent as fear and destruction overtook their mind-patterns. Black magicians and sorcerers took the place of scientists and religious leaders.
Fortunately, the population foresaw the destruction that was coming. Many refugees relocated to what is now Egypt, Peru, the Appalachian Mountains and Western Europe, just before the continent collapsed into the upper crust of the Earth. This collapse caused the Earth to flip on its axis, creating the legend of the Flood written about in the Bible, and in other world cultures. This catastrophe was used as a window of opportunity by the groups that donated DNA to create mankind. They immediately began reorganizing the humans into new groups that became the basis for future nationalism.
The Sirians helped to create the ancient Egyptian culture. Those from Tau Ceti organized the Slavic culture. The Rigelians were busy in China and the Orient . While all this was transpiring, the Reptilians saw an opportunity and seized it!
Bluebloods! The inner Earth provided a subterranean locale for the Reptilians to regroup and formulate plans to retake the surface.
At this point, the Reptilians were completely cut off from their home in the Draco constellation. Their spaceship, the Moon, was in human hands. They were alone, isolated on a now hostile planet. They needed to defend themselves. They developed a plan to insidiously retake the surface by blending their genetics with the genetics of the surface humans. Because the human prototype already had Reptilian genetics, it was easy to access the mind-pattern. The Reptilian frequency was already established in the brain stem as well as the Reptilian brain section of these hybrid humans.
The population of Sumer was chosen as the starting point. These humans were primarily descendants of the Martian, Maldekian, and Lyraen refugees.
The Reptilians have a preference for the genetics of blonde-haired,blue-eyed people whose mind-patterns and genetics because they are so easily to control/emotional. For there purpose they started to abducted members of the ruling classes, including political leaders.
Using these humans, they began a new hybridization program that took several generations to perfect. Their goal was to reach a human/ Reptilian genetic 50/50 split. This would produce a human-looking Reptilian that could easily shapeshift from Reptilian to human, then back again. Shapeshifting was accomplished simply by concentrating on the genetics the hybrid wished to open, or lock up, whatever the case may be. For this program the Reptilians engaged the help of the Sirians who had the proper technology to implement such a program. The Sirians knew a lot about genetic alterations and mind-programming, which they freely shared with the Reptilians.
Once the hybridization program was complete, the Sumerian leaders were now replaced by shapeshifting Reptilians. The new Reptilian hybrid became the elite of that culture. Their blood, because of the increased Reptilian DNA, contained more of a copper content. Since copper-based blood turns blue-green upon oxidizing, these Reptilian hybrids were called “Bluebloods”. American government is probably the main focus of the current reptilian shapeshifters. Your attention is drawn to the vertical slit eyeballs which shape shift in to many US military leaders – Norman Russbacher, Rupert Murdock, etc. Pictures: were at wiolawa.com
We suggested new rules requiring all government decisions and voting must take place in 20% oxygen air, to kill the shapeshifters. The Bluebloods quickly realized that with a 50/50 human/Reptilian genetic split, it was necessary to intermarry to maintain the 50/50 split bloodline necessary to shapeshift. When the split increased too far to the Reptilian side, shapeshifting became difficult, and holding human form became impossible. In these cases, it was discovered that the ingestion of human hormones, flesh, and blood, allowed the Reptilians to maintain the human form. Human form was necessary to maintain to avoid scaring the population, which was now not accustomed to the Reptilian form.
Control of the masses was easier when the orders came from a humanoid. The Reptilian format was kept to religious icons and legends. The statues of their gods and goddesses reflect the Reptilian influence, even showing a female Reptilian holding a hybrid baby.
The shapeshifting Reptilian Bluebloods asked the Sirians for help with the daily maintenance of their human forms. The Sirians determined that feeding the hybrids human hormones and blood in an altered animal form would be the easiest way to do it unnoticed by the population. The sacrificial animal used by most Middle Eastern people was the wild boar, so the Sirians chose it as the basis for this new animal hybrid. Human genetics were mixed with those of the wild boar to create the domesticated pig. This animal was served daily to the Bluebloods as a method of temporarily maintaining their human form until they could use an actual human in a sacrificial ceremony. Because the domesticated pig is a combination of human and animal genetics, eating it is a form of cannibalism. This explains why the Hebrews considered it unclean to eat. This is also why the pig is considered to be the most intelligent animal on Earth, why pig skin can be grafted directly onto humans in burn cases, and why pig heart valves can be used in humans with little difficulty. Cancer drugs and other chemicals are often tested on pigs before humans. The domesticated pig frequency, or group mind, is the perfect vehicle for animal species to enter before entering human form on their evolutionary progression. In many respects, pigs can be considered a form of humanity. To a lesser degree, the same is true about cats. As time progressed, the civilization of Sumer declined and transformed into other cultures. Vast migrations from Sumer to other locations in Central Asia occurred. The migrating peoples took their Blueblood leaders with them, as they were their royalty and kings.
The Sumerians became known as the sum-Aryans, or just, Aryans. They spread out across Asia into the steppes of Russia and into the Northern Indian subcontinent. In India they encountered the dark-skinned Dravidians, who were Reptilian remnants from Lemuria. The Dravidians were driven to the central and southern parts of India, while the Aryan hybrids took control of the north, and into the foothills of the Himalayas.
The Aryan leaders, all Bluebloods, became the Sultans and Rajas of legend and history. Sumerians also created Babylonia. The Sumerians also migrated to the area known as the Caucasus Region, where the Khazars developed. From the Caucasus Region, the Blueblood kings and their people spread west toward Europe, developing into the Franks, Cambrians, and Teutonic nationalities.
These nationalities were also being manipulated by various alien cultures like the Antarians, Arcturians, Aldebarans, Tau Cetians, and other remnants of the Lyraens, such as the Atlans. The Atlans located here eventually became the Celts. To back-track for just a bit, I had said in a previous chapter that the descendants of the Reptilian hybrid Sumerians went into Central Asia and the Middle East. They mostly established themselves in the Caucasus Mountains and became the Khazars.
From here, they spread west toward Europe, seeding the national identities for the Vikings, the Franks, the Teutonic peoples, and the Russians. Keep in mind that when Atlantis sank, some of those refugees went to Western Europe and developed into the Celts. Some went to Greece and others to the Italian Peninsula. These peoples were here before the hybrids moved in. It was during the interim time period from the destruction of Atlantis until the Sumerian descendants moved in that other alien groups started to add their genetic mix to the pot and develop individual cultures based on their home worlds.
These Blueblood leaders also infiltrated the Middle Eastern peoples, such as the Biblical Canaanites, Malachites, and Kittites. At the same time in Egypt, the Sirians were reorganizing the Atlantean descendants there, known as the Phoenicians. The Phoenicians were blonde-haired, blue-eyed, with some green-eyed, red-haired people among them. The Phoenicians colonized the coastal Middle East and the British Isles.
They even colonized parts of the North-eastern North American continent, all the way to the Great Lakes area. Some of their mines and writing son stone tablets can still be found in the woods of North America.
The Sirians were also genetically creating the ancient Hebrews. The Jewish people are actually a combination of these genetically manipulated Hebrews and the Sumerians. These Jewish people were then released into the Palestinian territory.
The name, Palestine, comes from the ancient people, the Philistines, who were actually Phoenicians. All of these mixed in the coastal plains of Palestine and created a new religion based on sacrifice and an avenging alien controller, that they called God, or Elohim.
Similarly, when the Aryans mixed with the Dravidians in India, they created the Hindu religion, which is actually a recreation of the Reptilian seven-tier hierarchy. The caste system of India is a direct copy of the Reptilian division of function. At the same time that all of this was going on in western and central Asia, the Rigelians, were developing the remnants of Lemuria who escaped to the coast of eastern Asia.
The Rigelians were a human civilization that was controlled, and eventually assimilated, by the Reptilians. The Rigelians assisted the inner Earth Reptilians in developing a hybrid that included Rigelian DNA.
The Rigelian/Reptilian hybrids set up dynasties in what is now Japan and China that developed independently of their western cousins. In their mania for control, the Reptilians used the various races that donated DNA to the original human project. They fastidiously monitored these related sections of hybrids to determine which was best suited for overall control, and which for subservience. All the hybrids could be controlled through the Reptilian brain that hooked them into Reptilian mind-patterns, but some were more controllable than others.
In Europe, the Bluebloods insidiously took control of the various tribes and groups, becoming their kings and royalty. They infiltrated the Arcturian experiment, called the Etruscans and started to create a new global empire through the Romans. These European Bluebloods then entirely eliminated the Antarian experiment in Greece, and instigated their plan for globalization through the Roman Empire.
The Reptilians even offended the Sirians by infiltrating the Egyptian experiment and implementing their religion there. The Reptilian hybrids became like the endometriosis of the known world, slowly growing into all areas and creating control through the Blueblood system.
While the Reptilians were the first colonists on Earth, they were not the only ones who interfered with human development on this planet. In all there are twelve other groups who donated DNA to the production of the experiment. Add the Reptilians to the twelve groups, resulting in human beings with a genetic mixture of 13 different strains. The result was a general free-for-all. While all these humanoid aliens were Lyraen/Reptilian descendants, each group was culturally and physically manipulated by different groups. This is similar to a lab professor who leaves the door open while he is gone, and all his assistants add their own genetics to the experiment.
The Tau Ceti aliens centered their attention on the eastern European area, from what is now Serbia to the slopes of the Ural Mountains. From here, they influenced the Slavic and Russian peoples. The geographic conditions resembled that in the Tau Ceti star system, and its colony Epsilon Eridanus. The Tau Ceti added their DNA to the human prototypes that were already established there, creating what is now known as the Slavic peoples. The results were a race of humans who were stocky, barrel-chested, and averaging 5 6 to 5 9 in height, with a dense bone structure and dark eyes. They were aggressive, and preferred a cold climate. These Tau Ceti/humans were virulently against the grey alien race and the Reptilians, because their worlds had been attacked, and their children stolen and killed by both races. The Tau Cetians vowed to follow the grey race and destroy them.
In the 1950s, the Soviet Union signed an agreement with the Tau Cetians to use bases in Siberia and under the Ural Mountains. For this reason, the city of Sverdlovsk, named after my great-uncle, the first president of the Soviet Union, was closed to outsiders (click image left). Many experiments involving radiation on the public were performed here from 1958 through the 1980s.
A United States spy plane was shot down over Sverdlovsk in the early 1960s when the United States was trying to learn about the secret activities taking place there. In central Europe, the German tribes were genetically manipulated by beings from Aldebaran. These people are very intelligent and scientifically-oriented. They are generally blonde-haired and blue-eyed, with a minority of dark-haired, light-brown to hazel-eyed people. They are militaristic, and prefer to keep to themselves. For almost 2,000 years, the Aldebarans have been energetically connecting to the Germanic peoples, telepathically sending information to them and promoting a national sentiment. Many humans of the Aldebaran frequency have mixed with the Tau Ceti descendants in the Slavic area, particularly in Poland and Russia. Hitler knew this. That is why he was so adamant about invading those countries and incorporating them into his empire.
Hitler was only half Germanic. His father was a wealthy Jewish businessman in Austria. His mother worked at the home as a maid. She had an affair with the master of the house, and when the wife found out about it, had the maid thrown out. The Jewish businessman did nothing to help Hitler s mother. For this reason, Hitler hated the Jews and sought to destroy his own genetic lineage, basically because he hated himself. He was also deeply mind-controlled. The Aldebarans also genetically infused the Vikings. These Nordic people inherited the aggressive and militaristic tendencies that are also seen in the Germans. The Vikings plundered and raped across Europe for centuries, but did not have the technological ability to stay in power. An accidental manipulation of genetics occurred on the Italian peninsula 3000 years ago. A ship from the Arcturus star system crashed landed on Etruscan territory. These humans were actually extremely spiritually-minded, and instead of trying to get back home, stayed and blended into the humans of that part of Earth. Their descendants became the Romans who were then infiltrated and mixed with the Central Asian hybrids.
Beings from the Antarian star system were behind the genetic manipulation of ancient Greece. These people were a society predominantly based upon homosexuality. Females were used for breeding only. In fact, there were Antarian observers at the Montauk Project who were interested in the programming aspects of sexuality as they related to the Wilhelm Reich methods. The Antarians are dark, often with olive skin, dark eyes, and short, thin bodies. They have a fabulous musculature due to the density of their home-world, and are known for their body-building goals.
The Greek-Antarians colonized Spain and Portugal. Their descendants further mixed with the Romans, and Arabs who are predominantly Sumerian/Reptilian. These then colonized Central and South America, mixing their genetics with the native Indians who were of Atlantean-Procyon descent. The Procyon star system does not have much technology. The Procyons were brought to this planet after the fall of Atlantis to boost the survival rate of the refugees. They became the Maya, Aztec, and Inca.
They were given ancient Lemurian and Atlantean outposts in the Andes and Sierras of Mexico. They tried unsuccessfully to recreate these cultures, including emulating the building of the pyramids, performing medical procedures, and finally, sacrificing to the Reptilian gods. This is why their legends speak of blond men returning in chariots from space to take them away. The Anasazi Indians of the American southwest were also brought from Procyon. It was the Sirians who so generously provided transportation. The Sirians even attempted to bring the Hebrews to the American west. Ancient Hebrew coins were found in New Mexico and other parts of North and South America.
Over the millennia and recent centuries, movements of nations, colonization’s, war, and famines, have thrown the Earths population into a giant melting pot. Strands of genetics have continuously mixed with one another, especially in North America, Europe, Australia, the Caribbean, and South America. The result is that there are few pure races left, and the racial and cultural unity makes it easier for group control.
While all of this was going on in Europe and the Middle East, the Chinese Empire was expanding over East Asia, and the Dravidian-Reptilian culture in India was being replaced by the Aryan (Ari- and Sum-Arian) hordes from Central Asia.
In South America, the Inca Empire was flourishing as it was mixed with the genetics of the Procyon star system. The same mixture was happening in North and Central America creating the Toltecs, Mayans, and Aztecs.
All of these cultures, used blood-ritual and human sacrifice. This indicates that the Procyonians were themselves conquered by the Reptilians and did their bidding, even though they were humanoid. All of the Central and South American cultures used snakes and Reptilians as symbols. These people have a unique blend of Lemurian/Draco and Atlantean/Human genetics mixed with the Procyonian DNA.
B.A. in Architecture, Texas A&M University (TAMU) (Graduated 2008)5y
Do Sirians exist on earth? As in aliens from the Sirius Star System, right?
No, they do not. However, there is no evidence that anyone can put forward that could possibly prove that they do not exist. You can’t disprove a negative. Using deductive reasoning does however give us the answer to your question; or more specifically the use of Occam’s Razor. The simplest answer is usually the right one and unless you believe everything that follows this sentence, it is infinitely more likely that they do not live here on earth than they do.
“The Sirians are the original builders of planetary architecture, and this is why some higher factions of the Sirian races (the Lyran-Sirian Councils) that live in the Law of One are also called Guardians or the Guardian Host. The Sirius Star in the Canis Major constellation acts as the transmission agent and higher self principle for the planet earth in Universal Time Matrix.
The Sirians have both positive and negative impacts to the earth evolution, as the Star Sirius is a planet in higher dimensions and portions of the timelines of Sirius B planet were corrupted though Orion Group and Reptilian invasion. During the second seeding phase of planet earth, renegades from Sirius that were influenced by the Luciferian Marduk races decided they wanted to create their own host bodies, and get away from the administrative structure of many ambassador bases that exist in the Sirius Star system” Sirians – Ascension Glossary
Ashtar: “Urgent Update” Solar flash right now lot of people leave earth instantly! (10)
The Truth Can Change Your Life
Update; 25 Sept 2024 #5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness I am also starting Patreon, I am putting all my censored videos here: 💖 / truthcanchangeyourlifeofficial
Support my work on Subscribestar: https://www.subscribestar.com/truth-c…
Special thanks for your support joining our Youtube membership
Transcript
My dearest brothers and sisters this is ashtar speaking: I greet you in peace and love my message from last week was we will likely intervene in next 2 years. I shared that if we intervened then things may turn out fine but there was a small chance of there being for example a 100 Years of instability afterwards.
People had questions about that so I’ll share my perspective on this in more detail now. Few people are as outright evil as the dark controllers are, however many people on Earth at this time prioritize either the strength of their own Nation or the strength of what they perceive as their group or some supposed greater good over the well-being and freedom of others. If we remove the dark controllers and their institutions then Humanity will be much strengthened you will recover the technology that the dark controllers suppressed and you will have less of your money and productivity stolen by them. however then it’s possible that whoever comes into Power next won’t conclude.
Great let’s now all live in peace it’s entirely possible that they will then conclude great now let’s establish hegemony for my country or great now let’s quickly weaponize this new technology and destroy my rival before they figure out how to weaponize it or great now we’re able to force socialism on everyone whether they want to or not for the greater good of course.
There could also be a movement by some people to seek to make Nations much less powerful and establish a one world government and that could genuinely have good intentions but that could become corrupted and while I know that many people are very much against a One World Government many others would support such an initiative so basically if we remove the dark controllers we’re removing a heavy load from the shoulders of your countries as well as giving your country is a big hammer.
The suppressed technology now fundamentally we do wish to empower you and if you use that hammer to build something that helps the people then that would be great however at your current state of consciousness it’s entirely possible that your countries will use their new Hammer to attack rival countries or to build an even strict system of authoritarianism.
As an illustration for this near the end of World War II the British seriously considered surprise attacking the Soviet Union this was called operation Unthinkable this illustrates that even during times when the people desire relief and peace and when peace is possible it was the end of World War II there are always real politic people and ideologues around who will use any opportunity to launch a new war yes there will be many people who will genuinely wish to live in Freedom and peace and to let others live in Freedom and peace however those people don’t tend to actively seek power and don’t tend to play ruthless power games to get power.
So even if we remove the dark controllers it’s entirely possible that they would be replaced with other dark gray people who would seek to for example quickly weaponize the new technology and attack their neighbors.
Also most people tend to naively assume that whoever their leaders are those leaders can be blindly trusted to work in the interest of the people. Again I’m not saying that if we intervene then this is guaranteed to happen but yes there is a small probability that if we intervene and there’s no solar flash or splitting of timelines we can’t teach you to Value Freedom by forcing you down the road to Freedom you going to have to learn to live together with other humans without trying to exploit each other or try to force each other to comply for the supposed greater good. If the currently relatively powerful people people have to go through the painful process of freeing Earth themselves then we think they come out of this process valuing freedom and transparency more whereas we think that if we intervene and solve Humanity’s problem ourselves then if those relatively powerful people get into full power they will be more likely to want to engage in imperialism or Force the people to comply for the supposed greater good.
ISM note that we’re not quite making the same argument as the gray hats. Here the gray hats often make the argument that it’s okay to let average people suffer in order to wake them up we don’t agree we think Humanity should free itself as quickly as possible which means that the gray hats should make a move as quickly as possible.
We don’t want this period to stretch on instead our perspective is that Earth humans should free themselves so that people in positions of relative power clean out their own house and learn the lesson of freedom in the process.
So we’re not saying average people should suffer so that they wake up we’re saying the moderately powerful people should ideally solve Earth’s problems themselves so that they then don’t turn around and immediately start trying to attack other countries or try to force citizens to comply.
We think that many average people are in an emotional survival State however many of the people in positions of relative power aren’t in such a state because they typically have more access to money and health care and information.
Hence these people in positions of relative power who might run your countries in the future often are in an emotional state where they still are able to take action and learn lessons and process information.
So these people in positions of relative power could benefit from learning the lesson of Freedom gained by going through the process of actually freeing Humanity themselves. Though of course there’s a balance there on one hand we think it’s not wise for us to intervene in this year so that Earth humans have a bit more time to free themselves and learn their lessons but on the other hand we’re not going to let you suffer forever which is why in the previous message we shared that if there was no big gray hat move or solar flash then likely we would intervene in next 2 years. I understand that the picture I’m painting here isn’t as neat and pretty as there’s a galactic intervention or solar Flash and then everyone lives in peace and Harmony and freedom with each other forever.
If it was that easy then there would have been a Galactic intervention or a solar flash years ago the reality is that many people are still eager to attack or exploit others for their own or for their country’s gain. There are still many people eager to force others to comply for the supposed greater good and if we intervene those people could get into Power which could lead to what we’ve been calling instability.
It’s entirely possible that if we land openly and we talk to you all face to face we can help motivate and uplift enough people so that Humanity will start living together in Peace and Freedom and Harmony but it’s also possible that we will not be able to convince enough of you because after all you have free will. You would be surprised how resistant ambitious and powerful people are to suggestions along the lines of everyone should live in Peace and Freedom will give you the support you need to accomplish that.
Often people with an unintegrated ego have the mindset of it is not sufficient that I succeed everyone else must fail because only then when they live in luxury and other people are struggling does their ego truly feels Superior to everyone else.
Whereas if everyone lives in Peace and Freedom then they are no longer one of the few powerful and successful people in a sea of people who are suffering and struggling if everyone lives in Peace and Freedom then they are just another person and their unintegrated ego doesn’t like that.
It’s a strange mindset for me to wrap my head around but many Earth humans genuinely are like this including dark gray people who aren’t part of the dark controllers and again those people are much more likely to seek power and play the dirty power games necessary to get power. so basically we’re not just looking at freeing you from the dark controllers we’re also thinking about what happens after that. Because if we intervene and remove the dark controllers then we are creating a huge power vacuum and there may very well be dark gray people looking to exploit that power vacuum slightly delaying our intervention makes it less likely that there will be instability After the Dark controllers are removed. And yes there can still be a solar flash that shoves everyone into 5D but as discussed in last week’s message right now that lot of people leave Earth instantly. We’re hoping that that won’t be necessary hopefully you will free yourselves or failing that we will intervene in probably next 2 years. Hopefully through face-to-face contact we can then help motivate and uplift enough of you that Humanity will choose Peace and Freedom .
I hope this clarifies things, thanks for all your comments and questions finally this is a period where you light workers the people who we feel the most Affinity with are getting squeezed from all sides you are the ones who have done the most truth seeking and self-development and going inwards. Work you are incredibly Brave and hardworking yet as a result it’s quite likely that people treat you worse than they treat sleepers and worse than they treat people who are letting their unintegrated ego run wild. It’s completely unfair to you I’m sorry the fact that despite this most of you keep going on is incredibly impressive and inspiring to us you’re doing amazingly well you are the way showers the lighthouses in the darkness. The energy workers the Consciousness Pioneers on Earth and we are very grateful to you.
When we finally land you will have a place of honor Among Us and be more than welcome to live among us we cannot wait to meet you with love and respect your star brother Ashtar
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X8d6sXiGZyY ASHTAR WAS UPSET! “GALACTIC INTERVENTIONS HAVE NOW ESCALATED…” Is Humanity Going to Free Itself?
Is Humanity going to free itself? Ashtar was quite upset and somewhat angry that the situation on Earth just keeps dragging on. My dear Earth friends this is Ashtar speaking.
I know the situation on Earth is very tough and so I hope that you are doing relatively okay.
There are probably about 10,000 good-hearted beings who would like to be channeled for every one reliable Channeler on Earth.
Hence I am grateful for the opportunity that I can once again talk to you. This led to some questions Fair enough. I would like to give some clarifications and share some context first of all if a random Joe breaks their oath we’re not going to arrest him and drag him in front of a galactic Court.
The situation with the higher up gray hats specifically was that they usually swore an oath to defend either the Constitution or the people. And after their oath they were given power or command over other people if they then break their oath they’re effectively controlling other people without consent or justification. At that point they’re yet another controller violating the Free Will of other people. So if you prefer, instead of dragging oath breaking higher up gray hats in front of a galactic Court you can also think of it as dragging those people in front of a galactic Court who have controlled or commanded people without justification and the moment they broke their oath to protect the people or the Constitution. Is probably the moment they became a controller who violated free will a gray hat General might try to defend themselves by saying yes I failed to uphold my oath to defend the Constitution however the people who I continued to command chose willingly to serve under me. This doesn’t really work in our eyes because the people under them had a reasonable expectation that their Superior was in fact upholding his oath. Also in the Army you can’t really ask your Superior if he is actually upholding his oath or disobey him just because you suspect he might not be upholding his oath. It’s not like a commanding officer ever tells the people under him I’ve decided to break my oath to protect the Constitution, do you wish to continue obeying my orders if not no problem you won’t get in trouble if you now stop following my orders.
So yes if a gray hat general or gray hat president breaks their oath but then continues to command people or write laws that control people then effectively they’re being a controller who violates Free Will and that is certainly something that we can drag them in front of a galactic court for.
Of course we’re not saying that these people are automatically guilty we’re just saying that this is sufficient basis for a court case. Second as I’ll explain later in this message in more detail we’re either going to not intervene directly and also not arrest the higher up gray hats or we are going to intervene directly and are also going to arrest the higher up gray hats as well as black hats. Intervene we mean now we mean something like us taking over your mainstream media and or us arresting certain Earth humans. So what we’re not going to do is arrest the higher up gray hats while leaving the black hats in place.
Next up some people have asked what right do you have to intervene like this at all well good question on Earth.
The way it’s theoretically supposed to work is that the law determines what does and doesn’t happen now this isn’t actually true. What determines what happens on Earth is power and money and the will to act in practice, the law is more a tool that the dark controllers use to control the population. With the dark controllers themselves breaking the law whenever that’s convenient for them but theoretically the law determines what does and doesn’t happen.
How it works for us positive galactics is that first and foremost we serve source and this isn’t theoretical lip service. Many of us can literally talk to source and ask it what it wants. Now usually source is very hands-off and doesn’t give any instructions however if Source requests that we do something then that’s what we’re going to do. If Source doesn’t have any requests then secondarily we have a very few Galactic laws we find that if you structure Society well and everyone has what they need and if everyone can live in Freedom then you don’t need many laws.
Still one example of a galactic law is you are not allowed to directly harm another unless you have a very good reason for example self-defense or defending the innocent. Also we know that Source likes certain things such as people having much opportunity to exercise their Free Will. Us galactics try to promote those things that Source likes there is a misconception that Source doesn’t have any preferences whatsoever this isn’t true. If that was the case Source would never have created anything in the first place. Now yes source is usually hands-off however source does for example like it when people have much opportunity to exercise their free will. Someone who has much opportunity to exercise their Free Will is someone who you would think of as free.
Conversely an example of someone with little opportunity to exercise their Free Will is a slave a slave can disobey their Master but then they are punished or killed. Technically no one can take your free will away from you but people certainly can restrict the opportunities you have to exercise your free will.
Source prefers people being free to being enslaved or in other words Source likes it when people have much opportunity to exercise their Free Will. Why because source is the poor person who is enslaved. Moreover both the individual person as well as the Universe At Large experience more metaphorical growth when people have much opportunity to exercise their free will. The universe is more interesting when everyone has much opportunity to make Free Will choices. A universe where only a few Masters have much ability to choose and everyone else is a slave isn’t very interesting and doesn’t lead to a lot of metaphorical growth.
Source isn’t opposed to there being some amount of suffering in a certain place for a certain period of time that too leads to growth but it certainly can also be the case that Source thinks that a certain place has had too much suffering for too long. Earth is one such example so we’ve discussed direct requests by Source Galactic law and US galactics generally trying to promote things that Source likes
Fourth of course us positive galactics like it when people are free and people aren’t suffering Taxation and censorship on Earth both look like Free Will violations to us. Not to mention that dark controller sometimes intentionally poison your food and water and sometimes just straight up murder people who become inconvenient. So there are clear Free Will violations. People also don’t have a real ability to not consent or to get Justice when their Free Will is violated hence many Earth humans have directly asked us galactics to intervene and indeed that is what many of us would very much like to do.
We want to end your suffering and to physically meet our Earth brothers and sisters we know that every day that passes billions of people suffer and some children literally get tortured or killed.
We want to end this so to recap; us galactics are in service to Source if Source directly requests that we do something then we do it if Source doesn’t make a direct request which is usually the case then we follow Galactic law. We also try to do things that we know Source will like such as making sure that people have much opportunity to exercise their Free Will and of course we like it when people are free and aren’t suffering.
Let’s look at Earth through this lens has Source made a direct request yes, Source has asked us to help make sure that the people of Earth will be free in the near future that by itself gives us enough justification to intervene on Earth and to do what we think needs to be done in order to ensure that the people on Earth are indeed free.
Following or serving a deity has gotten a bad reputation on Earth because frankly a lot of your deities are either gray or dark beings and on top of that certain people falsely claim to speak for certain deities.
However following or serving source is actually fine and works well because Source isn’t evil and doesn’t lead people down dark paths.
Also once you have a substantial group of people who can talk to Source like we have people can no longer falsely claim to speak for source so Source has requested that we help Earth humans and so we shall and this overrides Galactic law.
Still let’s look at Galactic law anyway is there a galactic law that says that we can’t intervene no there’s not.
We don’t actually have a non-interference law we don’t have something like the prime directive from Star Trek.
Why would we make make a law that says we can’t intervene to help other people at all in any circumstance it’s easy to think of examples where intervention is clearly necessary and thus this law would lead to other people suffering for no reason. Therefore why would we make such a law that said we do want to do things that Source likes and in this category. It is true that if the people on a certain planet have a reasonable amount of Freedom then us intervening may very well limit their opportunities to exercise their own free will. Namely even if we hand a moderately Free People technology or knowledge that reduces their daily chores and that should theoretically give them more opportunity to exercise their free will then in practice this can lead to an eventual collapse which actually reduces their opportunity to exercise their Free Will.
Atlantis is an example we handed you too much technology and knowledge too quickly and we solved too many of your problems for you and the resulting Society wasn’t stable and it collapsed.
Whereas we have observed that if a group of people solves their own problems then they’ll build a society that is stable because of this. We tend to be hesitant about directly intervening it’s easy to point to people suffering and say therefore we must intervene. Many galactics have made this argument over the Millennia however can you even comprehend the amount of suffering that was caused by us galactics over intervening during the times of Atlantis and contributing to that fall.
If we hadn’t over intervened back then today you would likely be living in a sort of paradise. Already us over intervening in Atlantis led to Millennia of suffering because of this.
We are very careful to not over intervene so with regards to Earth our primary objective is to make sure that you are free because that’s what source has decreed. There is no Galactic law that stops us from intervening directly and even if there was we prioritize requests by Source over Galactic law. However we are aware that us intervening directly can lead to a situation that isn’t stable which in turn can lead to a lot of suffering. Us intervening doesn’t always lead to instability but it can lead to it. Whereas if Earth people solve their own problems they will build a society that is stable.
With us intervening directly we re talking about something like us taking over your mainstream media and or us arresting certain Earth humans. We are not talking about the solar flash because we can’t trigger the solar flash by ourselves. Source can do that by itself or us galactics can do that in combination with angels and certain celestial bodies but so far neither Source nor the angels and the celestial bodies have given their thumbs up for triggering the solar flash. Hence at this specific point in time we don’t have the option to trigger the solar flash although this can change quickly if other beings change their mind.
Hence the choice that we have is do we intervene or not if you had talked to us 10 years ago we would have explained this and concluded that we should support Earth humans and solve hard to address problems for them such as dealing with hostile galactics.
However back then there was a good probability that Earth humans would free themselves therefore 10 years ago it seemed clear to us that we shouldn’t intervene ourselves Beyond support and solving hard to address problems instead. We should let Earth humans liberate Earth humans and let Earth humans build a new society which would then be guaranteed to be stable. Today today the possibility that you will free yourselves is substantially lower while you light workers have performed very well and have done your part the gray hats really haven’t been doing their share of the work. While we are in favor of peaceful citizen protest we are not expecting a sudden huge wave of that moreover even at times and in places where that did happen it’s not like the people got their freedom back the dark controllers aren’t going to give up just because of protests or just because some people make certain legal or lawfulness arguments. At the end of the day the situation on Earth won’t end until some people simply arrest the dark controllers there is still a probability that the gray hats will finally arrest the dark controllers but currently that probability is low in fact the current probability of Earth humans freeing themselves is low enough that it’s actually close to the point that would lead us to conclude that we have to intervene ourselves which would mean us taking over your media and or us arresting certain bad guys and risking possible instability that might result from that. There are several reasons for why we have become more pessimistic about Earth humans freeing themselves one of them is Laha and the corresponding lack of action disclosure and help from the gray hats. You may also recall that in years past there was some amount of optimism among light workers that bad guys would be arrested soonish and disclosure would happen but this optimism has diminished over time. Well our optimism has diminished over time too now to be sure it has always been true that you will be free and that is still true today that is not in question there is no future scenario under which you are not going to be free. It’s just a matter of will Humanity free itself or do we have to intervene and risk possible instability.
From that we have already stepped up our behind the scenes operations even more also hakan’s message from last week was an attempt to encourage Humanity to free itself and some higher up gray hats have indeed seen hakan’s message although they haven’t taken the action yet.
That we were hoping for again gray hats if you feel that you need help with the mass arrests and disclosure then talk to us and we’ll happily give you all the support you need still we may have to intervene at some point an intervention by us could happen from 2026 although there is a small probability that it will be later than 2026. Then most likely that is going to te in 2026. I understand that many of you are suffering every day so we do understand understand that intervening sooner rather than later would be a very good thing.
Every cycle hakan spends time with his family and when he resumes work the first thing he checks is if there’s any sign of Earth humans having made a substantial move towards freeing themselves.
We are still hoping that you will free yourselves and if you do free yourselves we don’t need to drag any of the higher up gray hats in front of a galactic Court either for regular crimes or for oath breaking.
In this case we would just be hands off and we would happily let Humanity make its own choices. But if I’m being blunt the probability of you freeing yourself at this point is pretty low and it’s also dropping over time meanwhile the situation on Earth can’t even be described as awful but stable.
As you know better than I do things are getting worse on Earth not better. The dark controllers are ramping up their attacks on the human population so we’re seeing things deteriorate while we’re not seeing the gray hats ramp up their own efforts to anywhere near a sufficient extent. Don’t get me wrong the gray hats are doing some things but not nearly to the level that we think is required. If the choice is between directly intervening ourselves versus watching you get genocides and enslaved well I think the choice is obvious.
So if the probability of you freeing yourself drops below a certain point or if too much time passes then we will intervene. Source has decreed that you will be free and if that requires our direct intervention then so shall it be.
If we intervene we are likely going to arrest most or all of the higher up gray hats either for conventional crimes or for oath breaking and will drag them in front of a galactic court and of course will arrest the black hats too and will work to give you freedom and disclosure.
Because frankly from our point of view it’s starting to look like both gray hats and black hats are standing in the way of your freedom. I would love to be proven Wrong by the gray hats remembering their Oaths and actually defending the people or the Constitution but so far I’m not seeing it.
Finally I would like to ask you a question obviously we have our own data and methods of gathering information and ways of predicting the future but we are still curious about your perspective.
The question is; suppose there is no direct Galactic intervention or solar flash in the next 3 years then do you think that in the next 3 years Earth humans are going to free themselves through Mass arrests and mass disclosure.
You are invited to respond in the comment section meanwhile I will keep making arguments in favor of us actually intervening on earth. Now I’m just a military adviser and I don’t have a big red intervene Now button that I can press still I promise that I will do what I can to work for your freedom,
with love your Galactic brother Ashtar
Central Banks
Evil comes in many guises – such as the Child Catcher in Chitty Chitty Bang Bang or the Grinch who stole Christmas. But evil has scored its greatest success with our generation in persuading us that it doesn’t exist, through something called “moral relativism”.
I believe that moral relativism is a parasite on the false notion of objectivity being the only lens through which to seek truth. By ignoring subjective reality, the subject (you and me) is led into a sort of mushy Slough of Despond where no-one is ever right and no-one is ever wrong, therefore anything goes. (Apologies to the good people of Slough!). However, when you combine both objectivity and subjectivity, you have gnosis, which to me is the only reliable foundation for any kind of useful thought. From here, the magic of the English language comes alive and we realise that “evil” is “live” backwards. It is the reverse and opposite of live … which is death. It is the complete opposite of what is required for fertility, a joyful and free life and a thriving future. So if we don’t believe in evil, we will always be a sucker for the colourful ribbons and lollipops of those who really want to steal our life and that of our progeny, and put us in digital cages where they can track and trace our every movement, our every word and our every thought to keep us in line with with their tyrannical agendas.
STORY AT-A-GLANCE In 1998, trillions of dollars started to get sucked out of the U.S. government by the central banks. Our retirement funds have been looted and will within just a few years be nonexistent Historically, U.S. intelligence agencies have primarily worked on behalf of the central bankers Central bankers are now putting into place a system that will allow them to extract tax without representation The central bankers, most of whom are technocrats, have created a breakaway society, a parallel society, in which they are above all law and control everything. To combat their control system, we must first be able to see it for what it is, and realize how it’s being used by us, to our own detriment. The “Planet Lockdown Part 2” interview above features finance guru Catherine Austin Fitts, founder of the Solari Report. (To get a taste of what you’ll find in the Solaris Report, you can download this previous 2020 issue.) You many think you previously saw this but most likely it was Part 1.
Fitts has spent decades exposing corruption and fraud, both within the banking industry and government, and corruption and fraud are driving forces in the COVID pandemic as well. She got her start on Wall Street, where she had a successful career for over a decade.
In 1989, she became the assistant secretary of Housing and Urban Development under the Bush administration. After 18 months, she resigned, but while there, she discovered how technology could make the financing of neighborhoods more productive.
“Government money was destroying neighborhoods, not helping them,” she says, but private entrepreneurs could take this new technology and finance privately. To that end, Fitts started an investment bank and broker dealer named Hamilton Securities Group.
A couple of years later, they were hired by the federal housing administration to be the lead financial adviser, which gave Fitts access to “incredibly rich databases about how the real estate, land and a lot of the mortgage financing and home building works in America’s 3,100 counties.” Fitts continues:
“Then I entered a period where I litigated with the federal government for 11 years. The Department of Justice seized all the databases and all the software tools, and I litigated with the federal government. That’s [what] forced me to really dive into how the control systems were working.
When I was in Wall Street, I saw how the financial control systems worked, but since so much is rigged through the central bank and through government, it gave me a chance to really see how government worked on the covert side, and how that related to Wall Street and Washington.”
Our Retirement Funds Have Been Looted In 1998, trillions of dollars started to get sucked out of the U.S. government, Fitts says. In essence, it was “a coup d’etat by financial means.” She realized then the extent to which our government was siphoning — stealing — the money. “They were stealing everybody’s retirement,” Fitts says.
“Everybody’s going to retire in 20 or 30 years, but they were going to steal the money up front. So, by the time we got to where we are now, the money would be gone and they could turn to everybody and say, ‘Well, we can’t really afford your retirement.’”
On Wall Street, you have markets and monetary policy run by the central banks, and then you have the electorate, which influences fiscal policy and the government. So, it’s a dual pillar system. Markets are managed centrally. So, central banks, which control monetary policy, can simply print money, and the military then makes sure the money is taken up, which keeps everything liquid. Fitts explains:
“The economic equation is: Can you make more money from printing than you have to spend on the military and making the system go? I’ll give you an example. In the 1980s, we had a period of tremendous monetary expansion. In the last year of the decade, in ‘89, there was a huge fight in the Doolan partnership [Furey, Doolan & Abell LLP] about how much money should be paid to the traders for bonuses.
I had a wonderful partner who did a study, showing that … if instead of having traders in the seats, we’d had chimpanzees, we would’ve made more money. It was very interesting because you’d go out to the Hamptons on the weekends and you’d … hear everybody talking about making fantastic amounts of money because they were brilliant and geniuses and smart and clever.
But it wasn’t [because of their smarts]. It was just simply the monetary policy floating the boats … A lot of the money comes from economic warfare. So, [when] you pump up the dollar, you’re moving money out of the U.S. government. As we’re coming through this big change of globalization, you loan massive amounts of dollars.
And then all of a sudden you pull all the loans. You throw them into a dead-end trap. You pull the money and then they get a crash. Now your dollar is high. So, you go and buy up everything on the cheap.
The governance structure that existed before the financial coup was basically: You have the central banks running monetary policy, and then you have the sovereign government running fiscal policy. The citizens pay taxes to the sovereign government, and they elect representatives who have something say about how that fiscal money gets [divided] up.
Then you have private central bankers and private interests who control monetary policy and are relatively independent of the fiscal. What we’ve seen [is that] … the less the government has information sovereignty and financial sovereignty, the more dependent it is on the central bankers.
So, as the government have levered up with debt and lost their informational and financial sovereignty — part of this is what’s happened with digital technology — the central bankers have gotten more and more powerful.
Since fiscal [year] 1998, we’ve had what I call the financial coup d’etat. So, in the United States, up to $100 trillion have been moved out. Dr. Skidmore and I did a study, and as of 2015, the number was $21 trillion …
At that exact time, we had $20 trillion of debt. So, there was more money disappearing than there was debt. [So, they were taking that] money out. That’s the financial coup. Now that the money is out, you can collapse the government.”
Why Central Bankers Are Intentionally Collapsing Government Importantly, Fitts stresses that government doesn’t have the power to make illegal transactions. The central banks — which are privately owned — must be involved in order for that to occur. The private banks “are doing it for them,” Fitts explains.
“So, we’ve now reached the point where the central banks are moving in and basically taking control of fiscal policy as well,” she says. “And this is why there’s such a big debate about election fraud.
Essentially the computer systems are controls for the elections, and essentially, the citizens or taxpayers have lost any say. If you look at polls over the last 10 years, the citizens want the country to go to the right, and Congress votes to go to the left. That’s because increasingly these people are controlled and dependent on what the central bankers want.
There’s a great interview that Chuck Schumer, the senator from New York did at the beginning of the Trump administration, where he basically said that if Trump thinks he’s going to contradict or defy the CIA, he’s dreaming; they have 50 ways from Sunday to get you. And traditionally, if you look at the U.S. intelligence agencies, they basically worked for the central bankers.
So, what’s happening is we’re watching a reengineering of this fiscal line. You’re basically looking at the central bankers moving to put into place a system that will allow them to extract tax without representation. That’s the trick, financially. How do you force the citizens to pay taxes with no representation?
Of course, they’re using the pandemic to roll in the system that will make it possible for them to achieve that. Naomi Wolf has done a very good job of describing this, and she said, ‘Vaccine passports are the end of human liberty in the west.’
She’s right, because ultimately, what it’s going to evolve into is a financial transaction system where, if you don’t behave, the central banks can take money right out of your account. They can stop you from transacting.”
An example Fitts gives is, say the central bankers (read totalitarian rulers of the whole world) don’t want you to be able to travel. They want you to stay put where you are. They can easily accomplish this, in this planned system, by programming your electric car such that it cannot operate past that five-mile boundary line.
They will also have full control over the function of money in this system, meaning they can decide what you are allowed to spend your money on. They could decide they don’t want you to have fresh food, so you can only use the central bank digital currency for processed food.
We’ve Been Lured to Create Our Own Prison The central bankers are nothing if not clever when it comes to prototyping. They don’t do anything without first running many tests to see what will work best. But they don’t just hire top experts. No, instead, they persuade the top developers that they can make a ton of money by developing these prototypes. They make it fun and innovative, allowing skilled people to come up with the ideas.
Once a successful prototype has been identified, they then build their own version of that. In the case of cryptocurrencies, their version is a central bank digital currency under centralized control. Another part of the complete system is the smart grid, which was prototyped, developed and rolled out in recent years. The smart grid is, of course, a requirement for the surveillance apparatus that is at the heart of it all.
While all of these things, cryptocurrencies, the smart grid, artificial intelligence technologies and the like, are marketed as a way to make us all freer, the intended result is a global prison system where no one is free. The good news here is that they must get the general population to build their own prisons. The answer then, is that once you see how it’s done, you can just stop. Stop building the prison walls. Stop building and contributing to the surveillance grid.
This could mean quitting your job if you work for a company that is involved in developing and building technologies intended for this control grid. But even if you don’t actually perform work that helps build it, you are still participating in the control grid structure by using surveillance tools like Facebook and Google.
By allowing smart meters to be installed in your home, by buying and using AI-based technologies and “smart” technologies, by allowing GPS tracking on your phone and so on. If you don’t want to contribute to building this global prison, you have to actually take action and change how and who you do business with.
“If you look at a lot of the financial fraud over the last 20 years in the United States, the leader of that financial fraud in many cases was JP Morgan Chase. Yet statistics show that 50% of Americans bank or have credit cards or other relationships with JP Morgan Chase.
In 1998, when I first realized what was happening with the mortgage fraud and JP Morgan Chase was at the heart of it, I was writing a check on a JP Morgan Chase banking account. And I said, ‘Why am I banking [with JP Morgan]? Why am I allowing my funds to be used as deposits to engineer financial fraud? I’ve got to come clean.’
Forget about protesting. If tomorrow, everybody woke up and said, ‘You know, I’m not going to bank with the New York fed member banks,’ the change would be dramatic, because if you look at where we’re banking and who we’re working for and who we’re associating with, we’re helping them do this.
Remember this is an all-digital system. One aspect of this is currency, but the other is a one-way mirror where you have 24/7 surveillance and data. So not only can I watch you 24/7 and collect data from your body, from your mind, from your activities, but then I can stop you from moving around spatially, or I can turn off your ability to transact.”
The Control System and Transaction System Are One As noted by Fitts, the system being built is both a control system and a transaction system. The transaction system, however, is not based on what we consider a real currency. It’s actually the end of currencies, because in this system, you can never take the currency out of the bank and put it in your pocket. You can only conduct transactions that are validated and approved through and by the central bank.
Remember, the 24/7 surveillance system “can literally get the human race to be connected to the cloud, to the AI, the software and the robots,” Fitts says. “We’re talking about connecting the human race to a cloud where they teach the AI, the software and the robots, how to do their jobs.” In short, we are actively engineering a future where we, humans, have been largely eliminated from the workplace.
Those who remain will be integrated with robotics. “In other words, whether I have a human do that job, or whether I have a robot do that job, I can manage them in the same system if I can have them all hooked up to the cloud and communicating with each other.”
Basically, what we’re looking at is transhumanism, and we’re quite literally dehumanizing ourselves. This system will also do away with markets, because what we think of as markets will be micromanaged and optimized through artificial intelligence and software.
What Do You Want? Knowing this, the options become rather simple. As noted by Fitts, we can have a human civilization, or we can have an inhuman civilization. We can have a financial system where private monopoly controls the printing of money, or we can have a decentralized system.
I agree with Fitts, who states that the world she wants to live in is where the financial printing press has been decentralized, and where we are committed to human civilization — not a transhumanist one run by technocrats. As crazy as this transhuman technocratic future may sound to the everyday person, it’s clear the technocrats believe their system can work.
“I think they believe it can work because of the one-way mirror,” Fitts says. “[Let’s say] you have a one-way year where you have 100% access to the data, 24/7, of all the people on this side of the mirror.
Remember, once you engineer all this secret money in taxation without representation, they [the people] can’t see behind the mirror. The thing that punches a hole in the mirror is transparency about government money, and no taxation without representation.”
Creating a Breakaway Civilization This is why the central bank takeover of the sovereign governments is so important, because this takeover allows them to create a system in which the two sides of the mirror are two entirely separate civilizations. Those behind the mirror — you and I — cannot see what the technocrats are doing on the other side, while they can see every last thing we do and say. “You’re literally talking about a parallel universe,” Fitts says.
Those behind the mirror, the technocratic rulers, do not obey any law that applies to those of us on the other side of the mirror. They are not subject to the law. They have complete immunity from prosecution.
“They can engage in systematic violation of what you and I think of as the law, with impunity,” Fitts says. “And if you look at how much money has been moved out in the financial coup, they can literally become a parallel civilization.”
They’re Trying to Sell You on Being a Serf
The vaccine passport is clearly the tool of choice for the authoritarian globalists’ plan to deprive you and your family of your freedom and personal liberties. This financial coup is 20 years in the making. They voted on the “direct reset” plan (aka The Great Reset), they wrote the plan, and have been implementing that plan, year by year, step by step.
We’re now in the end game, Fitts says, where they need to consolidate everything. Now, with their vote for The Great Reset, the central bankers made the decision to put 500 million people out of work over the next year alone.
“That’s the equivalent of dropping several nuclear bombs around the world. That’s financial warfare, and they made it intentionally,” Fitts says. “They made it knowingly. It was a plan. And what is very important to understand, when you think about this pandemic, is people are not dying from magic viruses.
People are dying from tyranny, they’re dying from a great poisoning. That’s part of that tyranny, but our problem, and the thing we need to be afraid of, is tyranny. Because the tyranny needs, and is about to get much, much worse.
It’s the passports and that system of central bank digital control that will give them the ability to do that. The world economic forum calls it The Great Reset, which is kind of the marketing … The World Economic Forum guys make it interesting and fashionable [to say] ‘In 2030, you own nothing, and you’re happy.’
Now, what I hear is ‘It’s 2030, the direct reset has stolen all your money, taken all your assets, and they’ve got your mind-controlled.’ The Great Reset is to sell people on a vision of a world where the average person has a much smaller command on resources and assets, and is subject to complete central control.
Part of what you’re dealing with is that human beings crave coherence. And so, if you can put them in a state of incoherence, they will literally do anything they can to get back to coherence. It’s a torture mechanism. If you study torture, it’s a typical torture tactic …
That’s why you see all these people saying, ‘If you just accept the passports, you’ll be free. Or if you get the vaccination, you’ll be free. They have spent a fortune since World War II on figuring out how to use digital technology, telecommunications and media to implement mind control much more economically and much more broadly. And one of the things I think they’re very enthusiastic about how well it has worked.”
Watch the Financial Transactions When will it stop working? When enough of us can see what they’re doing. For example, it’s important to realize that, during this pandemic, people have been bought out of the labor market with federal assistance that pays them more than they were making while working.
This strategy has severely impeded small businesses from getting the labor they need to keep going, and according to Fitts, this is all part of the plan to bankrupt all small businesses.
Of course, the next step will be to require the COVID jab for anyone who wants to collect unemployment or other financial assistance, as the vaccine passport is combined and integrated with the new all-digital central bank transaction system. Step by step, everyone is being herded into the new control system. But remember, we can stop it, because we’re doing it to ourselves.
The problem is, ending tyranny almost always requires some kind of sacrifice. End tyranny is rarely a comfortable or profitable venture. That said, there are countless ways to fight back.
Prayer War Room and Other Suggestions Fitts tells the story of a woman fighting corruption in her hometown. She was scared because taking it to the next level would require her to go public, and she was a very private person. Fitts suggested she watch the film “War Room,” a Christian movie about prayer. “Start a war room and just fight them through prayer,” Fitts told her. Apparently, it worked wonders.
“So, there are many different ways to fight, and you could fight in a way that’s comfortable. Some people organize, some people are bringing lawsuits. Some people are lobbying. Some people are moving and going to another jurisdiction. Some people are pulling their money out of JP Morgan Chase.
There are many different ways to do it. If you’re working for a big bank or big corporation, start working on building the skills and the resources and the wherewithal you need to start something yourself. Start learning. It’s called DIY — do it yourself.
Start looking at your financial picture and figuring out … how you can collapse your income statement and your balance sheet to something which is much more resilient, locally, and doing it yourself.
We don’t need to get mortgaged up and get dependent on the system. The third thing is, for God’s sakes, go out and get yourself a great bank. Particularly if you’re in the United States, there are lots of great banks and great bankers … who also don’t want the central bankers controlling everything.
I know a lot of community bank presidents who don’t want to be controlled by the New York Fed … So, the first thing you need to do is swing your money out of — if you’re invested in the New York fed member banks, or in the big corporations that are running government this way — swing your money out of those stocks and start investing in building a local food system.
Who’s your farmer, who’s your rancher? Where are you going to get high-quality fresh food? There is tremendous opportunity to build out the local, fresh food systems. If you take the time and have patience, there are very good investments to be had there.
[Next, know] who’s your sheriff. The entire enforcement within a county area is controlled by the sheriff [in the U.S.], and in most counties, the sheriff is elected. Not all but most. The feds cannot come in and do an enforcement action unless the sheriff allows it to occur.
[Why should you] care about who your state legislators are? Because the state legislators have the power to say no to the federal government, particularly if you’re not willing to escrow your taxes and get into this taxation without representation.
So, go through your financial statement and your balance sheet and get the bad guys out of your money and start supporting the local guys who are willing to support the rule of law …
I had a former client who called me and said, ‘I just sold a house, and I want to know, should I put the money into real estate or precious metals?’ And I said, what’s the point of having assets? If you don’t have an army to protect them, meaning if you don’t have litigators, state legislators and sheriffs who are willing to go protect your assets, your assets are worthless; you’ll lose them.
So, she took the money and gave it to a group of litigators who were litigating some of what’s going on right now. Anytime you can make an investment that permanently reduces your expenses, you’re better off to do it yourself. So instead of paying your water bill, build a well. In other words, get your money out of financing the guys who are doing this to you, and get your money into financing yourself, your friends or people you know.
Trust me, if tyranny controls everything, and tyranny can operate above the law, then nothing’s going to work. This is a war. And if we don’t stand up and fight it, now, there will be no way to wiggle around this. There’s no way to outplay it. There’s no place to run. There’s no place to go. So, you’ve got to stand and fight back …
We have a choice. Everybody has a choice. So, stop building the prison, stop helping these guys and start creating friction. We don’t have to go along. And we’re the ones who are building the prison. So, you have to bring transparency to what’s going on, and then you have to take action.
We’re not all going to make it out of this process alive. It’s war. That’s what happens in a war, but human liberty is worth fighting for. We’re living in a world where there are two visions, and the top 1% have a vision of us as a natural resource, [while] we have a vision of us as individuals with sovereign rights that come to us by divine authority.”
As noted by Fitts, these are two extraordinarily different visions. One option is a society where all people have the ability to exercise our potential. In the other, only a few get to exercise their potential, while the rest have no opportunity at all. We’re in the end game. It’s all or nothing at this point. There’s no middle ground.
In the end, Fitts and I both believe the plan will fail, but ONLY if we all do our part to prevent it. What’s more, we also need to prepare for what comes after their plan fails. This too could be just as challenging. Fitts notes in conclusion:
“I tell people, while the Titanic is sinking, grab some planks and deck chairs and start building your ark, because these guys are going to make a huge mess. This is a mess. And if you look at what they’re trying to do, it’s very hard, it’s very complicated. I think it’s going to fail.”
Avatar Joopy • 20 hours ago It’s all scripted as part of a globally coordinated conspiracy by the world’s ruling classes, including those of US, UK, Europe, Russia, and China. All of it was/is planned in advance and only afterward did/do they manufacture the “pandemic”, “cases”, “variants”, and “waves” to fit the agenda. It has nothing to do with a virus because there is no virus outside of their computer programs and fake test results. It’s about killing off large swathes of “useless eaters” and enslaving the survivors. Each new “booster” and new round of restrictions will kill off more people. Those who received the real bullet (poison) rather than the blanks (placebo, which was necessary to give – initially at least – to a large portion in order to limit the damage and therefore the awareness and subsequent outrage) in this real life “game” of Russian roulette-via-syringe have had their health irreparably destroyed and their lives probably drastically shortened, as no one even knows what the long-term effects are.
They’ve been stringing us along with fear and relief and carrots and sticks, and at every stage tightening the screws and accelerating the push toward the new financial/social-credit slave system, the infrastructure of which is being prepared and built up all around us. They have deliberately created a situation of hyperinflation and currency debasement and a super bubble by printing trillions out of thin air and are going to pull the plug when they’re good and ready and all the insiders and cronies have cashed their chips and have their money stashed away safely while the rest, including the middle class with some investments and pensions will be obliterated. Millions will lose their homes, more than even during the great recession. Then they’ll introduce the CBDC and conditional UBI/housing/benefits/ workfare to the devastated and desperate masses. They’ll also offer debt relief in exchange for any assets still held by anyone but the billionaires and banks. Then the wealth transfer and total dispossession will be nearly complete, whereby the warning from the WEF will come true: we will own nothing and…well, that part will be true.
We’re in the middle of a world war, class war, for all the marbles. We have no choice but to fight back now, all together, or lose everything and our children will inherent the most nightmarish future imaginable and grow up never know anything of innocence, freedom, or joy. Don’t underestimate the enemy. The are capable and willing of the darkest evil in order to achieve their goals. And don’t fall for the cover story or distractions of attempted divisions. It’s all lies. And know that if we want to win it’s going to take billions of us, many of us sacrificing everything in the process. And that it’s going to get much worse, and soon.
The Pleiadeans Living Life In Your New Normal While Madness Cavorts All Around You!! (10) https://youtu.be/E4N–nL2m5U?si=tEF-2vevrnSugiFB The Truth Can Change Your Life 527K subscribers
Share
619 views 26 Jul 2024 #5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness I am also starting Patreon, I am putting all my censored videos here: 💖 / truthcanchangeyourlifeofficial
Support my work on Subscribestar: https://www.subscribestar.com/truth-c…
Special thanks for your support joining our Youtube membership
Join us on 👇: 💜 / truthcanchangeyourlife 💜 / 384441361989233
Voice-over Recording , Audio & Video Production by Truth Can Change Your Life Youtube Channel
EndTimeMadness
Transcript
Greetings blue star the Pleiadeans living life in your new normal while Madness courts all around you.
I have decided to do something different with this current transmission due to the needed explanations. You should have to better understand the information I will be sharing with you. I am making this transmission a two-parter there is too much to tell you ones about that does need to be explained, too much you need to be aware of. So today we meet again to begin to discuss what you do not know as well as what you think you know so very much has happened since my last message to all of you. That it would be difficult to try to find a beginning for this Transmission in other words it matters not where I begin this day every day for the remainder of your lives will continue to be altered as shall you yourself.
Humanity has become a very mixed bag of diverse Minds struggling to make sense out of no sense. Next month is the month of contiguous changes you will find that to be true in all facets of your lives next month people have wittingly as well as unwittingly place an indelible cast distinction over the entirety of the human races. They did so thereby further separating cultures from other cultures and beliefs from others beliefs thinking that this was what they were supposed to do. Why did they do so because they always have for many peoples it was always the way they had been raised that birthed cast distinction however for millions and millions of other peoples they were used to taking whatever they wanted whenever they wanted to. Strange thing about cast only the most dimwitted people were and still are unaware that it depicts them as true racists bigots self-righteous but not truly righteous peoples and The Walking Dead they are all the groups I am speaking of still yearning and craving their former normal no none of them are realize they were and still are addicted to their former normal.
Now everyone I welcome you all to The New Normal not everything is as it should be yet but each day brings all of you a day closer to living in The New Normal in totality. You are now each Living Without A Time Governor strapped to your back it does indeed require periods of adjustment to still work within the confines of the illusion of time while adapting to the knowledge and actions required to live outside of the time Illusions. And to do so while knowing this is the right thing to do. Professions require you to adhere to Time created actions as do schools etc those who have leapt and have true reality in front of them instead of the long ago created illusions that have blinded them . Are only sorry that it took so long and at a terrible cost to this world for them to awaken and leave Illusions behind. No more rose-colored glasses for them that is the strange result of tasting the nectar of the Gods once. It has been tasted regardless of how it came to be that nectar which is freedom can never be forgotten clearer head heads Minds. The abilities of all your claes to start or restart in more expansive ways will Aid each of you whether it is CLA sensient, CLA audience or any of the other Claire’s they will do so with your innate realizations that your own power of mind has picked you up and placed you on the spiral staircase and will not fail you in your pursuit of freedom for all good souls and it will never let you down.
Now you have to play the game that Illusions have mastered but you have to play. It Better planetizen You Must ALL remember that Illusions are superficial Creations they cannot see within your minds so if you feel sense that you are being looked at too closely by those who are not like minded Souls keep what you know as well as other information information you are gathering inside your minds for they will not look there. They never do they lack that expertise they look for all the superficial Illusions they believe you still have keep your eyes wide open and your mouth shut yes it is possible and welcomed to look at life now from the inside of your minds. Practice makes perfect your physical Vehicles will work with you your bodily functions will begin altering to align with its new environment and its very new weather conditions your own chakra systems will lead the way for them it is what they do all those who have now co-joined with you all your Maji groupings and all the Travelers who too are now all over anastasis are watching the signal your bodies minds and Spirits are sending them. These groupings are leaping in to assist you in all ways and always most of you ones have been out of touch with the true reality that your bodies know more about you than you know about yourselves. Face this truth now Advocates living in The New Normal is not merely essential to you and for you only those who do so shall survive it is. What it is in the new normal you can and are encouraged to create great cyclical changes here while you are still in Mortal form. Do not just think about change become change you see Advocates it really is much simpler now that so many millions of you ones are no longer carrying an albatross on your backs the dark ones never wanted any of humanity.
To understand and then act upon creation of change they knew how simple it is to make changes happen so in the former normal they made sure that all but the really wealthy peoples would ultimately give up any Notions of altering vicissitudes because the peoples were programmed to believe it was too hard to do. Thus the peoples succumbed by just following in the footsteps of others who capitulated do you see now use a handheld voice recorder or have an abundance of notebooks handy and begin your list of changes. No I intentionally did not teach you about this before because too many of you were not ready. Argo yet another reason for this two-parter you to had believed for a long time in that dreaded belief of no pain no gain yet it was part of the former normal whether you want to believe it or not does not matter. In the former normal so many millions of once good personalities worked with the tainted souls and those tainted personalities and as part of their Unholy unaware Alliance did all they could to keep good peoples in the dark.
It was work harder and harder to try to get what was dangled in front of yuson’s any spirituality they dangled a carrot and Bang everybody Dove for it many became Used To The Ends justify the mean. Belief in playtime had become synonymous with demoralized almost sociopathic Behavior living in the bars and clubs and yes especially the coffee clicks I will not even bother to bring up all the adulterous actions or the dressing for sex normal Lifestyles that is just too degrading.
So now using your recorder or notebook begin to write a serious dood drama in simply language give your note a tile one that you like a title that appeals to you write it your name on the heading to’ Then carefully think about what you want to see change and how you can contribute to the changes be realistic no pipe dreams no fantasies. When you begin writing write about what you are going to do to achieve your goals take your time and allow power of mind and your soul voice to guide you. If you are out of practice doing anything like this then be patient you are adapting to your new normal life once you feel you have had a breakthrough start relaxing more when. Working on this after your initial breakthrough things will become easier for you to do this do. Not be hard on yourself and do not try to make it perfect. Millions and millions of you all across anastasis either already have begun to have missing Time episodes or will be very shortly those incidents are occurring naturally of course it may not seem that way for you when they happen time and all that time represents to you is changing just as it should. Missing time is simply certain elements of time being erased you were never meant to remember everything yes it can be frustrating for you especially if you have a reason for wanting to remember it but if it is simply taking up space in your mind then it is not that important. However most of the time what is missing returns to you just long enough for you to piece that information together when it is important enough for you to do that. It returns unfortunately many peoples start to think there is something wrong with them but in fact there is not also though there is the missing time factor that can happen when you may find yourself on a trip or a long drive and suddenly do not know how you got to where you landed. You may have no memory of that incident or logical reason why or how it happened.Yes those missing time incidents can happen even if you have another person in the car with you neither of you will have any ideas or memories of it. Happening those periods are when for some important reasons you need to be taken aboard ship and given information then returned somewhere not too far from where you were obviously. I am not going to explain what any of those reasons were or are in due time you will be told now in your new normal you will experience them more often now advocates in this new life force you are experiencing it is making it easier for you to recognize peoples whose lives revolve around mind ruts. It is true that the more a person obsesses over certain situations or certain people the deeper the rut becomes well how you tolerated them before the new normal arrived just shows how hard you tried to deal with them now. However when you encounter the Mind rut people your body will feel very uncomfortable and your mind will try to pull you away from them your CLA. Sentience will push you rather hard to put much distance between them and yourself do not wait. Just get away from them and put as much distance between yourselves as possible the roots are controlling their lives and the people they control are rapidly loosing the last vestiges of humanity.
They have become even more dangerous than they were your new normal will not sit idly by and allow you to become one of those other people. Walk away quickly while you can. Part two will take you deep into the throws of Revelation you will learn how to look Beyond face value and see what is really going on and how I can teach you to learn from separating Illusions from truth. Be prepared I am taking my time in order to teach you all so that you may teach others correctly and you may spend the rest of your mortality seeing everything you need to see and disposing of. All those things that you miss believed for almost your whole life standing back to back shoulder to shoulder is in the previous battle on the homefront transmission should you need to review this memorize the words in that particular part of the transmission you will need to rely on them in order to survive. Three words you must memorize and put into practice at all times. Escape regroup stand this is how you defeat the beast in this order this is how you leave everything behind that is not relevant to your new life. This is how you save yourself and all those who you love so be prepared you have lots of homework to do on the next transmission.
What you have been tasked with on this transmission will prepare you for that. For now I am asking each of you to be vigilant for your life may depend on it. I am off to check final exams from those who have preceded. You Blue Star the pleadian there is a valley where the spiritual stands on one side and the religious stands on the other side in the middle walks the cre Creator and the creation in time all shall be as one. I shall meet you there.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-RmxGOLt5-g
Finally being reconnected in our Galaxy and universe again.
“THE FINAL CHAPTER OF YOUR ASCENSION HAS BEGUN…” – Message from Merlia There Is Good News
The Truth Can Change Your Life 527K subscribers
Share
8,711 views 26 Jun 2024 #5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness I am also starting Patreon, I am putting all my censored videos here: 💖 / truthcanchangeyourlifeofficial
Support my work on Subscribestar: https://www.subscribestar.com/truth-c…
Special thanks for your support joining our YouTube membership The first portal is now open and functioning Join us on 👇: 💜 / truthcanchangeyourlife 💜 / 384441361989233
Voice-over Recording , Audio & Video Production by Truth Can Change Your Life Youtube Channel
5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness
Transcript
Greetings dear friends of the truth I am Merlia. There is good news I join you with such Joy this day. The portal is remaining open and that is a really big thing from our side of the veil we applaud you for holding this open although we know this was difficult for many of you. Yet you stretched out and opened in many different ways. We know that many of you cannot see the portal, is open or understand how you held it open but you will.
The reality is that there’s much help coming. Now basically you’ve given permission for that help to enter your game and it will arrive in many different ways. The very first step is to assist the planet which is in a spire spiral right at the moment. The Earth’s circulation system was spinning like a top very tightly at one point. Now she’s whirling and wobbling all over the place which is creating massive weather changes.
This is the redistribution of water and the wildfires that have become commonplace on the planet. All of these things are related to the jet stream. If the jet stream begins to break up everything will start changing very rapidly there’s quite a bit of movement. But it’s not only with the jet stream it is also the Gulf Stream which flows in the Pacific Ocean and if it breaks down then water will rise very quickly. Fear not you are on a good path the Earth herself has decided to make certain changes and these will become evident to you as you go forward.
The reality is that she has the capabilities of supporting all 8 billion Souls at this moment. But that is not yet happening, sometimes you are actually using so many more resources then she can produce and you’ve even calculated this to determine which countries use most of the energy. The reality is you’ve changed a lot and she is also getting help from some of The Originators of the game on planet Earth.
There is good news your entire game moved here you brought all of your energies to Earth and started incarnating on this incredible Planet.
You’ve had 10,000 years of an undisturbed energy field to grow evolve and do all the things that you wanted to. The holocene was 10,000 years of steady temperatures that varied less than one degree in either direction.
But you skyrocketed from the very beginning of the Industrial Revolution which changed everything and yet with the Earth adjusting and shifting it is entirely possible that she can still host the game of Humanity on planet Earth. She is doing everything in her power to reset her energy and now she also has help.
That’s why we had 2 days of a focus energy on planet Earth to open up our hearts and try to connect with her. A living sentient breathing, Earth has decided to evolve and she’s trying to do it very quickly to catch up to the weight of the planet the weight of humanity anything you can do to ease your weight on the planet to open your heart and connect with her.
Openly makes a difference even simply enjoying the beauty of nature or opening your heart to become a Vortex Master. Take charge and guard these beautiful vortices that are opening up in so many different places.
This is good news dear ones and a beautiful opportunity to see this next level of humanity flourishing on this planet. So hold that Vision yes we know you’re seeing all the problems right now you’re seeing the storms wildfires flooding and all the ways that Nature’s overwhelming Humanity.
Although that is happening this can slow down and there are actually several things that can happen at this point keep an eye on the jet stream and the Gulf Stream for as long as they are still in motion there is great hope. It’s incredibly important that the streams continue moving and circulating the energy of Earth to the North and South Poles. If that slows down the planet will start to move into a mini Ice Age rather quickly. Even though it’s changing a lot of your weather patterns bringing cold to places that should be hot and wet to places that should be dry these changes are now starting to be harnessed in a positive way. So dear ones there are good things that are taking place right now your part is about celebrating Mother Earth and connecting with her in whatever way you can. Maybe it’s taking a walk in the woods to pick up trash or planting a tree in your backyard do whatever you can do to honor her little green men. Some have considered inhabiting Mars even though that would work for some it’s not truly the future of humanity because with your current technology it is simply too far away. But you were actually on Mars before Earth in fact that’s where you first began the Journey of what you now call Humanity. There are many exoplanets being discovered right now and your search is filled with new ones.
When you find these exoplanets you will also eventually find life and it will be quite different than what you are expecting. There are so many life- supporting planets and of course many variations of beings you are not familiar with. We Define it as many of the same things that you already have on Earth which you don’t actually refer to as life. Many of you are sitting standing or being supported by concrete at this very moment you think of it as an inanimate object however the stones and cement that make it possibly came from the earth and are still very much a part of her. Those stones inside the concrete still carry the heart of the sentient being you call Mother Earth.
It may surprise you to hear that the Earth loves being reshaped into Humanity’s reality. She loves that you have used her branches for shelter and your sacred spaces for in this way she integrates more fully with you now.
That you know that there are all those stones in the concrete slab you are standing on what would it be like to talk to them. What could they tell you Observer talks to them all of the time the same way he can talk to the microbiome in your intestinal tract. They are a form of life that you are just beginning to understand and they inhabit many places throughout the Universe.
You also have other places that affect evolution in different ways for example planets closer to their Suns have significant amounts of gravity because of their size. So those different factors provide a slightly different experience the same is true with your energetics multi-dimensionality. There are beings who can move multi-dimensionally you’ve seen them as your space Brothers in many different ways.
The open portal has now welcomed them especially the eight original races that helped form planet Earth, six of these are the parental races of humanity and they’re dealing directly with the planet at this point. You’re still waiting for them to make official contact it’s as if you’re waiting for them to hold a live press conference announcing their arrival and intentions while they’re standing next to their spaceships that just landed. Well that’s probably not going to happen it would take way too much energy to do that. Besides there is so much fear on planet Earth right now with this portal you have held open the heart of planet Earth. That’s why we ask you how much love can you hold in holding. That love you’ve opened up all the opportunities for these beings to start assisting the planet with her adjustments at first you’ll see that Earth is experiencing fewer and less intense difficulties. You’ll notice that some of the places that have been extremely hot are no longer quite as hot as they once were although you’ll see the overall temperature of planet Earth continue to rise if it slows down that would be a very good sign. The idea is to keep the pendulum from swinging so violently between extremes. Claim your power connect work with your heart to connect with who you truly are then claim that power with planet Earth.
That can have a significant effect on planet Earth and on all of humanity. These are wonderful times to be here and your place on this planet has been carefully reserved for a very long time. Welcome home dear ones you are the highest of angels here to make this transition and we’re speaking to many of them right now and with that I’ll leave you for the time being. The keeper of time will tell you more about the open portal and some of its properties. Enjoy the journey dear ones we watch as the feminine continues to rise on this planet. It’s rising slowly which is actually a good thing for that is how it moves throughout all of humanity very cleanly. Welcome it bring it in know that the feminine carries tremendous strength for everything that you’re doing.
It’s with the greatest of Honor that we ask you to treat each other with respect nurture one another at every opportunity and play well together. As you create this beautiful new game.
Dear ones I am Merlia the feminine form of Merlin come up and see me sometime!
Please click on the link for the original video. Transcript is less than good.
“WE DID NOT EXPECT THIS SO SOON…” – Debunking the liberation process has to be this way. Ashtar
The Truth Can Change Your Life 527K subscribers
Share
19,466 views 27 Jun 2024 #5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness I am also starting Patreon, I am putting all my censored videos here: 💖 / truthcanchangeyourlifeofficial
Support my work on Subscribestar: https://www.subscribestar.com/truth-c…
5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness
Transcript
[Music] [Applause] [Music]
Dearest brothers and sisters.
Debunking The Liberation process has to be this way. This is Ashar speaking, greet you in peace and love.
There is a narrative in the truther community that the so-called white hats who are really gray hats in our minds have to move slowly. Allegedly this is the only possible way, I disagree and I want to speak out against this narrative because it’s very much time for the gray hats to openly start taking action in my view. The people have suffered and have been kept in the dark for too long already.
One primary argument for the it has to be this way view is that people claim that if the gray hats just arrest everyone and reveal everything then most people wouldn’t believe the truth, well first of all the gray hats think that they’re being this first time in history movement and from one perspective they are they genuinely are going to contribute to your lasting Liberation however from another perspective they’re yet another group that Hoards information and knowledge for itself.
Doesn’t trust average humans with the truth and seeks to move Humanity in a certain direction from the Shadows that pattern has repeated over and over again throughout history often those movements started out with mostly good intentions but then became corrupt. Second I think that broadly speaking there is some group of humans who can reason independently and one group of humans who just believe whatever the television says.
Well the group of humans who can reason independently already understands that the official narrative doesn’t make sense and something is horribly wrong. Most of this group will embrace the truth once it’s presented to them because the truth resonates and makes sense and then there’s the group of people who just believe whatever the television says.
Well if the gray hats take over the mainstream media and use it to broadcast truth which I think they should do then most of these people will be shocked but in time they’ll just embrace the new narrative because that’s what the television says. Now so that’s what they’ll believe third that we have to go this slow position argues that if today it was revealed that the people who ran the world worked for demons and hostile extraterrestrials then people wouldn’t believe that.
However the gray hats could first release proof that many politicians have engaged in normal corruption and treason and crimes against children.
Then leverage that to bring those politicians to Justice releasing proof of crimes against children. The gray hats have this proof will finally unite the people if the courts fail to serve Justice then use military tribunals. Then once the corrupt politicians are removed work to lighten the burden of average people and simultaneously start rolling out disclosure that is a bit harder to accept. The truth should come out but if the concern is that people can’t immediately handle all this truth then start with disclosure about regular corruption and crimes against children today and arrest the guilty once.
Those people are held accountable lighten the load of average people and simultaneously start rolling out disclosure of the harder to believe bits later sure some people still won’t believe the truth but so what. Most of them won’t take up arms and the few who do become violent can just be handled by the police this is why I don’t agree with the argument that the process has to be this slow because people wouldn’t believe it if you told them the truth.
There’s a second argument why this process has to be this slow that argument is this this process has to be this slow in order to expose and catch all the rats if we’d arrest all the bad guys today we wouldn’t get all the rats well first of all the higher up gray hats aren’t homeless aren’t starving or freezing to death. Their friends and families don’t think they’re crazy they’re not suffering from health issues because they have access to Advanced Healing technology that the public doesn’t.
So who are the gray hats to determine that it’s fine for other people to suffer for the alleged greater good I bet that if the higher up gray hats had to go through what average people have to go through then Mass arrests and a corporate media takeover would have happened years ago. Second if so-called rats already have committed crimes then in most cases the gray hats already have that proof or the proof is already stored in some database somewhere. That they can look through later or the gray hats will get proof from other black hats who are ratting out their co-conspirators. So most of the rats will get caught even if you don’t stretch out this period in order to catch more rats whereas if the so-called rats haven’t committed crimes then there’s no need to entrap them.
They haven’t done anything wrong a big part of the gray hats are American and while Americans have some amazing attributes and qualities and values they think a bit too often in terms of these people are inherently evil and those people are inherently good.
If people are inherently evil it makes sense to want to entrap them because then you’ve gotten rid of an inherently evil person who would have committed crimes later otherwise but in reality most people will start doing evil Deeds once they’re tempted or pressured or isolated or brainwashed.
Enough this also means that if this period drags on where the corrupt prophet and the well-meaning people get trampled underfoot and people are pushed into financially desperate situations then more and more normal people will become corrupt over time because clearly that’s what’s being rewarded so the white hats might think in terms of we need to catch all the rats but what they’re doing is closer to trying to mop up every last drop of water while the faucet is still running. With the faucet being the current situation where the corrupt are rewarded and people are financially squeezed leading to more and more people becoming corrupt in our society.
Practically no one commits crimes or harms others and yet we have a substantial group of people who would commit crimes if they were born and then put in certain situations. We have many Souls Among Us who would work for the black hats if they were born on Earth and then had a certain kind of upbringing but because we have created a good Society these brothers and sisters of ours don’t turn evil and don’t harm others. This is true for your situation as well the longer this situation continues the more people will start becoming corrupt if you seek to entrap every single person who is willing to commit crimes under certain circumstances then you would have to entrap and arrest more than half of the population.
That’s not a workable position you’d be entrapping people forever while the good people keep suffering.
It’s much more sensible to just release proof of corrup corruption and treason and crimes against children today arrest those people using military tribunals if needed and work to lighten the burden of the average people then a whole lot of people simply will not commit crimes anymore. And so there’s no need to entrap them will that mean that a few dark-hearted people will escape capture possibly.
What of it if the people aren’t needlessly burdened anymore and are brought relief and truth then a few dark-hearted people won’t be able to get a foothold any longer in a society that rewards virtue and where people can have a good life by Leading a good life.
Darkness is no longer appealing.
Finally I want to address the higher up gray hats so these are the people who could be giving the order to do the mass arrests or could give the order to take over the mainstream media. Higher up gray hats this is Commander ashtar speaking on behalf of the galactic Confederation.
We know that you have worked hard and that you personally have sacrificed and that there’s a heavy load placed on your shoulders.
I understand that you have already prevented a lot of suffering and death and that you have not been getting broad recognition for your work at the same time the people are suffering to an unacceptable degree and we consider it to be your responsibility to end that.
Not a year from now but very soon higher up gray hats we are watching you too if you stray too far into the territory of trying to move Humanity from the Shadows you might one day find yourself in front of a galactic Court many of you have sworn Oaths to protect the people or to defend the Constitution.
Galactic courts have the right to hold you to account if you fail to uphold your oath also we are aware that some of you have engaged in corruption or in various crimes for which we could also hold you to account in a galactic Court.
Yes we have the authority to do so. The galactic courts aren’t required to do so but they can choose to do so don’t think that bodyguards or technology will stop you from being arrested by us. If we so choose we can arrest you in ways that you don’t even realize are possible right now. What you think of as high-tech is quaint and adorably old technology to us so remember your oath and get a move on not just for the people or the Constitution who you swore to defend but for your own sake too. Right now we’re not yet at the point where we view you as yet another evil group because we understand that you are fighting against the black hats and have prevented a lot of death and destruction however keep living in luxury while the people suffer.
Keep hoarding all the information and technology for yourself while keeping the public in the dark in one day we might decide to hold you to account after all the people of Earth deserve better than this. So get a move on the solution to the situation on Earth really.
Isn’t that complicated it’s just inform the people enforce your laws which means having public large-scale arrests and then work to empower the people at this point in time. We’re better at predicting the future than you are and we promise you that this is the best path forward. If you see practical obstacles to this plan or fear potential problems that can arise from this feel free to talk to us Galactic’s and we’ll give you all the support you need.
You know how to contact us the people don’t need you to become yet another shadowy group that seeks to move Humanity from the Shadows. The people simply need the truth and need for those who have sworn to protect them or to protect the Constitution to remember their oath. That’s it and you are in a position where you can bring relief to the people,
June 13-15, 2024 The 50th G7 Summit will be held in Borgo Egnazia, Apulia, Italy, from June 13-15, 2024. The summit will bring together the leaders of the seven member states (Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the UK, and the US), along with representatives from the European Union, to discuss global issues including Ukraine’s conflict, Middle East tensions, climate change, and AI ethics1234.
The agenda for the 2024 G7 Summit in Italy includes discussions on several critical global issues. Here are some key topics:
Ukraine Conflict: Leaders will address the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, seeking ways to promote peace and stability in the region. Middle East Tensions: The summit will focus on regional tensions in the Middle East, including diplomatic efforts and humanitarian concerns. Climate Change: Climate action and environmental sustainability will be high on the agenda, with discussions on emissions reduction, clean energy, and conservation. AI Ethics: Leaders will explore ethical guidelines for artificial intelligence, considering its impact on society, privacy, and security. Remember that this is a high-level overview, and specific details may emerge during the summit.
The G7 is not an elected body at all nor has any rights/claims in this respect?
Has taken A major decision what will most likely lead up to the Collapse of Western Led Global Financial System.
By Petrova online: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7IM-m076kI8 Substack – https://lenapetrova.substack.com/ 274,362 views 14 Jun 2024.
Disclaimer: The information provided on this channel should not be construed or relied on as professional advice for any specific fact or circumstance. This channel and its content are designed for entertainment and information purposes only. The content available is created to provide a general overview of a topic and is not a substitute for professional services. Always seek the advice of a finance or a legal professional that would take into account your specific circumstances. Opinions expressed are solely my own. Only publicly available information has been used.
Transcript
Hello everyone I hope you’re doing well. Thank you for joining me, G7 Summit is underway and the first order of business was to decide whether Frozen Russian Sovereign assets held in European Banks would be transferred to Zieliński. Zin’s presidential term by the way if you’re not familiar his term expired on May the 20th 202 4 and since he cancelled elections he by default remains in a position of power. So G7 leaders agreed to give $50 billion from Frozen Russian assets to Ukraine these were foreign exchange assets, Central Bank assets manipulation: but the Western leaders are not just going to provide the funds um it will be in the form of a loan that will be repaid using the interest earned on $300 billion in Frozen sovereign assets. The United States will provide the biggest portion of the funds of course so American taxpayers I hope you’re paying attention to this. But Europe will also have to pit in the European Union plans to give $50 billion to Ukraine every year and then they will use the interest generated by the Frozen Sovereign assets to pay off the interest on the loan that is given to Ukraine while the Ukrainians of course will be stuck paying off the principle for decades and decades to come. That’s how it works if you’re a bit confused how this loan Works imagine that the interest that you earn on your savings account it’s now seized it’s.
Stolen by your bank it’s no longer your money and then effectively after it has been appropriated by your bank your money is now their money so they’re free to do whatever they please. And the next thing they do is loan that cash which is effectively your money they loan that cash to somebody else and they derive benefits from it. Okay so that’s how effectively this loan is structured you would agree that the interest on your savings account on any investment account that you own is your money it is your property by law and that is exactly how it has been treated in Finance and Accounting for years. Well it cannot be violated your property should not be violated it is against the law and of course the decision here goes against any legal precedent as we know very well.
Otherwise if this was the right course of action our American taxpayers would be liable for damages caused in Libya in Iraq in Syria and other places.
$50 billion from frozen assets is a sizable amount considering that the assets earn roughly $3 billion per year.
Politico
Included this rather revealing in my opinion quote uh made by an undisclosed European politician who said what Washington is proposing is we the United States take a lone. Europe takes all the risk. You Europe that is pay the interest and we the United States use the money for us Ukraine fund and he added we might be stupid but we’re not that stupid so he clearly was against this idea but it does look like the deal went through so what does that really show us?
Right by the way a new security agreement was signed yesterday as well between the United States and zalinsky. Now according to the Atlantic Council the biggest portion of Russian Central Bank foreign exchange reserves is held in China just under 18% the rest of it is in Japan and across Europe and the United States with France and Germany holding the biggest portions. What I thought was very interesting was this illustration it was shared on X’s former Twitter by a person who is claiming to be an international monetary fund adviser and he claims that they created this chart. When they started working on the project of seizing effectively stealing Sovereign assets of a foreign country and subsequently using the money to fund the war as well as to put Ukrainian people who are already impoverished in their majority in debt for generations to come. So here’s this person cheerfully calling the G7 decision quote a major breakthrough after two years of his tireless work.
Now I do want to underscore that Ukrainian people average people like you and I they desperately need help uh but first and foremost Ukrainians need and want peace and this is precisely why we’re seeing so many of these terrible Forst mobilization videos across Ukraine from every corner of Ukraine where Ukrainian men are literally beaten dragged into unmarked Vans into unmarked vehicles and immediately taken to the front lines.
But I digress from the perspective of Global Financial structure and markets Europe and the United States effectively shoot themselves in the foot here by making this Choice.
By making this decision from now on no State business or private investor will trust these countries with their foreign exchange funds with their funds in general and to take this one step further they won’t have much trust in their own currencies as well. Whether that is the United States dollar or the Euro it has now become crystal clear to leaders around the world that they’re funds can be stolen too. And so therefore they need to act accordingly so this means expect cash outflows from these markets and now central banks around the world will likely accelerate getting rid of their US dollar denominated Investments as well as their foreign exchange reserves held in these countries. And they will replace those assets with hard assets and a mix of other currencies. So what is Russia’s response to this Maria zaharova the spokesperson for Russia’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs said that Russia has enough European property and funds.
So that Europe will and I quote here will first have to pay for its Madness from its own wallet. So take a look at the video uh it does have subtitles and I hope that you get the idea of what she said and the general tone from the video itself. Take a look.
Thanks for watching I hope that this video was interesting remember to show your support it goes a long way like.
subscribe and share and I will see you
back on YouTube or on Rumble tomorrow
take care
[Music]
Attempted power grab in the EU.
Final push for control and implementation of the NWO/WEF agenda and include an compulsory digital ID.
A step by step introduced plan to prevent early warning and detection. Only when it is already too late will the electorate be told about.
The European Union faces being plunged into crisis, after a bitter row over top jobs in Brussels broke out among the bloc’s leaders.
Europe’s politicians have been holding discussions over the past week to nominate candidates for the EU’s top three jobs.
Poland’s Donald Tusk and the Greek leader Kyriakos Mitsotakis held a video conference on Tuesday for the European People’s Party – the pan-EU conservative centrist bloc that came first overall in the elections.
They were joined by Germany’s Olaf Scholz, Spain’s Pedro Sanchez and France’s Emmanuel Macron – leaders from European left-wing and centrist parties.
Conspicuous by her absence, though, was Italy’s Giorgia Meloni – despite the strong performance of her European Conservatives and Reformists bloc in the June elections.
The Italian leader was frozen out of the meeting, which will help determine the EU’s political agenda and direction for the next five years.
A furious Meloni accused her European counterparts of a stitch up and of ignoring the wish of voters.
She could and should have known that all of the top function go to the Illuminati/NWO-WEF members and in addition many of the elected MEP members. So-called Master puppets. She told Italian MPs in a speech to parliament: “It doesn’t seem to me that a readiness to accept what citizens said at the ballot box has emerged yet.
“Some claim that citizens are not mature enough to take certain decisions and that oligarchy is the only acceptable form of democracy. But I don’t share that view.” Centrist and left-wing leaders want to reappoint Ursula von der Leyen as Commission President and push for the WEF/NWO agenda.
António Costa, a former socialist prime minister of Portugal, is also expected to be named as President of the European Council and Kaja Kallas, the prime minister of Estonia, is to be the EU foreign affairs chief.
The so-called “gang of six” will seek a majority vote at the meeting of all 27 EU leaders on Thursday and Friday to confirm the appointments.
Meloni questioned the right of Europe’s traditional parties to choose who should fill Europe’s top jobs.
She pointed out that Macron and his party’s allies had only 16 per cent of France’s MEPs, the German coalition 32 per cent and Spain’s socialists and allies 34 per cent, while candidates for Meloni’s ruling coalition took 53 per cent.
“Only Italy, among the big European nations, got a positive result,” she noted.
Meloni is likely to insist that the post of commission vice-president in charge of trade, competition and industrial policy is given to an Italian as part of any deal to confirm the three nominations.
The upcoming summit will include discussions on immigration and EU green policies – in particular plans to ban petrol cars after 2035 an push and push regardless of the economical consequences.
Learned nothing from the current troubles/past. All about power and dominance. Pushing the NWO /WEF agenda.
A furious Meloni accused her European counterparts of a stitch up and of ignoring the wish of voters.
She told Italian MPs in a speech to parliament: “It doesn’t seem to me that a readiness to accept what citizens said at the ballot box has emerged yet.
“Some claim that citizens are not mature enough to take certain decisions and that oligarchy is the only acceptable form of democracy. But I don’t share that view.”
Centrist and left-wing leaders want to reappoint Ursula von der Leyen as Commission President.
António Costa, a former socialist prime minister of Portugal, is also expected to be named as President of the European Council and Kaja Kallas, the prime minister of Estonia, is to be the EU foreign affairs chief.
The so-called “gang of six” will seek a majority vote at the meeting of all 27 EU leaders on Thursday and Friday to confirm the appointments.
A Louisiana district court ruled late Tuesday that plaintiffs Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and Children’s Health Defense (CHD) have the legal right to sue the Biden administration for pressuring tech giants to censor their social media posts.
The judgment came less than a month after a federal appeals court declined to rule on a preliminary injunction prohibiting the administration from coordinating with social media companies until the district court decided the plaintiffs’ standing.
Standing is the legal doctrine that requires plaintiffs to show they have suffered direct and concrete injuries and that those injuries could be resolved in court in order to sue.
Commenting on Tuesday’s ruling in Kennedy v. Biden, Kim Mack Rosenberg, CHD general counsel, said that the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana “reached what we believe is the correct conclusion with respect to standing for CHD and Mr. Kennedy.”
Perhaps even “more importantly,” she told The Defender:
“Judge Terry Doughty carefully and clearly analyzed the law and facts and applied the framework from the U.S. Supreme Court’s recent decision in Murthy v. Missouri regarding standing. The court also firmly found in plaintiffs’ favor that plaintiffs had not waived — and indeed had affirmatively raised — direct censorship claims in addition to listener claims.”
📣 GREAT NEWS! Judge Terry Doughty of the Western District of Louisiana has found that @RobertKennedyJr, CHD and Connie Sampognaro have standing in the lawsuit Kennedy v. Biden to continue our case in the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals.
Facebook admitted suppressing truthful CHD social media posts
In his decision, Doughty summarized the evidence, outlining a series of specific instances where Kennedy and CHD were censored.
He also reviewed the three requirements for “standing,” which are that a plaintiff must show that they suffered an injury, that the injury is traceable to the defendant’s actions and that it can be redressed through a favorable decision.
CHD CEO Mary Holland said Doughty found that the government’s conduct is traceable to direct statements and instructions to social media platforms, including Facebook, Instagram and YouTube.
“Further, the judge found that a preliminary injunction, which mandates that the government stop censoring plaintiffs through social media, would redress their injuries,” Holland said.
Doughty wrote that Kennedy and CHD “were in positions contrary to Government positions on COVID-19, including mask mandates, vaccine mandates, vaccine injuries, lockdowns, etc.,” that Kennedy was identified by the Center for Countering Digital Hate as part of the so-called “Disinformation Dozen,” and that CHD was named as a tool for spreading “anti-vaccine messages.”
Doughty also reviewed a series of meetings and emails between the White House and Twitter and Facebook, which occurred throughout 2021, in which those companies agreed to de-amplify, place warnings on or fully censor posts containing so-called “vaccine misinformation,” regardless of whether the information was true.
For example, in one email Clark Humphrey, a member of the Biden administration’s COVID-19 response team, requested Twitter remove one of Kennedy’s tweets. The tech giant complied.
“Facebook admitted that although the CHD’s posts did not violate its policies, it would suppress content that originated from CHD,” Doughty wrote.
He cited reports written by organizations, such as the Virality Project, which named Kennedy and CHD specifically, flagging them with “tickets” to report COVID-19 misinformation to the social media giants.
He also cited the fact that Kennedy’s Instagram account was suspended and CHD continues to be deplatformed from Instagram, Facebook and YouTube — showing that CHD faces ongoing injury, a requirement for standing.
“There is not much dispute that both Kennedy and CHD were specifically targeted by the White House, the Office of Surgeon General, and CISA [Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency], and the content of Kennedy and CHD were suppressed,” he wrote.
Given censorship of the Donald Trump presidential campaign on social media, and evidence presented in a declaration by Brigid Rasmussen, the chief of Kennedy’s presidential campaign, stating that content favorable to the campaign had been censored on social media, Doughty ruled that Kennedy faces a “substantial risk” that government defendants will restrict his speech in the future.
Doughty ruled that the third plaintiff in the case, Connie Sampognaro, a Louisiana healthcare professional, who argued she was deprived of the “right to listen” to censored organizations did not have standing. Doughty said Sampognaro did not show specific instances of content moderation that caused her harm.
‘Undisputed that CHD has satisfied its burden of showing injury’
The court ruled the plaintiffs — two states and five social media users — did not have standing because they couldn’t show “specific causation” for any instance of content moderation tied to the government.
The court also said the plaintiffs couldn’t demonstrate a substantial risk that “in the near future they will suffer an injury that is traceable to a Government defendant and redressable by the injunction they seek.”
The injunction issued in Kennedy v. Biden was granted on Feb. 14 by Doughty, who also issued a stay until 10 days after the Supreme Court ruled on the injunction in Murthy v. Biden.
After the Supreme Court overturned the Murthy v. Missouri injunction, the Biden administration appealed the injunction in Kennedy v. Biden to the 5th Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals, citing the same argument they used in Murthy v. Missouri — that the plaintiffs lacked standing.
The 5th Circuit sent the case back to the District Court to rule on standing. In its ruling yesterday, Doughty wrote:
“This Court finds that there is significant evidence showing Kennedy was directly censored in the past, and there is likely a substantial risk that Kennedy’s content will be restricted in the future because of the actions of at least one of the Government Defendants. …
“It is undisputed that CHD has satisfied its burden of showing injury in fact for much of the same reasons that Kennedy has.”
Only one plaintiff needs to have standing for a case to move forward. The case will now proceed to the 5th Circuit, which will rule on the preliminary injunction.
The Defender on occasion posts content related to Children’s Health Defense’s nonprofit mission that features Mr. Kennedy’s views on the issues CHD and The Defender regularly cover. In keeping with Federal Election Commission rules, this content does not represent an endorsement of Mr. Kennedy who is on leave from CHD and is running for president of the U.S. as an independent candidate.
Censorship in the internet, big media and artificial intelligence.
David Icke: “The World Changes FOREVER if This Happens in 2025…”
We are being deceived by numerous entities: our governments, big tech companies, intelligence agencies, the media, social media platforms, and every other information source we once trusted. This is the latest warning from David Icke, a prominent speaker and self-published writer who works tirelessly to uncover the evil machinations of global elites, the latest of which Icke says is to use the internet to control the global populace. In a recent discussion with Strike It Big Podcast, Icke unravels the layers of falsehoods and how those at the helm of global affairs use social media as a tool of subjugation, misinformation, and censorship. Icke reveals a grand scheme to gain absolute control over every aspect of our lives through the Internet. He explains that the first phase of this scheme, which aimed to make us heavily dependent on the Internet, has already been successful with a significant portion of the global population. The next phase involves using artificial intelligence to control the Internet. The former BBC Sports Broadcaster warns that by 2025, artificial intelligence will generate more than 90 percent of online content, shaping reality for the global population as it sees fit.
We share interviews from experts like Rick Rule, Peter Schiff, Mike Maloney, Lynette Zang, and many others. Stay up-to-date with the world of finance and make informed decisions with our expert insights. Subscribe now and never miss a video!
Transcript
Number one you create the internet but you’ve got to pull the population in so you don’t censor you don’t censor you just um have the free fly of information you don’t like it but it’s necessary what you’re waiting for is that point we now past. It where the internet dominates communication and as so infiltrated Human Society technologically via everything being connected to the internet that there’s no turning back gotcha okay.
Now we’ll start we are being deceived by numerous entities our governments big tech companies intelligence agencies the media social media platforms and every other information Source we once trusted.
This is the latest warning from David Ike a prominent speaker and self-published writer who works tirelessly to uncover the evil machinations of global Elite. The latest of which Ike says is to use the internet to control the global populace. In a recent discussion with strike it big podcast Ike unravels the layers of falsehoods and how those at the helm of global Affairs use social media as a tool of subjugation misinformation and censorship.
Ike reveals a grand scheme to gain absolute control over every aspect of our lives through the internet he explains that the first phase of this scheme which aimed to make us heavily dependent on the internet has already been successful. With a significant portion of the global population the next phase involves using artificial intelligence to control the internet the former BBC sports broadcaster warns that by 2025 artificial intelligence will generate more than 90% of online content shaping reality for the global population as it sees fit. Ike warns that social media platforms shroud undue censorship under the guise of maintaining order or protecting certain groups and belief belie systems but the real reason is power and control they want to control everything we see and read so we don’t have any original thoughts and will become unable to question the mainstream narrative. The result is that we all become zombies open to all commands and suggestions from this Global cult they ask us to jump we simply ask how far they ask us to give up all our values we do without hesitation until one day we own nothing and they own everything. During the podcast I expresses how urgent this has all become, stressing that we must not be complicit in our own enslavement we will present clips from the discussion in which Ike discusses the importance of freedom of speech how it’s been stolen from us through censorship and how those who seek to control and subjugate us are feeding on our fears. As we present the clips please take a little time to like this video subscribe to the channel and activate the notifications Bell for more related content. Thank you and enjoy the video video the principle is freedom of speech um if everyone doesn’t have freedom to speak then there’s no freedom of speech all that’s left is what is acceptable to speak and that um acceptability is being squeezed and squeezed and squeezed and squeezed so things that were perfectly okay to say not that long ago will now get you banned or demonized or whatever and what it comes down to is this what I’ve been saying now for 34 years is that uh uh a a network of secret societies fiercely compartmentalized so most of the people in the secret societies don’t know the big story.
Um H have been pushing the world towards a global dystopia and of course for a long time it didn’t seem that that was the case because people were getting on with their lives and they were posting on the social media and it was all right. It started to Dawn on people that a global dystopia not least a digital concentration camp thus the end of cash which I predicted in 1992 by the way in a book um is unfolding before our eyes. 15 minute cities um all the rest of it uh the war on the motorist the war on movement so then you you look at that and you think and lots of people have said this to me uh a few people can’t control the world it’s not possible well you know the sad thing it’s a dottle it’s a dole because of two reasons.
The second one I’ll come to but the first one is relevant to your question freedom of speech what is that freedom of opinion Freedom of Information and how do we form our perceptions from information we receive it might be a Facebook post it might be the 10 o00 News whatever. It might be someone you meet but we form our perceptions from information received. Now from perception comes Behavior we behave as we do because we perceive as we do and we perceive as we do because of the information we receive so if you want to control people’s behavior you have to control their perception and you do that by increasingly through this hysterical level of extreme censorship.
Now you hijack the sources of information that they are people are hearing so they only hear your narrative it people only hear one story they’re almost certain lying to believe it in the absence of anything to challenge it. So the reason we don’t have free debate is because the official narratives do not stand up to scrutiny even the mildest scrutiny and thus if you had an open debate then the official narrative will be all over the floor so what do you do if you control the global media. If you control Silicon Valley indeed you created it you make sure you don’t have that debate and you do that by censorship and I would make this point too that censorship is not an expression of power. P people with real power people with self-security they don’t want to censor anybody People who are confident that what they say will stand up to scrutiny don’t want to censor anybody they also realize that people having different opinions to you is the very Foundation of human freedom. And once that’s gone it’s over there is no Freedom if you have a narrative you know won’t stand up to scrutiny if there is a perception you want to impose upon the people through suppression of the absence of any alternative then open debate and the free flow of information terrifies you so what we’re looking at with this censorship through uh Silicon Valley the media and anything else that moves is not an expression of power it’s an expression of weakness. It’s saying to you we know that our narrative won’t stand up so we’re not going to let it be um be challenged. Ike believes a huge connection exists between our governments the global cult and Silicon Valley Executives.
That’s why though they try to seem different and independent of one another they always manage to work together to achieve certain goals particularly those geared toward the end game.
According to Ike they are one and the same with the same goal of bringing about a new world order for us all during the podcast he further warns that there is more to the internet than many people realize.
Ike believes it was deliberately created to draw people in give them a false sense of safety and then reel it all in to bring us these heavily censored versions we now have to live with.
The only issue is we are way too dependent on these platforms now let’s get back to the video if you look at the social media uh first of all the censorship means that people can basically only go so far but it is a um it is a vehicle for division I mean it’s a vehicle for abuse it’s a vehicle for ridicule and um it’s not a vehicle for coming together and therefore it’s um it’s playing into the hands of this cult. because if you if you are a few and you want to control the many you have to divide and rule the many you know uh the you can’t control 8 billion people when you’re a relative handful by comparison unless the 8 billion play a central role in in their own control and the you know people say that um the word yes is positive and the word no is negative not true we’ve got into this mess. We’ve got into this unfolding dystopia by continually saying yes yes sir no sir okay sir anything you say Sir or well I don’t want to do it sir but I find the consequences not doing it so I’m going to do it as well just like them. It just don’t question anything um that’s how we got into this mess and it’s no that’s going to get us out of it no I’m not doing that no I’m not cooperating with my own enslavement. That’s the way we’re going to get out of it and what happens with social media is it’s basically a brawl it’s just a verbal keyboard brawl goes on uh but through that for intelligent people who are Discerning you can get nuggets of of Truth and information out that that um that circulates. And you know let’s look at the Internet it’s it’s an interesting uh point because the internet now and social media now is not how it started out. I remember when it started uh before it started even if I was doing an event or I was trying to get information out you stood in the street and you Ed leaflets out and then suddenly this internet came along and uh we had the free flow of information for a a while and for people like me it was fantastic. But you know you put a fishing line out and then when you catch the fish you pull the fishing line in gotcha and this is what the internet really is I would s first of all Darpha the technological development AR of the Pentagon um claims credit openly for the creation of the internet and it’s military technology is based on right. So this was the thing number one you create the internet but you’ve got to pull the population in so you don’t censor you don’t censor you just um have the free fly of information you don’t like it but it’s necessary and as that unfolds more and more people come onto the internet oh yes oh God this is good you can say what you like and oh yeah it’s really great um and as more people use that as a form of communication so the other forms of communication the newspapers the television Etc they start to go down in their audience uh levels and their influence and the internet starts to dominate what you’re what you’re waiting for is that point we now where the internet dominates communication and a so infiltrated Human Society technologically via everything being connected to the internet that there’s no turning back gotcha okay. Now we’ll start censoring okay we don’t like censorship oh really how well she going to communicate apart from with us late last month the Supreme Court declined a request from a group of social media users and two states to limit the Biden administration’s efforts to urge social media companies to remove content deemed as misinformation. The Court ruled that the users and the states Louisiana and Missouri lacked the legal standing to pursue an injunction against the Biden Administration for its interactions with the social media platforms.
The users had claimed that their freedom of speech was unconstitutionally infringed upon when their posts were removed or suppressed following pressure from Administration officials. The Supreme Court’s decision overturns a lower Court ruling that had restricted the White House and administration officials interactions with social media platforms limitation the justice department contended was excessive the injunction from the lower court had been temporarily suspended while the Supreme Court reviewed the case. Since the ruling was announced many have expressed concern about the dangerous precedent the Apex court has set and what it would mean for free speech going forward this is why Ike and other so-called conspiracy theorists
Advocate the importance of questioning the narrative and using platforms that don’t seek to take away this important right from assault. If you found this message compelling please share your thoughts in the comments below if you enjoyed this video be sure to give it a thumbs up subscribe to our Channel and turn on post notifications for more thought-provoking content. Thank you for watching
We are being deceived by numerous entities: our governments, big tech companies, intelligence agencies, the media, social media platforms, and every other information source we once trusted. This is the latest warning from David Icke, a prominent speaker and self-published writer who works tirelessly to uncover the evil machinations of global elites, the latest of which Icke says is to use the internet to control the global populace. In a recent discussion with Strike It Big Podcast, Icke unravels the layers of falsehoods and how those at the helm of global affairs use social media as a tool of subjugation, misinformation, and censorship. Icke reveals a grand scheme to gain absolute control over every aspect of our lives through the Internet. He explains that the first phase of this scheme, which aimed to make us heavily dependent on the Internet, has already been successful with a significant portion of the global population. The next phase involves using artificial intelligence to control the Internet. The former BBC Sports Broadcaster warns that by 2025, artificial intelligence will generate more than 90 percent of online content, shaping reality for the global population as it sees fit.
We bring you the latest news, insights, and analysis on gold, silver, and copper. Our videos cover a wide range of topics, including gold price, gold prediction, gold price forecast, silver price, silver price prediction, copper price, market trends, investment strategies, and industry news.
We share interviews from experts like Rick Rule, Peter Schiff, Mike Maloney, Lynette Zang, and many others. Stay up-to-date with the world of finance and make informed decisions with our expert insights. Subscribe now and never miss a video!
Credit: STRIKE IT BIG PODCAST David Icke: The Truth About Free Speech, Who Controls The World & Money • David Icke: The Truth About Free Spee…
A congressional investigation uncovered allegations that some of the world’s largest brands and advertising agencies are colluding to control online speech through coordinated boycotts and content demonetization schemes.
“Through GARM, large corporations, advertising agencies, and industry associations participated in boycotts and other coordinated action to demonetize platforms, podcasts, news outlets, and other content deemed disfavored by GARM and its members,” the report states.
The committee’s investigation, which focused on GARM’s activities since its creation in 2019, examined its influence over major social media platforms, news outlets and content creators.
The report suggests that GARM’s actions may have far-reaching implications for online discourse and consumer choice in media.
Chilling.
An organization run by junk food companies (Mars, Nestle, Unilever, Diageo) created the Global Alliance for Responsible Media in order to pressure censorship of @joerogan (whose most consistent message is to eat healthy food and exercise). https://t.co/Q1bWv6Y79f
GARM was established in 2019 by the WFA, which represents over 150 of the world’s biggest brands and more than 60 national advertiser associations globally.
According to this week’s congressional report, GARM’s influence stems from the collective power of its members. “WFA members represent roughly 90% of global advertising spend, or almost one trillion dollars annually,” the document states.
The alliance includes major players in the advertising industry:
Every major advertising agency holding company.
GroupM, the world’s largest media buying agency, on its Steer Team.
Four large corporations — Unilever, Mars, Diageo, and Procter & Gamble — that together spend billions annually on advertising.
GARM’s Steer Team, which acts as a board of directors, is closely involved in day-to-day operations. The initiative reports to the WFA Executive Committee, which includes representatives from major corporations such as AB InBev, L’Oréal, Nestlé and IBM.
Robert Rakowitz, GARM’s initiative lead and co-founder, plays a central role in the organization’s activities. The report cites internal emails in which Rakowitz expressed views on free speech, describing an “extreme global interpretation of the US Constitution” as problematic.
GARM claims to focus on “content monetization” rather than “content moderation.” However, the report argues that these areas are “inextricably linked,” suggesting that GARM’s work effectively influences what content appears online.
In Wednesday’s congressional hearing on GARM, Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio), while questioning the CEO of GroupM and GARM board member Christian Juhl, said that GARM “sounds a lot like a cartel to me.”
🚩 Rep. Jim Jordan Says the GARM Ad Council Likely Broke Antitrust Laws Through Their Coordinated Efforts to Demonetize Conservative Platforms
“That sounds a lot like a cartel to me…Sounds a lot like limiting actions that would limit consumer choice. That sounds like unlawful… pic.twitter.com/0uGRw5ab9I
The congressional report alleges that GARM’s activities may violate Section 1 of the Sherman Anti-Trust Act, which prohibits unreasonable restraints of trade. The committee report cites several examples of GARM’s alleged coordinated actions:
1. Twitter boycott after Elon Musk acquisition. Following Musk’s acquisition of Twitter (now known as X) in October 2022, GARM allegedly orchestrated a boycott of the platform. According to the report, GARM recommended its members “stop … all paid advertisement” on Twitter in response to the takeover.
Internal documents show that GARM held “extensive debriefing and discussion around [Musk’s] takeover of Twitter,” providing opportunities for the boycott to be organized. The report claims that GARM later boasted about “taking on Elon Musk” and noted that Twitter was “80% below revenue forecasts” as a result.
2. Pressure on Spotify over Joe Rogan podcast. In early 2022, GARM and its Steer Team allegedly pressured Spotify over content on Rogan’s podcast, “The Joe Rogan Experience.” The report states that GARM members urged action against Spotify due to alleged misinformation on Rogan’s show, particularly regarding COVID-19 vaccines after Rogan said that young, healthy people didn’t need them.
Rogan later featured Dr. Robert Malone on his podcast, which prompted GroupM to reach out to Spotify after musician Neil Young removed his content from the platform in protest over vaccine-skeptical material.
House Judiciary Report Shows I am Being Censored by the Largest Corporations in the World GARM’s Harm: How the World’s Biggest Brands Seek to Control Online Speechhttps://t.co/0beGN2j2f7pic.twitter.com/bGN5xErwvA
Internal emails cited in the report show Rakowitz coordinating with member companies to formulate responses to Spotify. In one instance, he wrote that he “can’t publicly advise all clients to do X — that gets us into hot water by way of anticompetitive and collusive behaviors.”
3. Efforts to demonetize certain news outlets. The report alleges that GARM and its members discussed strategies to block certain news outlets, including Fox News, The Daily Wire and Breitbart News.
An internal email from a GARM Steer Team member describes monitoring these outlets closely. The email states that as much as he “hated their ideology and bulls**t,” his company “couldn’t really justify blocking them for misguided opinion[s]” but that it “watched them very carefully and it didn’t take long for them to cross the line.”
The congressional committee argued that these coordinated actions if proven, could constitute illegal restraints of trade that harm consumers by limiting their choices and access to diverse viewpoints online.
GARM’s influence on political content and elections
Through their content moderation efforts, GARM and its members attempted to influence political discourse and election outcomes — including pushing for coordinated action around the 2020 U.S. presidential election, according to the report.
In an October 2020 email, Rakowitz suggested telling Facebook it was “at a crossroads for the platform and fence sitting on content curation and moderation” and that it should apply its COVID-19 content moderation policies to election-related content.
The report cites an instance of GARM members pressuring Facebook to label a then-President Donald Trump campaign advertisement as misinformation. When Facebook refused, citing its policy of not fact-checking political candidates’ ads, Rakowitz allegedly described the decision as “honestly reprehensible” in an internal email.
The report also claims that GARM members expressed concerns about Musk’s handling of the Hunter Biden laptop story on Twitter. After Musk released internal Twitter documents about the platform’s suppression of the story, a GARM member reportedly described Musk’s actions as an “overtly partisan take.”
Misinformation definition and application. In 2022, GARM added a definition of misinformation to its framework, describing it as “verifiably false or willfully misleading content that is directly connected to user or societal harm.”
The report suggests this broad definition could be weaponized against disfavored political views.
Committee members said Wednesday that these actions demonstrate GARM’s potential to influence political discourse and election outcomes by controlling which content receives advertising revenue and visibility on major platforms.
GARM’s partnerships with ad-tech companies and AI integration
The congressional report delves into GARM’s relationships with advertising technology companies and plans to integrate its framework into artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning tools.
According to the report, GARM partnered with several “ad-tech partners” that offer solutions to help brands understand where their advertisements appear and what content surrounds them.
The report alleges that membership in GARM was conditioned on these partners agreeing “to make commensurate changes to business operations in pursuit of GARM’s goals.”
According to the congressional committee, this arrangement allowed GARM’s biases to be “baked directly into the solutions, allowing brands to seamlessly integrate GARM’s censorship.”
AI and machine learning integration
GARM’s plans for the future involve pushing its framework into AI solutions, according to the report. The committee said it was concerned that GARM’s partners are developing AI tools that will integrate GARM’s standards seamlessly across social media platforms.
“Such an automated censorship effort could result in the demonetization of any views or voices that GARM’s advertising cartel dislikes, potentially without any human involvement at all,” the report states.
Specific examples cited in the report include:
1. Zefr, a GARM ad-tech partner, which claims its “proprietary discriminative AI is powered by years of training data on platforms, and goes beyond keyword and text-based analyses, combining AI and ground truth data from global fact checking organizations that is mapped to the industry standards” set by GARM.
The combination of GARM’s framework with AI-powered content moderation tools could lead to opaque and potentially biased decisions about which content receives advertising revenue, ultimately limiting consumer choice and diverse viewpoints online, according to the report.
Connections to government agencies and censorship efforts
The congressional report alleges connections between GARM’s partners and government agencies involved in content moderation efforts. Specifically, it points to collaboration between GARM ad-tech partner Channel Factory and the Department of Homeland Security’s Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA).
According to the report, Channel Factory worked with CISA to develop a “common lexicon” for discussing misinformation.
An email cited in the report shows Channel Factory’s global chief strategy officer sharing this lexicon with GARM’s initiative lead, stating, “The industry will need a common lexicon and detailed definitions in order to make progress … attached is the lexicon we developed with CISA/DHS … which may provide” a useful starting point.
This type of collaboration could lead to government influence over private-sector content moderation practices, the committee report stated.
The report noted that Channel Factory is also a member of YouTube’s Measurement Program, suggesting that these connections could have far-reaching implications for online content moderation.
Former U.S. Department of State official Mike Benz in a video posted on X Wednesday, alleged that U.S. government-linked efforts to control online content with groups like GARM go back at least to 2017.
The financial engine of US foreign policy & covert action — USAID — embarked on a quest to get advertiser networks like GARM to stop servicing populist-aligned online news websites as early as 2017, I explained to @charliekirk11 (Part 1) pic.twitter.com/2w1hr04ZRT
GARM engages in ‘dangerous, anticompetitive behavior’
The House Judiciary Committee concluded that GARM’s actions may violate antitrust laws and threaten free speech and consumer choice online.
According to the report, GARM’s members’ collective power allows them to achieve through coordination what they could not accomplish individually.
The report states:
“If collusion among powerful corporations capable of collectively demonetizing, and in effect eliminating, certain views and voices is allowed to continue, the ability of countless American consumers to choose what to read and listen to, or even have their speech or writing reach other Americans, will be destroyed.”
The committee emphasized that antitrust laws still apply even if GARM claims to have good intentions. It states that federal antitrust laws “do not diminish because GARM or its members claim to have good intentions.”
The committee said it will continue its oversight of GARM and evaluate the adequacy of existing antitrust laws. It suggested that legislative reforms may be necessary to address what it describes as “dangerous, anticompetitive behavior.”
Watch the House Judiciary Committee’s July 10 hearing:
Supreme Court ruled, but the censorship fight isn’t over
Mary Holland, CEOchildrenshealthdefense.org From:team@childrenshealthdefense.org AM Having trouble viewing this email? View it in your web browser
Today is a sad day for freedom of speech in America — but the fight isn’t over. Not by a long shot. We need your help to continue the fight to protect our rights.I am deeply disappointed by the Supreme Court’s decision that the plaintiffs in Murthy v. Missouri — two states and five individuals — “lack standing” to pursue claims that the government coerced social media platforms to censor independent speech.
While CHD believes the 6-3 majority got it wrong — and the dissent got it right — we are focused on continuing the fight.
But we need your help today. Here’s why. Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and CHD filed a separate lawsuit in the same court as the Missouri plaintiffs because Kennedy and CHD were directly and traceably censored — and continue to be heavily censored.Our case is about to resume in the aftermath of the Supreme Court decision, and we believe it can overcome the weaknesses in the Murthy case. Complex litigation costs money — a lot of it. So today, I’m asking you to make a donation to support our battle against censorship.
We are fighting censorship in several cases where you can make a critical difference:
We are awaiting a decision from the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals in CHD v. Meta Platforms in our case against Facebook, its fact-checkers and Mark Zuckerberg’s joint action with the government to demonetize, shadow ban and deplatform CHD.
We are awaiting a ruling in a case in Washington, D.C., against the Trusted News Initiative — including Reuters, Associated Press and The Washington Post — for colluding with Big Tech to censor CHD and many other independent news outlets in an illegal group boycott that violates antitrust laws.
We’re representing doctors in California, Washington and Maine, where the state licensing boards and the states themselves are preventing doctors from speaking freely with their patients and the public.
And we’re moving forward in Kennedy v. Biden to stop federal officials from coercing and encouraging social media giants to stamp us out.
The next government-declared emergency — whether bird flu or climate lockdown or some other alleged catastrophe — may be just around the corner.Let’s make sure CHD and other independent news outlets can get you necessary, potentially lifesaving information.With your support, we can win the fight to uphold the First Amendment.Please give what you can.Free speech and freedom of the press are worth it! With thanks,Mary Holland CEO Children’s Health Defense P.S. Please consider making a recurring donation to support CHD’s legal, scientific, educational, and advocacy work. Together, we can and do make a difference in the world!
The U.S. Supreme Court today ruled against plaintiffs, including two states and five social media users, who sued top Biden officials and government agencies for pressuring social media companies to censor content.
In the 6-3 decision in Murthy v. Missouri, the justices ruled the plaintiffs didn’t have legal standing to bring their case.
The ruling reversed decisions by two lower courts, which held that when the government “coerced” or “significantly encouraged” the platforms to moderate content related to COVID-19, presidential elections and other controversial topics, they transformed the social media companies’ decisions into state action, violating plaintiffs’ First Amendment rights.
Commenting on today’s decision, Children’s Health Defense (CHD) CEO Mary Holland said she “is deeply disappointed” in the court’s decision to reverse the preliminary injunction “that the Western District of Louisiana granted and the 5th Circuit affirmed.”
Holland said, “We consider the government’s role in coercing and encouraging censorship by social media platforms the greatest threat to free speech in our time.”
CHD and its founder and chairman on leave Robert F. Kennedy Jr. in March 2023 made similar allegations against the Biden administration in a class action lawsuit filed on behalf of all American news consumers.
A federal judge in July 2023 consolidated the two lawsuits, which allowed them to have shared processes for discovery.
Plaintiffs in Kennedy et al. v. Biden et al. also requested and were granted a preliminary injunction by the same judge, Terry Doughty, prohibiting key Biden administration officials and agencies from coercing, significantly encouraging, or taking joint action with social media platforms to suppress or censor online content.
However, Judge Doughty simultaneously issued a stay on the injunction until 10 days after the Supreme Court ruling in Murthy v. Missouri.
Holland said that CHD and Kennedy don’t face the same problem of standing as some of the plaintiffs in Murthy v. Missouri and that Kennedy v. Biden is expected to move forward.
She said:
“We note that the Supreme Court did not reach the merits. We will continue with Kennedy v. Biden, a separate lawsuit in the Western District of Louisiana, where we believe there is no issue regarding lack of standing for Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. or Children’s Health Defense, who were directly and traceably censored and continue to be heavily censored.
“We expect this case to move forward even if standing remains an issue for the Missouri v. Biden plaintiffs.”
If Kennedy v. Biden is heard on its merits — which the court did not do in Murthy v. Missouri — the outcome could have wide-reaching implications for the First Amendment and online speech, Holland said.
On X, formerly Twitter, Kennedy said there is “no question” that he and CHD have standing:
The Supreme Court got it wrong – and has failed to uphold its responsibility to the Constitution by finding no standing in Murthy v. Missouri. My case of Kennedy v. Biden will proceed in the trial court where there is no question that @ChildrensHD and I have standing. Justice…
— Robert F. Kennedy Jr (@RobertKennedyJr) June 26, 2024
One of ‘the most important First Amendment’ cases of the internet age
The New York Times called Murthy v. Missouri one of “the most important First Amendment” cases of the internet age, because of the constitutional questions at stake.
Judge Doughty, in July 2023, issued a preliminary injunction in Murthy v. Missouri (formerly Missouri v. Biden), barring several federal agencies and Biden administration officials from engaging in those actions until the lawsuit was decided.
Then the 5th Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals narrowed but upheld what Justice Amy Coney Barrett, writing for the majority, called a “sweeping preliminary injunction,” in September 2023.
“The Fifth Circuit,” Barrett wrote, “was wrong to do so.”
The plaintiffs in Murthy v. Missouri — the states of Missouri and Arkansas, Drs. Jay Bhattacharya, Martin Kulldorff and Aaron Kheriaty, The Gateway Pundit’s Jim Hoft and health activist Jill Hines — argued that the censorship they experienced on social media could be tied to government action and that they are likely to be censored in the future.
Barrett disagreed, writing that social media companies have long-standing content moderation policies and plaintiffs didn’t show “specific causation” for discrete instances of content moderation tied to the government, nor did they demonstrate a substantial risk that “in the near future they will suffer an injury that is traceable to a Government defendant and redressable by the injunction they seek.”
The court did concede that the federal government played a role in the content decisions, but maintained the relationship was more complex than the lower court rulings accounted for when they “glossed over complexities in the evidence”.
“The platforms had independent incentives to moderate content and often exercised their own judgment. To be sure, the record reflects that the Government defendants played a role in at least some of the platforms’ moderation choices. But the Fifth Circuit, by attributing every platform decision at least in part to the defendants, glossed over complexities in the evidence.”
Barrett added that the lower court erred in “treating the defendants, plaintiffs, and platforms each as a unified whole,” and that instead, each plaintiff must demonstrate their own standing for each claim against each defendant.
Jenin Younes, an attorney for the plaintiffs, tweeted, “While disappointing, the decision is not devastating.” She said the underlying case will continue. “This fight is not over!!”
Alito dissents, ‘It was blatantly unconstitutional’
Justice Samuel A. Alito Jr. dissented, joined by Justices Clarence Thomas and Neil M. Gorsuch.
In his dissenting opinion, Alito called the case “one of the most important free speech cases to reach this Court in years.”
He criticized the court for failing to address the underlying free speech questions at stake in the case and said that if any of the plaintiffs had standing — which he argued Hines did — the court was obligated to address the merits of the case.
“The Court, however, shirks that duty and thus permits the successful campaign of coercion in this case to stand as an attractive model for future officials who want to control what the people say, hear, and think,” Alito wrote.
He added that the extensive record plainly shows the administration coerced social media companies to comply with their wishes and suppress speech. “It was blatantly unconstitutional, and the country may come to regret the Court’s failure to say so.”
What Alito called the “vast” record of evidence shows that some federal officials communicated with social media platforms about so-called “misinformation” on their websites, instructing the platforms to remove some content and some media accounts.
In response, the platforms created an expedited reporting system, removed certain content, and banned specific users from their websites. The platforms also modified their content policies to capture more posts and continued to remain in contact with these officials.
Relevant to the Kennedy v. Biden case, that record includes specific evidence the Biden officials sought to censor tweets by Kennedy.
For example, the White House specifically targeted Kennedy’s Jan. 22, 2021, tweet about the then-recent death of baseball Hall of Famer Hank Aaron, 18 days after he publicly received the Moderna vaccine.
The Defender on occasion posts content related to Children’s Health Defense’s nonprofit mission that features Mr. Kennedy’s views on the issues CHD and The Defender regularly cover. In keeping with Federal Election Commission rules, this content does not represent an endorsement of Mr. Kennedy, who is on leave from CHD and is running as an independent for president of the U.S.
The COVID-19 vaccines carry a much higher risk of blood clots in the brain compared with other vaccines, according to a new study by Dr. Peter McCullough and colleagues.
They counted the number of cerebral thromboembolism events — as in, blood clots of the brain’s veins or arteries — reported in people who received a COVID-19 shot compared with those who received a flu shot or other vaccines.
Blood clots that block blood flow to the brain account for roughly 87% of all strokes, according to the American Stroke Association, a division of the American Heart Association.
McCullough — a cardiologist with over 1,000 publications and over 685 citations in the National Library of Medicine — told The Defender the study showed “an unacceptable risk of catastrophic thrombotic injuries to the brain” in individuals who took one or more COVID-19 shots.
McCullough summarized the study’s results on Substack:
“Compared to influenza vaccines given over 34 years, COVID-19 vaccines in 36 months of use had over 1000-fold increased risk of most blood clot events, and compared to all vaccines combined administered over 34 years, this risk remained at over 200-times greater with COVID-19 vaccination.”
Prior research has suggested that the spike protein in both the SARS-CoV-2 virus and the COVID-19 vaccine can cause serious blood clotting, McCullough and his co-authors noted in their report.
Blood clots in the brain are difficult to treat, McCullough told The Defender, and “oftentimes leave patients with devastating disabilities.”
In the three years since the COVID-19 vaccine rollout, they found 5,137 reports of a brain blood clot event in those who received one or more COVID-19 shots.
Meanwhile, VAERS data showed only 52 reports since 1990 of a brain blood clot event following a flu vaccine and 282 since 1990 following all other vaccinations, they said.
The actual number of events may be higher due to underreporting in VAERS, they said, for several reasons.
First, CDC staff may have “tremendous difficulty” in processing the reports due to an overwhelming increase in VAERS reports since the COVID-19 vaccine rollout.
Also, clinicians may not have the necessary awareness and knowledge to recognize injuries as being vaccine-related and thus may not report them in VAERS.
Moreover, they added, “The VAERS database is well known for its difficulty in entering events, making it even more challenging for healthcare workers to submit each event with limited time in a hospital or clinic setting.”
The authors said their findings are especially concerning for women of reproductive age — who are particularly at risk for certain blood clotting events in the brain, such as cerebral venous thrombosis.
The American Heart Association said in a Jan. 29 review article that roughly two-thirds of all cerebral venous thrombosis cases occurred in women of reproductive age.
Given this reality, the study’s authors called for “an immediate global moratorium on the use of COVID-19 vaccines … with an absolute contraindication in women of reproductive age.”
CDC: no plan to change COVID vaccine recommendations
The Defender asked the CDC if it planned to alter its COVID-19 vaccination recommendations in light of McCullough and his co-authors’ findings.
A CDC spokesperson told The Defender, the “CDC does not comment on findings or claims by individuals or organizations outside of CDC. Current CDC recommendations can be found here.”
The CDC has found the COVID-19 vaccines to be safe and effective, the spokesperson said. “The CDC continues to encourage Americans to get vaccinated, as the COVID-19 vaccination continues to be the best way to protect against serious illness.”
When asked specifically about the risks of COVID-19 vaccination for women of reproductive age, the CDC spokesperson directed The Defender to the CDC’s webpage COVID-19 Vaccines While Pregnant or Breastfeeding, which states that the vaccines are safe and effective.
A lawsuit filed Tuesday seeks to strike down the PREP Act — the federal law that granted legal immunity to companies such as Pfizer and Moderna for injuries caused by their COVID-19 vaccines and other COVID-19 countermeasures.
Plaintiffs in the suit include the nonprofit Moms for America and individual plaintiffs who were injured by a COVID-19 vaccine, or whose loved one suffered injury or death from a COVID-19 vaccine.
According to the complaint, “This case is about the government’s failure to resolve conflicts involving Americans killed or grievously harmed while receiving healthcare during the COVID-19 pandemic.”
Defendants are the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), the U.S. Health Resources and Services Administration, HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra and President Joe Biden.
“As even The New York Times has recently acknowledged,” Jeff Childers, attorney for the plaintiffs, told The Defender, “too many Americans have been injured by the COVID vaccines and other rushed treatments, and now have no recourse, no help and no support. They can’t sue anybody, thanks to PREP.”
“PREP was poorly conceived, badly executed, and gave far too much power to unelected bureaucrats and executive agencies,” he added.
Childers wrote on Substack today that the PREP Act should “be crushed and burned to a cinder in the incinerator of history’s worst ideas.”
The lawsuit asks the court to declare the PREP Act unconstitutional and to declare that the HHS secretary’s actions in implementing the act violate the Administrative Procedure Act.
The suit also asks the court to declare that the plaintiffs can sue companies like Pfizer and Moderna in federal and state courts. It also seeks compensation for attorney fees.
COVID revealed how bad PREP Act is for Americans
In 2005, Congress passed the PREP Act in a defense appropriations bill after then-President George W. Bush gave a “passionate speech about the nation’s lack of preparation for biowarfare and pandemics,” Childers told The Defender.
The PREP Act authorizes the HHS secretary to declare that “a disease or other health condition or other threat to health constitutes a public health emergency.” It also grants a “covered person” immunity from legal liability for all claims for loss relating to the administration or use of “countermeasures,” such as drugs, biological products, medical devices and vaccines.
“Before COVID,” Childers said, “it was barely used.”
Kim Mack Rosenberg, general counsel for Children’s Health Defense, told The Defender the COVID-19 pandemic has “shined a bright light” on the PREP Act.
“I think it is safe to say,” she said, “most Americans had no idea that as COVID vaccines were developed and rolled out at ‘warp speed’ — and in many instances mandated or taken by individuals based on fear-mongering — and as medications such as remdesivir were forced on many patients, that if they were harmed or died as a result of these interventions they would be essentially left with no remedy.”
Childers called the CICP court an “unconstitutional shadow court” in which “a secret bureaucracy denies 99% of claims and awards the ‘lucky few’ with pennies on the dollar.”
As of June 1, CICP had received 13,773 claims and issued decisions for only 3,363 of those claims. The program denied 3,271 of the claims.
Thirteen of the claims awarded were for injuries suffered from a COVID-19 vaccine. Less than $10,000 was awarded for each of the claims, with the total payout for all 13 claims amounting to less than $50,000.
“In other words,” he said, “PREP cuts normal Constitutional courts out of the process, replacing them with a poor, unconstitutional substitute.”
PREP has already done “massive damage,” Childers said, “by turning normal commercial incentives inside-out and deleting due process.”
He added, “We must get help to millions of people discarded by the system, and prevent this disaster from ever happening again.”
The Florida lawsuit calls out CICP’s “breathtakingly short” one-year statute of limitations for:
“Injuries caused by unknown, unknowable, and non-existent vaccine products and technologies. Even to receive program compensation, the Act requires causation to be proved based on established science for those same novel products and technologies. Most medical studies take years to conduct, be drafted, be peer-reviewed, and to be published. It is irrational to believe that a person taking a covered countermeasure could possibly have access to published medical/scientific studies within the one-year statute of limitation.”
Flores told The Defender, “The PREP Act and the Department of Defense’s Operation Warp Speed are indeed acts of war on our own — hundreds of thousands of civilian casualties, violations of the Nuremberg Code, and essentially no monetary recourse for their experimenting on humanity at large.”
Flores added, “I applaud Mr. Siri and Mr. Childers for raising awareness with the public, with the courts, on Capitol Hill and in the press.”
When the Defender reached out to HHS for comment on the lawsuit, an HHS spokesperson who chose to remain anonymous said the agency cannot comment on ongoing litigation.
The Defender reached out to the White House for comment on the suit but did not receive a response by deadline.
A federal court on Thursday ordered the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to respond to a series of questions, as part of an ongoing lawsuit Children’s Health Defense (CHD) filed against the agency to obtain documents related to reports on COVID-19 vaccine injuries in the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) database.
CHD sued the FDA in January 2023 for records of the data-mining analysis the agency conducted to identify safety signals in VAERS that might indicate links between the COVID-19 shots and adverse events.
CHD originally requested the information as part of a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request filed in July 2022, and denied by the FDA in October 2022.
The FDA claimed the records are fully exempt from disclosure under FOIA. The agency later claimed it was overwhelmed by a high number of COVID-19 vaccine-related FOIA requests.
In Thursday’s order, delivered via email to CHD and FDA attorneys, Judge Randolph D. Moss of the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia ordered the FDA to file a status report by Aug. 9, providing information including whether an overlap exists between the documents CHD requested and documents requested in other FOIA requests the FDA is processing.
Moss also ordered the FDA to provide its best estimate of when it can begin processing CHD’s FOIA request, and to outline the steps it has taken “to seek redress regarding the burdens” the agency faces due to the FOIA requests it is responding to, including the hiring of new employees for this purpose.
CHD will have 10 days after the FDA files its status report to respond, after which the court will decide whether to renew the existing stay or to order the FDA to begin processing CHD’s FOIA request.
Ray Flores, senior outside counsel for CHD, told The Defender he is “pleased to see the court put it upon the FDA to develop or at least explain its plan, since endless delays appear to be no longer be acceptable.”
Flores added:
“The FDA’s response to vaccine-related FOIA requests has essentially remained at a standstill. The court took CHD’s arguments to heart that a proactive solution must be found to end this gridlock.
“By issuing this order the court sent a message that the public has a right to access such information and that an agency’s workload cannot stop the free flow of that information to the public.”
FDA slow-walking release of FOIA documents, claiming it is overwhelmed by requests
As part of its July 2022 FOIA request, CHD also requested records of any FDA review of Serious Adverse Events of Special Interest, records of the FDA’s communications with VAERS staff and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) about the CDC’s own COVID-19 vaccine safety monitoring, and records of follow-up investigations of safety signals.
In October 2022, the FDA claimed the records CHD sought were fully exempt from disclosure under FOIA laws because they contained “opinions, recommendations and policy discussions” protected by law and attorney-client privilege.
CHD appealed the FDA’s decision in November 2022 and sued the agency after the FDA said that it needed six months to a year — a period far exceeding the time limit specified by FOIA — to respond to the appeal.
In status reports jointly filed by CHD and the FDA in May and June 2023, the FDA said it had located 150 records related to the data mining and was still working on locating records related to the rest of the request.
Instead of providing these records or processing the rest of CHD’s request, the FDA stated in the August 2023 status report that it planned to seek a stay of proceedings, known as an “Open America” stay.
In that motion, which CHD opposed, the FDA did not dispute that CHD’s request was legally entitled to processing or indicate any problem with the request.
The FDA did not commit to fulfilling CHD’s request after the 18-month stay. Instead, the agency said it would let the court know “whether it needs additional time before proceeding with this case.”
In October 2023, the FDA claimed it could not fulfill CHD’s FOIA request because it was overwhelmed by an increased number of vaccine-related FOIA requests since 2019, and in particular, by demands to meet the hefty production schedule for disclosing documents related to the Public Health and Medical Professionals for Transparency (PHMPT) lawsuits.
The FDA, which previously claimed, unsuccessfully, that it needed 75 years to process the documents requested by PHMPT, claimed in October 2023 that the processing of those documents was placing a heavy burden on the agency, as it was compelled to release at least 35,000-55,000 pages per month.
CHD responded that any problem managing its workload “is a problem of the FDA’s own making” in not assigning necessary personnel to the FOIA division of the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research division that regulates vaccines for human use.
CHD asked the court to require the FDA to process CHD’s request in accordance with the law.
In Thursday’s ruling, the court ordered the FDA to specify “how many FDA employees are dedicated to responding to FOIA requests unrelated to the PHMPT II litigation” and “what steps, if any, has the agency taken to seek redress regarding the burdens imposed by [the PHMPT] litigation.”
Documents may shed light on safety signals, investigations into adverse events
If and when they are released, the documents CHD requested may shed light on some statistical safety signals, regarding certain types of serious adverse events related to the COVID-19 shots.
The documents are also expected to provide key insights into follow-up investigations, if any, that the FDA should be conducting in collaboration with the CDC on the potential safety signals and reports of serious adverse events.
More than 1.6 million adverse events following COVID-19 vaccination have been reported to VAERS in the less than three years since the first shots were made available in mid-December 2020.
However, VAERS is likely undercounting the total number of adverse events and deaths following COVID-19 vaccination.
Last month, analyst Albert Benavides presented evidence indicating that numerous deaths following COVID-19 vaccination are “hidden” within VAERS and are not part of the official tally.
The CDC considers VAERS to be a key “early warning system” for detecting unusual or unexpected patterns of adverse event reporting that can signal safety problems with a vaccine, which they are then meant to further investigate.
Because of the pre-programming as present in our small brain with it limitations and no free will; the mammal brain has to be much larger and has too because of the complex data processing with all these vibrations of energy around us and and some traveling at the speed of light. Our mammal brain is contributed to the ability of logic thinking or thing outside the box, again a slow process but not the most important capacity of our mammal brain at all. Above all it is a frequency processor and our ability to communicate within our universum. Again, voor most of our daily responses we do rely on our small brains but are all so stimulated to do so by our society and powers within. The first is alright the second manipulative and bad. We are stimulated and set against each other continuously, instead of working together which is much more effective and peace like.(Creates mutual respect). In afterlife there is no hell because it was only introduced in the middle ages to try and make humanity (at least the religious part) more obedient.
We as humans have been generally allowed very little room emotionally and have been encouraged to feel powerless or frightened and contained in this way, repressing our emotions. The strength of the Emotion allows certain energies to coalesce, fuse, bond, and come together in realization of themselves. Without emotion, that bond could not be. Therefore, we often ignore our bodily symptoms and emotions.
Hell is now planet earth and the result of deliberately setting people and groups against each other. Associating and suggesting that it is vital to your survival, being right. In reality part of a control strategy by the real rulers of this world. The greedy and the big ones. Greedy is asocial and does not take into account our inherited social culture and fabric, with a few exceptions big might be impressive but not beautiful, it is intimidating and corrupting in nature. It size to impress and even to intimidate us. When you look at buildings it are the Banks, big corporations and the State.
food of the gods
There is another aspect of they exploit quote m thinking that our Creative potential in these bodies has been specifically to be directed in a way that reinforces the physical limitations of creating. I am speaking of sexual activity the orgasm, and what is emitted basically sex without love may set up the condition where that energy is used by other entities (thought forms, that are projected by Them that are possessing/controlling the couple volved.
Sex and energy
Did you ask yourself why a good God would build a world where the only way to survive is by taking life? How long would you stay alive if you refused to eat? You may love animals and grow plants inside your home and flowers in your garden, but every time you eat, you destroy the life of something.
A something with a consciousness/awareness, that feels and desires to live, as we do. To be aware of an insidious thread woven through biological life. We are born, we feed, and we die. Life is a process of consuming other living things in order to stay alive as long as possible until death in turn consumes us. We tell ourselves life is a whole lot more, but it\s reduced to that as long as we must feed to survive. If we can\t stay alive more than a few months without food, how can eating not be fundamental to how we actual define our existence?
Eating is a requirement for biological life as we know it. It’s the thread that holds together material existence. More than a thread, it, a chain, binding us to the law that we must consume each other.
There is something missing; what kind of God or gods would create a world predicated on killing? We don\t like to ask that, and we find every excuse to avoid looking at this question. But every time a dear one dies, or you find a nibbled bird in the yard destroyed by an idle cat, or you read about an animal that has suffered mercilessly, or another molested child, or a nation ravaged by a quake that buried thousands of living people, your mind goes back to that nagging question. Who would make a world like this? Was it truly a God of love?
According to much evidence, it wasn\t. This world now presented/created in this way cannot be the original one, then creation has been tampered with by someone else so merciless that it barely resembles the original divine vision. The biological universe is now controlled by the law that to live we must take life or die. That is sinister.
Something there is that makes us have to eat, that makes us age and disintegrate. This is the something wrong with the world, the crack in the universe. Knowledge of it works like a splinter in the mind, driving you mad.
The Matrix.
Yet awakening to the truth of our predicament is the first step toward radical change. Only radical change can possibly right the fundamental flaw woven into physical creation. And how well-woven it is. Not only does violence wind through the lives of all Earth life like the fibers of a time-bomb attached to a victim. It reaches out into space, where supernovas implode, collapsing millions of stars along with all living beings on all their attendant planets. With death and devouring are so pervasive most people can’t conceive of a world without them, or if they can conceive it, they label the concept preposterous. Yet quantum physics shows that matter is nothing but atoms: emptiness vibrating. Emptiness does not die and neither does the energy it oscillates. So why must bodies die that are made of up of these things?
Robert Monroe, in his book Far Journeys write:
Did you ask yourselves why a good God would build a world where the only way to survive is by taking life? How long would you stay alive if you refused to eat? You may love animals and grow plants inside your home and flowers in your garden, but every time you eat, you destroy the life of something. A something with a consciousness/awareness, that feels and desires to live, as we do. To be aware of an insidious thread woven through biological life. We are born, we feed, and we die.
The Matrix.
The Eagle, that power that governs the destinies of all living things, reflects equally and at once all those living things. (The Eagleâs Gift, by Carlos Castaneda)Different intelligent and advanced civilisation favour a different spectrum of the loosh emitted. Our society puts great pressure on us to be fine and work hard . Not think, contemplate, study, play or otherwise. Suppression of the emotion using chemicals; look at how many commercials on television encourage us to take medicine so that we can ignore the messages from our body or emotions and continue to WORK. Emotions are complex. The idea that man must sacrifice (must kill something or be killed in order to appease the gods) is apparently intrinsic to all the world’s root religions. We find blood ritual, including human sacrifice, in the Druidic tradition, Tibetan Buddhism, among the Indians of the Americas, in Greece and Rome, Africa, China, Arabia, Germany, Phoenicia and Egypt. Even the Old Testament (Judges 11:31-40) has a little-advertised story of human sacrifice, with the Israelite judge Jephthah ritually slaughtering his own daughter to fulfill a vow he made to Jehovah. While we may not think of Judaism as typically promoting human sacrifice, it more than promoted it if we count the genocide Jehovah demanded of the Hebrews. In one day alone, they murdered 12,000 Canaanites and utterly destroyed everything in the city, both man and woman, young and old, and ox and sheep and donkey with the edge of the sword. Joshua: 6:21)
In Islam, the situation is similar. Allah, while paying lip service to the immorality of human sacrifice, orders his servants in the Koran to practice jihad against all unbelievers. When the forbidden months are past, then fight and slay the Pagans wherever ye find them, and seize them, beleaguer them, and lie in wait for them in every stratagem of war.(Koran: 9:5) Peace-loving Moslems interpret such passages as symbolic in their desire to justify their faith, much as Christians try to justify Jehovah’s sociopathic behavior with excuses. In many ways, the god of Islam reasons and rants like the god of the Israelites. Could it be the same entity? It isn’t contradictory that he would support two separate peoples, then lead them to fight each other. Not if his agenda is to stimulate and harvest plenty of loosh.
Christianity, the religion of brotherly love, is implicated in blood sacrifice by being rooted in the Jewish tradition. The Bible declares Jesus is the son of God (Jehovah), and Jehovah announces at Jesus’e baptism, This is My beloved Son in whom I am well-pleased.(Matthew: 17:5) Where was Jesus when his father was slaughtering the Canaanites? Jesus himself becomes a blood sacrifice, a fact that Catholics reenact in the mass and that Protestants bathe themselves in to be saved. Christians are no strangers to sacrifice.
Robert Morning Sky, a truth seeker of the Hopi and Apache traditions, tells a story he learned from his people about a race of beings who knew no limitations, who existed far outside this physical universe. One day one of them declared his intention to visit Earth and take on a body just for the adventure of it, for the experience. His friends cautioned him, as this universe had a reputation as amnesia-producing, a place of no return. But the entity laughed that off and promised to come back after one life time.
It was Airl who did tell Matilda about the amnesia humanity seem to suffer after re-incarnation and not heart of elsewhere including he. He remembers all. Karma/learn is embedded within the soul-structure and incarnation. He told Matilda about the loss af a group of military personal stationed in the Himalaya. Got overrun by the Anunnaki from a base located underground on Mars. They all suffered a total amnesia after passing and had no knowledge about who they where, where they came from, past experiences and skills. They were stil able to identify the souls of them due to the unique soul vibration Frequencies) but that was all. Nor the skills to bring them back and treat. Could take thousands of years to find out. What the did learn and found out however was that earth and some other locations are being used as prisons. The humans are not aware because after the body passes the soul return to the so-called light being a very high voltage plasma field resulting in electro shock and total amnesia. Crudely reprogrammed and told to incarnate again and return to the light at thr end of there manifestation.Sabotaging the resoning behind incarnation on planet earth.
The only person inour world they know of managing to shed the induced amnasia was Boedha. We are misinformed in respect of our socalled haven and not a peacefull place at all. The Annunaki/Archon are in full control of our 4D heaven.
Back to the story: Centuries passed, and the entity never came home. One of his comrades decided to enter the physical world to go look for his friend. He promised not to get lost in matter and to return with the other individual. More centuries passed, and neither being returned. So another immortal entered physical mass, and he also never came back. In time many members of these unlimited beings incarnated in human form, and the story goes, none of them yet has gone home.
In the Bhagavad Gita, Lord Krishna warns: He who does not follow the wheel thus set revolving lives in vain.
The wheel is the cycle of birth and death, karma and retribution, human sacrifice and divine blessing.
THE ANIMAL FARM
OUR world now presented/created in this wat cannot be the original one, then creation has been tampered with by someone else so merciless that it barely resembles the original divine vision. In my mind, a God is a perfect being and needs nothing, it is a complete being.
Does not need to be worshipped, does not need to be wanted, does not need anything from anyone? Following this line of thinking, we can deduce that some of these protagonists are imperfect. More so when they need to inflict pain and suffering on others so they can collect their loosh.
To rebel against this system is to fail in our life purpose as defined by those who say they are our creators and gods. But surely life was meant to be more than dinner for the next rung up on the food chain.
If living in vain means breaking out of that’ I’m all for that kind of failure. More so when they need to inflict pain and suffering on others so they can collect their loosh. Further more, such situation would reveal that As above, so below. Meaning that the politics Up in the nearby universe and galaxies is as screwed up as down here. Very sad!
Bassically; this world as it currently is seems to be a siphoning system. But the natural beings who have chosen to inhabit it the spirits that manifest as the trees and animals and vegetation are not they beautiful? We find ourselves drawn to Nature because it soothes and inspires us. I think Nature soothes us because by going out in the wild, we place ourselves in close proximity to these pure entities, and their calm spirits heal and restore us. We can love our fellow beings and at the same time acknowledge that the world has been hijacked by predatory entities. I have a hard time believing the world was created by these entities, though.
I think the key to freedom is learning to access and draw from our own inner infinite source of energy and relying less and less on taking in energy from things outside that don’t want to give it to us.
All the beauty and goodness that abounds in spite of them points to an original plan for the creation of the world coming from Someone loving and good, Someone whose desire was to create something joyous and beautiful.
Freewill;
As far as your comment about not wanting to live in a physical body forever goes: as a free being, a master of living, you would not need to unless you wanted to. You would be able to dissolve the body at will and leave this dimension, or recreate the body at will if you wished to come back. Mastery is about freedom, choice, and empowerment, not about whether you choose to hang around in this physical dimension or in some other one.
Every week I get emails from people saying they have been realizing these same things, feeling like they are alone in their perceptions. But they’re not. I think mankind is becoming ripe for realizing the truth. You’re just at the forefront of the discovery. He who created us in turn was created. Perhaps as you create others some of the essence is diluted. I do not know this.
Further more, such situation would reveal that As above, so below. Meaning that the politics Up there is as screwed up as down here. Very sad! Your question as to whether only vegetable matter contains spiritual light. A Vedic creation myth talks about the world being created through sacrifice, namely the sacrifice of one of the gods, Brihaspati, of his own life. The story goes that he allowed the other gods to cut him up into pieces, which is what they made the world from. The reason the earth has life, so the explanation goes, is that it is made up of parts of Brihaspati’s personal divine energy. This relates to many other Hindu stories and even European fairytales that talk about one thing being destroyed and from it many new and smaller things being born for instance, a god killed a certain demon, and from his blood falling on the earth, an army sprang up. Or a witch killed an innocent young maiden, and where she was buried, roses grew out of the ground. In nature, we see the same thing: you destroy the living garlic by taking it apart, and from each piece of it that you bury, new garlic plants are born.
Why is meat appealing? Because it tastes good. Why does it taste good? Because the animal it comes from is good. We eat the goodness. Why is some animal flesh more appealing than others? Humans prefer animals like chickens, cows, deer, and rabbits to animals like cats, dogs, coyotes, or tigers. It seems to be the gentler, sweeter, vegetarian animals who have the sweetest meat. So perhaps an animal’s goodness (we could say the animal’s loosh, and the quality of its energy) is consumed by the animal’s destroyer, and that goodness or loosh gives them energy.
This is not to justify eating animals. I think it’s horrible. But perhaps it explains why we have the craving to do it. There seem to be two ways of getting energy: by tapping the infinite within or by taking it from something outside. Sometimes the energy is given willingly, as in a love relationship or an employee/employer relationship, where one entity gives something to the other voluntarily. Sometimes the energy is demanded or stolen, as in slavery, emotional manipulation, theft, rape, killing an animal for food, or taking leaves of a plant for food.
I have no problem with a willing gift of energy from someone who wants to bless us with it, as the love/energy a mother gives a child (she WANTS to nurture it), or the donation a person gives a charity they believe in (they WANT to support it). Sharing energy and moving it around into various combinations and shapes in the world can be fun, so long as no one is depleted from it (generally, if we give willingly and with joy, it’s because the energy were giving comes from a feeling of energetic abundance, and we therefore not depleted by the gift).
I’m actually working on a new article right now working title Strength and Support: Can They Be Opposites? which I hope to publish here on the blog in a few days. Some of these ideas will be gone into more in that article.
The Vegetarian Mythby Lierre Kieth. She tried every form of vegtarianism and veganism for over 20 years and it destroyed her health. She also did a lot of research into the big arguments in favor of vegetarianism and found a lot of interesting info. The biggest blight on the planet is farming. It has depleted our topsoil and it displaces a lot of the wild animals and destroys their habitat. The other main argument is the issue of killing. As you have noted, eating involves the killing of something else (with the possible exception of fruit-and, no, fruitarianism is not the answer). Not just plants, more animals die from the harvsting of grains and veges than from eating meat. Vegetarianism is awesome in theory but in actual practice it doesn’t pan out. I don’t wish to get into any arguments here, I’ve read all the John Robbins books and just about every veg book and have tried it for many years and I’m just throwing in a contrary opinion based on my own experience. I urge everybody to read the book. It’s REALLY well done.
If anything it just validates the fact that this is a messed-up planet. Many people have debunked The China Study, too. that doesn’t mean much. Read the book. the only form of vegan ism that could consider itself morally superior would be fruitarianism. A lot of people can’t hack it and do have problems with it. Let me, honestly, know how you do on it. I have to admit that a lot of people do well such as durian rider and free lea. Animals have been eating plants ever since they existed. If it wasn’t a worthwhile form of food, why are there so many herbivores and omnivores? I do eat meat, and plants, since humans are omnivores. but if eating plants didn’t have any healthy merit, wouldn’t exist. Perhaps what made her sick was the GMO’s? When they entered out food supply, they were considered safe. Only recently have there been studies clearly linking the dangers and wheat and corn and soy are huge crops for Monsanto and other GMO companies. Most people would get sick and not realize the danger, but now people are starting to question seriously the safety of GMO foods and even to demand they be stopped, or at least labeled. I say stopped. The BT corn is poisonous. So many people now not being able to handle wheat well, maybe it isn’t the natural wheat, but the GMO wheat that is to blame! Making humans and animals sick, poisoning the land and our bodies. BT corn makes it’s own pesticide inside itself, poison. Humanity evolved on meat for thousands of years, and through personal experience I can tell you that I agree that veganism is not as healthy as an omnivorous diet. The strength of the vegetarian argument will always be ethical, in my opinion. Yet, I also recognize that humanity is in a constant state of war with nature as is clearly gleaned through our dependence on science and technology. It is through science and technology that I feel we have finally gotten to a point where we do not have to live under the law of predation anymore, that we can limit the suffering we impose upon other beings by eating life forms in a much denser form of consciousness like plants, and, animal bye-products that do not require the killing of the animal in order to sustain ourselves. For me, the choice to eliminate animal flesh from my diet is my benevolent soul’s indignant response towards the malign nature of this world. In this way I see the path of non-violence as a path towards liberation from natures law of predation, and, the actualization of my own inherent divinity. A form of rebirth, and resurrection, if you will. I agree with what your saying here Bronte. BUT, for example Perennial fruit trees, and also vegetables, such as apples, strawberries, artichoke. Would you say they have more a giving nature? Where they actually produce fruit for us to enjoy? They don’t die afterwards. Albeit the fruit they produce does, but could it be that some things were meant for us to eat and enjoy and take pleasure in? Such as trees that bear fruit? I am in the process of switching from a cooked vegan to a fruitarian diet that includes greens and small amounts of nuts. Fruit and nuts are given whereas the greens are picked off but at least the plant is not killed. I think this is the best diet, but I think any healthy vegan diet is good. There is a big community of fruitarians online. Bodybuilders, pro level cyclists, ultra marathon runners, mothers and children. And you can get advice from these people. Some have been doing it 5years, others 10+years and some 30+years.
If you have seaweed and eggs while avoiding too much soy and having lots of leafy greens in your vegetarian diet often almost everyday then the vegetarian diet works and is healthy. With (free range)eggs you are not killing anything as it is not alive. Now loosh if one learns to gather divine energy (the energy that is spread out in this creation through the sacrifice of a god etc..)buy using alchemy then the demonic loosh harvesters will leave one alone ie they will be repulsed by your divine glow otherwise you get sucked and drained of vitality or loosh regularly..
if you don’t have enough divine glow you get lonely..upset..emotional etc all this produces loosh for the demons to gather and these demons are the rulers of this world they rule this world so the solution is to be in the world but not of the world and learn to gather up the god particles so you glow with divine peace and are not easily upset or overly emotional and so become victims of the loosh harvesters.
This is I think what everyone has to learn eventually like the universal lesson of life. Look at the movie The Golden compass it has a very interesting story line similar to what Ive been talking about here. Also, your definition of loosh is incorrect: go back and read Robert Monroe again, or the above article. Loose is not divine, unconditional, loving energy as you mistakenly state. Monroe defines it as loving energy combined with fear or other negative emotion. It is only exuded in an atmosphere of lack or threat (as when we feel lonely or when we are fighting to defend someone we love).
Not sure what your comment about Curt living in the city vs. the country means. Granted, taking part in nature is wonderful and beautiful, and exhilarating, but nature is also very cruel and violent. Are you saying that nature is wonderful now or are you sticking to the original premise of your article observing that this whole world is fundamentally flawed and is a factory for extracting energy?
Obviously there is a mix of both good and bad in this world but it is certainly not the kind of Paradise that I can conjure up in my mind. Certainly, if I were God I would create something much better than this. Of course that leads to his argument that I (we) did create this place to suffer in, or to your argument to use the Law of Attraction to actually create a better world. Also, you are saying he equates satan with God. Isn’t that what you are saying too? The Creator(s) of this world are not the divine, loving , etc. beings we mistakenly believe them to be. I think we all agree with that. So, yes, as the Gnostics have said millennia ago that Jehovah was indeed a Demiurge, or false, evil God.
We are outraged when we learn that we are on some menu, but like the lion and the zebra, it is all supposed to be this way. Our loosh has to be used its a tax of existence on his plane that even the devourers must pay. The big difference from the animals is that as human beings, maybe we have a choice to upgrade the frequency of the loosh we produce (from lower to higher), and thereby alter the details of the transaction. This physical universe is indeed a separation from God or the original , loving force behind it all. What did happen, our physical universe is energy based. To operate/manifest you need energy. Would a loving God really create a world such as this for his own fun and entertainment? The big questions are: What do we do about it? Where do we go from here? How do we get ourselves and everyone else out of this mess.
They began to Figure out that this is how Prime Creator nourished itself. Prime Creator sends out others to create an electromagnetic frequency of consciousness as a food source for itself. Than new owners came and took over of this planet and had a different appetite and different preferences than the former ones. They nourished themselves with chaos and fear. These things fed them, stimulated them, and kept them in power. These new owners who came here 500,000 years ago and became known as the Annunaki. Magnificent beings spoken of in our Bible, in the Babylonian and Sumerian tablets, and in texts all over the world. They came to Earth and rearranged the native human species. They rearranged your DNA in order to have you broadcast within a certain limited frequency band whose frequency could feed them and keep them in power.
Loosh
Anything [of DNA] that was unnecessary for survival and that could keep you informed was unplugged, leaving you with only a double helix that would lock you into controllable, operable frequencies. A frequency fence, something like an electrical fence, was put around the-planet to control how much the frequencies of humans could be modulated and changed. Negative beings: Causal interactions involve exchanges of energy. For two realms to exchange energy they must share some degree of resonance. The weaker the resonance, the more energy is needed for entities of one realm to directly affect those of another. Negative entities are usually not in full resonance with their targets and are therefore limited in what they can directly do to them. However, with additional energy they can compensate for weak resonance and impact realms otherwise beyond their influence.
This energy is known as loosh, identically the lifeforce energy harvested from human suffering, the emotional energy expended in the learning of lessons, and the psychic energy expelled through prayer and ritual. For every frequency of vibration, the soul may emit loosh at that frequency. A comparison may be drawn to laser energy of a particular color. Entities with low soul frequencies consume energy of a low frequency.
Not only does loosh fuel the expansion and crossing of realm boundaries as discussed earlier in context of learning lessons and surrogate motivators, but it allows negative entities to more strongly manifest in the realms of their targets. Loosh is a commodity in higher realms because it is the very fuel of trans dimensional navigation and conquest.
Having been through the eastern religion circuit myself i came to realize on my own that the system of re-intarnation and karma was, at its core, evil and cruel. For a god to come up with a system like that he/she would have to be very cruel indeed. I also see that the killing of the ego is also a system to keep us suppressed and in denial of our very own natural wants and desires. On the other hand, using the Law of Attraction to create a better world for oneself seems to be a better alternative and perhaps the answer to our dilemma. Perhaps we need to reclaim our power and our own godlike powers. Of course that’s what the religions warn us about: thinking we (our egos) are equal to God and that we should be seeking Oneness with God, not separation. Personally, I don’t want to be one with with the cruel bastards, but I do have the desire to hook up with the Prime benevolent power in the Universe. The thing about the LOA that I don’t like, and an idea you have posited, is that of physical immortality. Even if I were to rise above the negative forces of this planet (haven’t yet) I still do not want an eternity in the physical body. I have to believe our destiny is a spiritual one.
I don’t see a contradiction between what I wrote in the article and my reply to Curt. This world as it currently is seems to be a siphoning system, but the natural beings who have chosen to inhabit it the spirits that manifest as the trees and animals and vegetation are not they beautiful? We find ourselves drawn to Nature because it soothes and inspires us. I think Nature soothes us because by going out in the wild, we place ourselves in close proximity to these pure entities, and their calm spirits heal and restore us. We can love our fellow beings and at the same time acknowledge that the world has been hijacked by predatory entities. I have a hard time believing the world was created by these entities, though. All the beauty and goodness that abounds in spite of them points to an original plan for the creation of the world coming from Someone loving and good, Someone whose desire was to create something joyous and beautiful. I say this throughout my articles, so again no contradiction.
As far as your comment about not wanting to live in a physical body forever goes: as a free being, a master of living, you would not need to unless you wanted to. You would be able to dissolve the body at will and leave this dimension, or recreate the body at will if you wished to come back. Mastery is about freedom, choice, and empowerment, not about whether you choose to hang around in this physical dimension or in some other one. One thing Monroe talked about again and again was that he knew for SURE that his spirit or soul would live forever. He also indicated his evolution over many lives. This certainly sheds some light on the concept of loosh. I’m not sure how it all fits but I think it’s not nearly as depressing as we think.
I certainly wish I knew what Robert was holding back but maybe it was somehow counterproductive to our growth Also I find it interesting that the New Testament’s main point is that Christ died once and for all as a sacrifice for our sins. Now, most people get hanged up on the Loosh Factory concept but after that chapter he becomes aware that he NEVER actually’ manufactured any loosh, meaning he still had is own INTERNAL work in order to generate pure and true loosh. . With freedom comes power, with power, responsibility, that’s what the collective human specie is working at. Gurdjieff also talked about humans being’ the food of the moon just FYI. I wouldn’t worry about it. Plants and animals are food to us and they don’t question their reality, what they may question is HOW they get to being our food (a carrot would probably dream of growing health without any chemical treatments or a hog would dream of bathing in the mud and running around green fields instead of being locked in a gestation cage where it can even turn around on its side).
NOW THAT S A BIG DIFFERENCE. I don’t believe in any holy book or that Christ died for our sins. Sin is a concept these deceptive/delusional divine masters use to make everybody feel guilty and fearful enough to become their total follower. Nobody died for my sins! lol
The Roman Emperor Constantine (who made Christianity the official religion of the Roman Empire) married his way into power. His wife mysteriously disappeared. His second wife was his ticket to the throne. Then he had her killed. His third wife was a prostitute (Theodora) who had risen to the throne in the same diabolical ways Constantine had and who lived to have a devastating effect on the belief in reincarnation.
Theodora feared that her sins would follow from lifetime to lifetime and this infuriated her. She did not like the idea of karma (what the Bible refers to as the reaping and sowing effect through one or more lives of one’s actions)
Theodora’s life was filled with lies and treachery. She was not interested in advocated any religion that would demote her in another life. Thus, she persuaded Emperor Constantine to remove reincarnation from Christianity. This action was engineered by Theodora and her various ecclesiastical henchmen, who imprisoned the elderly then-pope (when he refused to summon the council) and consequently had him sent to a forced-labor camp for six months until he agreed to sign the illegitimate council’s rulings. It was also at that time that almost all the writings of the renowned Origen, a Church Father who wrote about the truth of reincarnation (among other things), were systematically collected and burned.
The idea that the soul would go through many lifetimes on its journey toward relationship with God (and that salvation was not dependent on obeying the man made dictates of an increasingly corrupt church system but was a millennia-long process of experiencing many lives with with spiritual elders in between as a means of returning to oneness with the Creator, the One, and with each other) was simply too dangerous to the power-hungry Theodora’s schemes to be allowed. And thus, we are all victims of our ignorance of church history, including the corruption and oppression brought in by the Roman Catholic Church from non-Hebraic cultures and traditions.
Thanks for commenting.
Loosh an energy generated by all organic life in varying degrees of purity, the clearest and most potent coming from humans-engendered by human activity which tigers emotion, the highest of such emotion being Love/Loosh Something, Somewhere ( or both, in millions, or uncountable) requires, likes, needs, values, collects, drinks, eats, or uses as a drug (sic) a substance ident Loosh. This is a rare substance in Somewhere, and those who posses Loosh find it vital for whatever it is used for. We are being trawled for our human energy. I was starkly reminded of this the other day when I saw someone walking around with a Chevron t-shirt which sported their logo and new motto: human energy. How ironic. For most people, the motto probably seems harmless enough, or maybe even benevolent, showing a kindhearted corporation caring about its employees and the world, or recognizing the importance of the people running its operations. Yet if you understand the occult foundation of corporate logos, you’ll know that Chevron’s logo is really a pyramid (2 levels of the corner edges).
The pyramid is favorite image of the New World Order, because it represents a tiny hierarchy at the top being held up by a large majority at the bottom, and symbolizes the compartmentalization of knowledge the further you go up. Just like its logo, Chevrons motto has nothing at all to do with caring for people, and everything to do with controlling people and harvesting energy from the human farm, looking at people as nothing more than batteries that create energy (ever wonder why corporations call it human resources. Corporations (like Chevron, spin off from Rockefeller-owned Standard Oil) have cut a deal with the real devil or harvester. Corporate heads are middle managers in the equation. They are conduits to set up human farms, and funnel human energy upwards.
The Ultimate Point of the Conspiracy: Harvesting Energy from the Human Farm
When looking at the headlines and news each day, it’s useful to take a step back sometimes and ask yourself: why? What’s the point of all this control? The NWO conspirators have all the money, wealth and prestige they could want. Some of them are the international banksters that own the money printing press and could literally print what they wanted. Some of them would never have enough time to spend all their money. At a certain point the game is not about money; it’s about power and it’s about energy or more specifically, human energy. It’s about setting up a system where people at the top sit around all day, managing the human farm, while their economic or literal slaves do all the work to benefit the controllers. Check out Stefan Molyneux’s great ebook The Handbook of Human Ownership for the precise history and techniques behind it all. NWO-owned corporations are the middle managers in this equation: they are the physical conduits through which the human energy is funneled upwards. These NWO conspirators are not the ultimate controllers, because they themselves are being demonically possessed and the force which is doing the possessing is a group of non-human entities which many have referred to as the Archons. Human Energy = Loosh/ Food for the Archons
Loosh is defined by the urban as an energy generated by all organic life in varying degrees of purity, the clearest and most potent coming from humans engendered by human activity. Shocking as it may seem, humans are not at the top of the food chain. Listen to what Bronte Baxter had to say about the human farm and loosh in her article Tracking the Crack in the Universe.
Reportedly the light being told Monroe that when humans die, their energy is released and harvested by trans-dimensional beings, who use it to extend their own life spans. The claim is that the universe is a garden created by these beings as their food source. In a predator-prey struggle, exceptional energy is produced in the combatants. The spilling of blood in a fight-to-the-death conflict releases this intense energy, which the light beings call loosh. The old race also called ones or people of the light.
They understood how to create life, and they wanted this territory for their own reasons. Territories are created and held by certain energies for many reasons, one of which is that there is consciousness within all things. Consciousness communicates continuously. Consciousness vibrates, or can be led to vibrate, at certain electromagnetic frequencies. Electromagnetic energies of consciousness can be influenced to vibrate in a certain way to create a perfect source of food. Consciousness can be prepared and ingested in a variety of ways. Some entities, in the process of their own evolution, began to discover that as they created life and put consciousness into things through modulating the frequencies of forms of consciousness, they could feed themselves; they could keep themselves in charge.
They than began to Figure out that this is how Prime Creator nourished itself. Than new owners of this planet arrived and had a different appetite and different preferences than the former ones. They nourished themselves with chaos and fear the more the better. These aliens used to feed of the effected humans, it stimulated them, and kept them in power.
These new owners who came here 300,000 years ago are the magnificent beings spoken of in our\Bible, in the Babylonian and Sumerian tablets, and in texts all over the world. They came to Earth\and rearranged the native human species.
It was Zecharia Sitchin who translated and reinterpreted ancient tablets and inscriptions (many of them non-existent or not documented by any archaeologist or specialist in -Babylonian languages) from the villages where the first produced food or loosh for the Archons in a massive way, by scaring the captives on the human farm.
14th Anniversary: Recall 9/11 Was a Mass Ritual to Generate Loosh
As we approach the 9/11 14th anniversary, it is worth remembering that ultimate point of that horrendous false flag operation: to ritually sacrifice people, scare the wits out of anyone else and generate a large amount of loosh. It’s no coincidence that the operation was carried out on 9/11 when 911 is the emergency number dialed in the US. Think how many times our so-called leaders have said that the world changed forever on 9/11\’94 . Like the hackneyed term national security, 9/11 has become the excuse for the NWO conspirators to do anything they want, whether it’s expanding Government (creation of the DHS), passing draconian legislation (The Patriot Act), attacking innocent, sovereign and foreign nations (Iraq, Afghanistan, etc.), squelching key aspects of the Bill of Rights and concocting an entirely new faceless, enemy-less and endless wars. The Fake War on Terror. What a tremendous amount of loosh for the Archons!
We are all food of the gods on the human farm until we reclaim our awareness and break free. Solution: Make a Strong Determination Not to Be Food on a Human Farm. Like it or not, we live in a predatory universe. Not all of Nature is predatory, but it’s certainly an aspect which is present in a large degree. In our arrogance we may think we are at the top of the food chain, but maybe were not. There is copious evidence from ancient accounts and current ET contacts/abductees that we are not alone in the Universe, and that there are hostile advanced races who are happy to feed on human energy. Getting out of the human farm starts with waking up to the truth that the human farm exists. Fortunately, the signs are that a lot of people are doing that. Hopefully it will be fast enough before the NWO becomes too entrenched. Not only does loosh fuel the expansion and crossing of realm boundaries as discussed earlier in context of learning lessons and surrogate motivators, but it allows negative entities to more strongly manifest in the realms of their targets. Loosh is a commodity in higher realms because it is the very fuel of trans dimensional navigation and conquest. Energy harvested from one region can be rerouted to another. For example, a natural disaster in one part of the world may provide negative entities with sufficient energy to penetrate the realms of targets elsewhere. Other sources of energy include occult and religious rituals. Sunday worship provides “mass” amounts of energy and affords negative forces easier attack opportunities on Sunday than other days of the week. The moon plays an important part in energy harvesting by depressing global frequencies twice a month and initiating a veritable feeding frenzy for negative entities; this is what Gurdjieff meant by mankind being food for the moon.
Without it negative forces are handicapt because they are not in full resonance with their targets. Trying to get more by letting the humans life in a reign of violence, terror, war by influencing there environment in a negative way. The more they can harvest the stronger they get. Using simple but direct techniques to access higher consciousness, I have concluded that children displaying past life memories are not actually the direct reincarnation of the people whose memories they seem to share. This is puzzling and rather illogical. However, there always seems to be a soul group connection, leading me to consider the possibility that our spiritual guides are souls we have been the closest to in our past lives. Furthermore, these guides may observe and even experience by proxy many of our thoughts and actions upon the Earth Plane Reincarnation is still one of life’s grand mysteries, and while we gather more information about it, we must remain open to many possible explanations for it, if we are genuinely interested in discovering the true nature of reality.
Writing on many aspects of truth and freedom, from exposing aspects of the worldwide conspiracy to suggesting solutions for how humanity can create a new system of peace and abundance. CORRECTED because it did not come out properly before: Here is how you can cancel your contracts. I CANCEL MY CONTRACT & ALL DEBT I WAS, I AM, AND WILL BE A DIVINE & SOVEREIGN SOUL IN THE NAME OF ALL ASCENDED BEINGS AND SOULS OF LIGHT I DECREE AND COMMAND TO CANCEL AND NULLIFY ALL OF MY PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE CONTRACTS, DEBTS AND AGREEMENTS MADE BETWEEN ANY PART OF MY BEING AND THE DARK FORCES ALL THE CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS AND ALL THEIR CONSEQUENCES ARE NOW COMPLETELY ERASED FROM MY REALITY AND AM NOW FREE ALL THE KARMA OF MY MULTI-DIMENSIONAL BEINGS IS NOW ERASED AS WELL I AM FREE SOVEREIGN BEINGS OF LIGHT FROM NOW UNTIL ETERNITY I CALL UPON THE POWER OF HO\rquote OPONOPONO FROM ALL OF THESE PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE LIFETIMES. AND SO IT IS, AND SO IT IS, AND SO IT IS. I SEND TO ALL DIMENSIONS INFINITE & ETERNAL LOVE, COMPASSION, HARMONY AND PEACE TO THE CRYSTALLINE CONSCIOUSNESS OF DIVINE LOVING LIGHT. AND SO IT IS, AND SO IT IS, AND SO IT IS Leave a Reply Your email address will not be published.
Required fields are marked The concept of loosh, in my opinion, holds a major clue to human freedom. What is loosh, as it was described to Robert Monroe? It is a kind of energy that animals and humans generate in situations that involve two things: an intense desire plus a negative emotion. In the last article I equated loosh with force. But when loosh arises in the harvestable form, it is laced with some form of negativity: fear (in the example of a mother defending her young),
Sadness or hopelessness (in the example of a lonely person), fear again (in the example of prey/predator combat). So how do we explain this? Life energy isn’t negative, so what really is loosh?
It seems to me loosh is a strong inrush of vital energy caused by a strong desire in the individual experiencing it. It’s that adrenaline surge you feel in a fight-or-flight situation. But it’s more than a chemical, because we are told loosh is also generated in a situation like a lonely person pining, where no adrenaline is involved. In both cases, there is a common element: a strong emotional desire. Negativity seems to be what makes the harvesting possible, but it is not the loosh. It’s something that sometimes laces loosh, and its presence is necessary for access to the substance by interdimensional energy-eaters. Negativity is not the essential emotion but an overlay emotion, and when it is present, it creates a drain on the inrush of vital energy.
Let me explain more concretely. Whenever we have a strong desire without tangential feelings of fear, sadness, remorse, etc., what do we experience? A surge of life, a re-charge. We say pumped or psyched. We feel power. But when we have a strong desire accompanied by the negative emotions, that’s another story. Then our strong desire seems to churn inside us, causing anguish. In the first case, our life energy is infused into us from somewhere. In the second case, it’s being infused and at the same time being drained away.
Hence no re-charge. Negative emotions come from an attitude, a decision that has been struck by a very deep part of us, the subconscious mind. The subconscious decision behind a negative emotion like fear or sadness is something like this won’t work, I can never have it, I’m sure to fail. Self-messages from the deep influence what happens to us in outer, material reality. If were engaged in combat, a self-defeating attitude determines that we lose. If were trying to create something nice, this attitude jinxes us. If we have a fabulous dream, a negative subconscious decision ordains that the dream remains a wish and never becomes reality.
Negative self-talk, which results from self-doubt on the subconscious level, also opens the door to being harvested. When the subconscious has decided that we can’t get what we want, that we will fail, that fundamental ruling relinquishes the reins that control our destiny, in spite of the positive thoughts we may be consciously thinking.
Hence no re-charge. Negative emotions come from an attitude, a decision that has been struck by a very deep part of us, the subconscious mind. The subconscious decision behind a negative emotion like fear or sadness is something like this won’t work, I can never have it, I’m sure to fail. Self-messages from the deep influence what happens to us in outer, material reality. If were engaged in combat, a self-defeating attitude determines that we lose. If were trying to create something nice, this attitude jinxes us. If we have a fabulous dream, a negative subconscious decision ordains that the dream remains a wish and never becomes reality.
Negative self-talk, which results from self-doubt on the subconscious level, also opens the door to being harvested. When the subconscious has decided that we can’t get what we want, that we will fail, that fundamental ruling relinquishes the reins that control our destiny, in spite of the positive thoughts we may be consciously thinking.
Self-doubt puts the outcome of any endeavor on the cosmic freebie shelf, where anyone who wants can come and take it over. That’s the reason behind the expression, Victory belongs to the most committed. The individual with the least negative self-talk about a competitive outcome wins, because that is the person with the fewest internal obstructions to manifesting their desire. Negative self-talk makes it possible to be defeated by an opponent with a more user-friendly subconscious. It also opens the door for trawling psychic entities, like the gods\’ or Monroe’s light being, to lap up the influx of energy that our strong desire has instigated. No such in-road exists when a strong desire is accompanied by a determined intention. The energy drain only happens when negative self-talk contaminates the process of strongly desiring something. Then the tears come, or the sadness, or the fear or the outrage, and that self-undermining mindset that shouts can’t do this! Shoots a hole in our manifestation, letting the wonderful energy drain away to benefit those who know how to cart it away and make use of it. Did they steal it, these loosh harvesters? Actually, they didn’t. We gave them permission subconsciously. We said can’t handle this, so somebody else decided. That’s what happens when you put your life or desires on the freebie shelf of the universe.
To put again in a nutshell:
Strong desire + authoritative intent = influx of life energy stored (spiritual empowerment)
Strong desire + self-defeating attitude = influx of life energy siphoned (spiritual harvesting)
What’s emerging from this picture is that intent is everything. Intent is the reverse side of permission. Holding a determined intention is the key to both success in a given situation and to personal empowerment from that situation, while having a weak intent (a desire polluted by self-doubt) is tantamount to permission for someone else to step in. This spills the life energy and places the key to a situation’s outcome into the hands of something outside ourselves.
I can relate part of this history from personal experience:\par Many billions of years ago I was a member of a very large biological laboratory in a galaxy far from this one. It was called the “Arcadia Regeneration Company”. I was a biological engineer working with a large staff of technicians. It was our business to manufacture and supply new life forms to uninhabited planets. There were millions of star systems with millions of inhabitable planets in the region at that time.
There were many other biological laboratory companies at that time also. Each of them specialized in producing different kinds of life forms, depending on the “class” of the planet being populated. Over a long span of time these laboratories developed a vast catalogue of species throughout the galaxies. The majority of basic genetic material is common to all species of life. Therefore, most of their work was concerned with manipulating alterations of the basic genetic pattern to produce variations of life forms that would be suitable inhabitants for various planetary classes. The “Arcadia Regeneration Company” specialized in mammals for \par forested areas and birds for tropical regions. Our marketing staff negotiated contracts with various planetary governments and independent buyers from all over the universe. The technicians created animals that were compatible with the variations in climate, atmospheric and terrestrial density and chemical content. In addition we were paid to integrate our specimens with biological organisms engineered by other companies already living on a planet. In order to do this our staff was in communication with other companies who created life forms. There were industry trade shows, publications and a variety of other information supplied through an association that coordinated related projects.
As you can imagine, our research required a great deal of interstellar travel to conduct planetary surveys. This is when I learned my skills as a pilot. The data gathered was accumulated in huge computer databases and evaluated by biological engineers.
Based on the survey data gathered, designs and artistic renderings were made for new creatures. Some designs were sold to the highest bidder. ther life forms were created to meet the customized requests of our clients.
The design and technical specifications were passed along an assembly line through a series of cellular, chemical, and mechanical engineers to solve the various problems. It was their job to integrate all of the component factors into a workable, functional and aesthetic finished product. Prototypes of these creatures were then produced and tested in artificially created environments. Imperfections were worked out, modifications made and eventually the new life form was “endowed” or “animated” with a life force or spiritual energy before being introduced into the actual planetary environment for final testing. After a new life form was introduced, we monitored the interaction of these biological organisms with the planetary environment and with other indigenous life-forms. Conflicts resulting from the interaction between incompatible organisms were resolved through negotiation between ourselves and other companies. The negotiations usually resulted in compromises requiring further modification to our creatures or to theirs or both. This is part of a science or art you call “Eugenics”.
In some cases changes were made in the planetary environment, but not often, as planet building is much more complex than making changes to an individual life form.
Coincidentally, a friend and engineer with whom I used to work with at the Arcadia Regeneration Company
a long time after I left the company – told me that one of the projects they contracted to do, in more recent times, was to deliver life forms to Earth to replenish them after a war in this region of the galaxy devastated most of the life on the planet’s in this region of space. This would have been about seventy million years ago. The skill required to modify the planet into an ecologically interactive environment that will support billions of diverse species was an immense undertaking. Specialized consultants from nearly every biotechnology company in the galaxy were brought in to help with the project. What you see now on Earth is the huge variety of life forms left behind. Your scientists believe that the fallacious “theory of evolution” is an explanation for the existence of all the life forms here. The truth is that all life forms on this and any other planet in this universe were created by companies like ours. How else can you explain the millions of completely divergent and unrelated species of life on the land and in the oceans of this planet? How else can you explain the source of spiritual animation which defines every living creature? To say it is the work of “god”, is far too broad. Every IS-BE has many names and faces in many times and places. Every IS-BE is a god. When they inhabit a physical object they are the source of Life.
For example, there are millions of species of insects. About \par 350,000 of these are species of beetles. There may be as many as 100 million species of life forms on Earth at any given time. In addition, there are many times more extinct species of life on Earth than there are living life forms. Some of these will be rediscovered in the fossil or geological records of Earth.
The current “theory of evolution” of life forms on Earth does not consider the phenomena of biological diversity. Evolution by natural selection is science fiction. One species does not accidentally, or randomly evolve to become another species, as the Earth textbooks indicate, without manipulation of genetic material by an IS-BE. A simple example of IS-BE intervention is the selective breeding of a species. Within the past few hundred years several hundred dog breeds and hundreds of varieties of pigeons and dozens of Koi fish have been “evolved” in just a few years, beginning with only one original breed. Without active intervention by IS-BEs, biological organisms rarely change.
The development of an animal like the ‘duck-billed platypus’ required a lot of very clever engineering to combine the body of a beaver with the bill of a duck and make a mammal that lays eggs. Undoubtedly, some wealthy client placed a “special order” for it as a gift or curious amusement. I am sure the laboratory of some biotechnical company worked on it for years to make it a self-replicating life form!
The notion that the creation of any life form could have resulted from a coincidental chemical interaction moldering up from some primordial ooze is beyond absurdity! Factually, some organisms on Earth, such as Proteobacteria, are modifications of a Phylum designed primarily for “Star Type 3, Class C” planets. In other words, The Domain designation for a planet with an anaerobic atmosphere nearest a large, intensely hot blue star, such as those in the constellation of Orion’s Belt in this galaxy.
Creating life forms is very complex, highly technical work for IS-BEs who specialize in this field. Genetic anomalies are very baffling to Earth biologists who have had their memory erased.
Unfortunately, the false memory implantations of the “Old Empire” prevent Earth scientists from observing obvious anomalies. The greatest technical challenge of biological organisms was the invention of self-regeneration, or sexual reproduction. It was invented as the solution to the problem of having to continually manufacture replacement creatures for those that had been destroyed and eaten by other creatures. Planetary governments did not want to keep buying replacement animals.
The idea was contrived trillions of years ago as a result of a conference held to resolve arguments between the disputing vested interests within the biotechnology industry.
The infamous “Council of Yuhmi-Krum” was responsible for coordinating creature production.
A compromise was reached, after certain members of the Council were strategically bribed or murdered, to author an agreement which resulted in the biological phenomenon which we now call the “food chain”.
The idea that a creature would need to consume the body of another life form as an energy source was offered as a solution by one of the biggest companies in the biological engineering business. They specialized in creating insects and flowering plants.
The connection between the two is obvious. Nearly every flowering plant requires a symbiotic relationship with an insect in order to propagate. The reason is obvious: both the bugs and the flowers were created by the same company. Unfortunately, this same company also had a division which created parasites and bacteria. The name of the company roughly translated into English would be “Bugs & Blossoms”. They wanted to justify the fact that the only valid purpose of the parasitic creatures they manufactured was to aid the decomposition of organic material. There was a very limited market for such creatures at that time.
In order to expand their business they hired a big public relations firm and a powerful group of political lobbyists to glorify the idea that life forms should feed from other life forms. They invented a “scientific theory” to use as a promotion gimmick. The theory was that all creatures needed to have “food” as a source of energy. Before that, none of the life forms being manufactured required any external energy. Animals did not eat other animals for food, but consumed sunlight, minerals or vegetable matter only. Of course, “Bugs & Blossoms” went into the business of designing and manufacturing carnivores. Before long, so many animals were being eaten as food that the problem of replenishing them became very difficult. As a ‘solution’, “Bugs & Blossoms” proposed, with the help of some strategically placed bribes in high places, that other companies begin using ‘sexual reproduction’ as the basis for replenishing life-forms. “Bugs & Blossoms” was the first company to develop blueprints for sexual reproduction, of course. Process required to implant stimulus-response mating, cellular dAs expected, the patent licenses for the biological ngineering ivision and preprogrammed growth patterns for self-regenerating animals were owned by “Bugs & Blossoms” too. Through the next few million years laws were passed that required that these programs be purchased by the other biological technology companies. These were required to be imprinted into the cellular design of all existing life-forms. It became a very expensive undertaking for other biotechnology companies to make such an awkward, and impractical idea work. This led to the corruption and downfall of the entire industry.
Ultimately, the ‘food and sex’ idea completely ruined the bio-technology industry, including “Bugs & Blossoms”.
The entire industry faded away as the market for manufactured life forms disappeared. Consequently, when a species became extinct, there is no way to replace them because the technology of creating new life forms has been lost. Obviously, none of this technology was ever known on Earth, and probably never will be.There are still computer files on some planets far from here which record the procedures for biological engineering. Possibly the laboratories and computers still exist somewhere. However, there is no one around doing anything with them. Therefore, you can understand why it is so important for The Domain to protect the dwindling number of creatures left on Earth. The core concept behind ‘sexual reproduction’ technology was the invention of a chemical/electronic interaction called “cyclical stimulus-response generators”.
This is an programmed genetic mechanism which causes a seemingly spontaneous, recurring impulse to reproduce. The same technique was later adapted and applied to biological flesh bodies, including Homo Sapiens. Another important mechanism used in the reproductive process, especially with Homo Sapiens type bodies, is the implantation of a “chemical-electrical trigger” mechanism in the body.
The “trigger” which attracts IS-BEs to inhabit a human body, or any kind of “flesh body”, is the use of an artificially imprinted electronic wave which uses “aesthetic pain” to attract the IS-BE. Every trap in the universe, including those used to capture IS-BEs who remain free, is “baited” with an aesthetic electronic wave. The sensations caused by the aesthetic wavelength are more attractive to an IS-BE than any other sensation. When the electronic waves of pain and beauty are combined together, this causes the IS-BE to get “stuck” in the body.
The “reproductive trigger” used for lesser life forms, such as cattle and other mammals, is triggered by chemicals emitted from the scent glands, combined with reproductive chemical-electrical impulses stimulated by testosterone, or estrogen.
These are also interactive with nutrition levels which cause the life form to reproduce more when deprived of food sources. Starvation promoted reproductive activity as a means of perpetuating survival through future regenerations, when the current organism fails to survive. These fundamental principles have been applied throughout all species of life.
The debilitating impact and addiction to the “sexual esthetic-pain” electronic wave is the reason that the ruling class of The Domain do not inhabit flesh bodies. This is also why officers of The Domain Forces only use doll bodies. This wave has proven to be the most effective trapping device ever created in the history of the universe, as far as I know. The civilizations of The Domain and the “Old Empire” both depend on this device to “recruit” and maintain a work force of IS-BEs who inhabit flesh bodies on planets and installations. These IS-BEs are the “working class” beings who do all of the slavish, manual, undesirable work on planets. As I mentioned, there is a very highly regimented and fixed hierarchy or “class system” for all IS-BEs throughout the “Old Empire”, and The Domain, as follows: The highest class are “free” IS-BEs. That is, they are not restricted to the use of any type of body and may come and go at will, provided quote s look at this from another angle.
What is that inrush of energy you feel when you have a powerful desire, the kind that’s uncorrupted with negative mind chatter? When you get that flush of inspiration, that idea of something wonderful you could be or do or create or experience, how do you feel? You are flooded with energy and joy. If it happens in the middle of the night, you are up for hours. There’s power in a dream, in a desire. Because dreaming and desiring are what? they re-attached to something. They’re like a pipeline, bringing in an unbounded rush of energy. Where does that come from? What is it that such great thoughts tap into? Whatever it is, it seems to be the font of the life force itself. The energy that rushes in from that place is strong enough to empower people to lift cars that have fallen on the body of a loved one. Its strong enough to give the victory in battle to the physically weaker party. When we desire something, or dream of something that instills a desire, that need reaches into the deepest part of ourselves, a realm that is a powerhouse of energy and consciousness. Unless we obstruct the natural process by throwing up self-doubt, the Infinite, this powerhouse, responds to our desire like a reservoir responds to an opening pipeline: it rushes in to fill it.
That’s why energy suffuses us in our inspired moments and in our crisis moments. We are becoming more powerful, more filled with life, at those times. We are garnering spiritual power.
In those moments we are fulfilling the intention of the life force to create and to manifest, and to become a unique embodiment of itself: an empowered creator, making manifest more creation, more expressions of life.
Powerful, authoritative desire is the key to personal empowerment, spiritual empowerment. That s why those who feed off human life created religious teachings that tell us desire is bad. If we believe it s bad to want things, our desires will never be powerful, never full of confident intent. They will be wimpy and ridden with self-doubt: just the thing the psychic trawlers like, because then our pipeline to the Infinite has holes in it, making any incoming energy harvestable. So passion, or what Ive been calling authoritative intent,brings in spiritual power. Self-doubt brings in the harvesters. Loosh is the power of the Source, the power of life. When we access it through desire, it infuses us, unless we let it be drained off by doubting ourselves, by shooting holes in our pipeline.
Intent and permission are reverse sides of will, and will is one of the faculties of personhood. We can give it away through permission, letting our energy be siphoned and our souls assimilated into oneness with the harvesters.
Or we can build our will and grow in personal empowerment. We are told that being spiritual means surrendering our ego (our desires and our self-hood). But true spiritual empowerment will never be achieved by bending before the gods in self-abnegation.
Spiritual empowerment means living the power of the Infinite as unique expressions of the Infinite, which is what our spirits were long before the gods got hold of us. Long before the creation of this physical universe took place.
Freedom means taking back control of ourselves through will, taking back control of our spirits. It means exercising will to think the thoughts we desire, not the thoughts the trawlers want us to think.
And freedom means much more. It means, through intent, hooking up our bodies to run on the intelligence, love and energy of the Infinite, rather than on the limited grid of DNA. DNA was created by (or at least is currently controlled by) the gods, our harvesters. It is programmed with our decay and death. We can overcome the program by establishing ourselves in our nature as one with our spiritual Source e. When we ordain, from our authority as sons and daughters of the Infinite, then the power behind our wishes brings them to fruit, whatever our declaration might be. We can ordain a parking place, or we can ordain a healing, or immortality. We can ordain
Personal freedom from harassment by purveyors of the global agenda. We can also work together with other awakening creators, and ordain freedom for mankind. Working on behalf of all material creation, we can ordain freedom and happiness for all beings in the physical universe. We can establish material life on a new level, where death, lack and suffering are never part of the picture again. We can claim our own divinity, and oust the regime that controls this dimension. And if we choose to ordain that, we must do it in love and compassion for the trawlers, not in revenge and hate, because a made-new world is no place for negative things. The harvesters are hungry, like everybody else. The gods are no worse than we are when we eat chicken or beef, or when we set up pens on a farm. They eat our energy because they know no other way to live. Our life force sustains them, while they make us their minions. But just as we don’t need meat to live, just as we can rewire ourselves to live off the power of the Infinite e within us, so, too, can these gods. What better way to help them learn to tap their internal spiritual resources than by removing their external food source, rendering ourselves unavailable? When humankind takes back its power and its home in the universe, the psychic vampires will have empty nets from their trawling and will have to look to the same Source we were being forced to look to for ongoing life.
This learning process, for both mankind and gods, won’t be easy and may not always be pretty. But it’s the door to everyone’s freedom, the door to a new life. We can no longer afford to let paradise remain a metaphysical concept. We have to make it reality. Because it’s the only alternative, at this time in history, to assimilation. Our enemies wish not only to harvest our energy but to assimilate our consciousness, our individual souls. That is their plan with their New World Order, where all will be microchipped servants of global government. That is their plan with a universal religion, where all will surrender their egos and amalgamate into Oneness consciousness: the impersonal consciousness of enlightenment stripped of desires, originality, joy, passion, and the power to choose. We either let them accomplish this by doing nothing, or we take action now. We pick up the forgotten key to freedom, call it whatever you will: choice, personal will, authoritative intent, impassioned and confident desire. We elect to become the children of the Infinite that we forgot how to be. We take back our birthright as sons and daughters of the original, loving, joyous divine intention. How will that happen? The Infinite will show the way. Once we hook up our pipeline of desire and shore up the holes of self-doubt in other words, once we take back our power.
Original Consciousness can pump its life into our flagging bodies and spirits once more. With that will come inspiration and ideas. Connections will get made. When that starts happening to enough of us, how can the New World Order do anything but fail? Just thought of something in herbology herbs create an enviroment for wich the body can heal and each herb creates certain enviroments for healing. The healing process caused frome us ingesting the life force from the plants. . . . . .And the loosh expelled from the plant try’s opening the blockages allowing for normal circulation. . . .or something like that kind of a random thought, i was just reading something about medicinal herbs the other day, and saw a kinda trend in this article that kinda related to what they were saying in the book. . . . Just by being aware of the process allows us the opportunity to succeed! Along with our daily experince with suffering and inspiration we must also become conciously aware of ourselves during the dreamstate. The Dreamstate will allow us to experience many more conciously uncontrolled instances in a shorter period of (time) than we could experience in the waking state. Could the dreamstate be the perfect vehicle to create and induce the desired situations needed for those who use and harvest Loosh? So my question now is. What kinds of meditation practices are fruitful, in that they don\rquote t mire us in the further energy harvest game?
Are kundalini cultivating practices safe? REPLY FROM BRONTE: I haven\rquote t decided yet what to make of kundalini practices there is clearly a lot of energy involved, but are we being consumed by something, or is it our own energy rising in the body? I know people with severe kunalini who describe it as burning alive, their self-identity being pulverized by an outside force, which they think must be God. This makes me very suspicious. I meditate almost daily and find it a useful centering process, a place of answers and inspiration. I don\rquote t use a mantra or any specific technique. I simply reign in my awareness and focus it on itself. I have a friend who never studied any formal meditation who has naturally taught herself to do the same thing (without ever talking to anyone about it, including me). I believe coming back to home base is a natural ability all of us have, if we but take the time to sit down, close our eyes, and do it. In fact, it’s such a powerful process that the dark entities running the world must ensure that it’s somehow railroaded, that they themselves garner the energy and power the practice would normally give to the practitioner. There was a time when I quit meditating, in disgust over the lies I had been taught. Now I realize I was only cutting myself off from my own power source, throwing the baby out with the bathwater. It’s important not to stop spiritual pursuits just because self-serving entities try to step between ourselves and our mastery of life. Such defection plays right into their plan
Im not sure what to make of loosh. Are you saying it’s an electrochemical event? At one point you compared it to adrenaline. Adrenaline, serotonin, norepinephrine, dopamine, GABA etc are all neurotransmitters produced by the thalamus and adrenal cortex for a variety of functions, not just fight or flight. They influence mood, sleep and thought. So are you saying that these subtle beings are so subtle that they are microscopic, that they are in our synaptic clefts stealing our neurotransmitters? How are they utilizing those chemicals? Do they have recptors in their subtle bodies (the bodies which are somehow small enough to fit in our clefts?) Why don’t they just rob a pharmacy? They could get all the synthetic neurotransmitters they could ever wish for. It’s true that there are unseen forces.
Quantum physics has established that. But to assign these forces motives and blame them for our own maladaptive behaviours and failed coping mechanisms seems a little far fetched. To place oneself in the center of some cosmic battle seems a bit delusional and grandiose. Perhaps we are simply this gigantic wave you described not some individual entity drowning in it. Perhaps we don’t need to fight for peace, freedom or utopia. Perhaps we are delusional to think that we should be free from suffering and only experience endless pleasure. It sounds like the same belief that these loosh-eaters promote. You say they steal the loosh from us to be happy. We turn around and steal the loosh from plants who have a desire to live and grow just like us. But we justify it by saying their level of consciousness is too primitive for it to matter. Maybe the gods think of us a stupid plants too. Maybe that’s why Kali ate only fruits, then switched to dry leaves and finally only water. Maybe the only way to free oneself from the cycle of stealing loosh and being robbed of loosh is to stop being a hypocrite and perform penance. Maybe that’s why Jesus repeatedly said to fast and pray. The goddess Kali ate only fruits then leaves then water? I guess youre not counting the buckets of blood she loved to consume. She was ravenous for blood, and that’s why shes depicted in Indian art with a bloody tongue hanging out and garlanded with a necklace of blood-dripping skulls. That’s a thoughtful question about HOW the loosh energy is consumed, and one I also contemplate. I believe it’s hard to determine because were dealing with entities more sophisticated than us on the food chain The same way it would be hard for a sheep to figure out what happens to its fleece after it’s shorn, and why its family members keep disappearing. It doesn’t see the axe, the stew pot, and the dinner table.
Robert Morning Sky wrote an interesting white paper about mitochondria and their possible role in all this. I don’t recall the details, but mitochondria are different from other elements in the cell. Independents or something and play a major role in metabolism. Could it be through these that the energy is transferred to the gods? But even though some physical substance that acts as a portal or gatekeeper is probably involved, part of the energy transfer must take place on an astral or ethereal level, since the energy will be consumed in an ethereal form. But the ‘Farm’ must not be disturbed. No one wants the ‘Farm’ destroyed. And, since its attending Beasts (Mankind) may stampede in the upcoming solar system wars, and thus may cause destruction to the Farm, the Beast must be controlled. Implanting a mind control device would be desirable, but unfortunately is highly impractical. If a cont rol device in the brain is not feasible, then an external device placed in the immediate proximity of the brain is a viable alternative. But how can the Beast be fitted for and be expected to carry the device… voluntarily? The Beast must be deceived.
The human brain functions on electronic frequencies that are matched by only one device on the retail market today, a device called a cellular phone. Fait accompli! New personal electronic devices, another form of control units, will also increase in number and variety. Cassettes, CD players with headphones, virtual reality headgear, brain wave analyzers, lap top computers, personal pagers, beepers, and a host of new devices will keep Man ‘blanketed’ with the numbing and controlling electronic blanket.
Drug’s, in the form of medicines, mood changers, diet and weight control, pain relievers, sleep aids and sleep preventers will also be used to control Man. Recreational drugs, including cigarettes, alcohol and narcotics, are yet another part of the control pro grams designed to keep Man docile. To avoid any chance that Man will be motivated to take a stand against any of the battling groups, and fight for himself, behavior modification will require that no human being be allowed status as ‘Hero’.
Therefore, only people who are examples of ‘appropriate’ behavior, will receive recognition and awards.
Victims, martyrs, tortured pow’s, people who die in service of their country… all examples of humans who do not fight back but endure great suffering… these will be the new ‘Heroes’, the new role models. Any human coming too close to Hero status, who behaves independently, will be the target of smear campaigns and worse, all intended to ‘bring them down’.
Population control must increase in intensity and in the numbers of programs. Only the ‘right’ men and women will be allowed to continue within the system of the ‘Farm’.
Disappearances and abductions, particularly of women and the youngest children will increase – ‘Thinning out’ undesirable populations will increase – New mysterious airborne diseases will be developed. Present-day medical treatments will be a thing of the past, minimally effective if at all. (The HENTA ‘break-out’, the HENT-T lizards? A coincidence?)
Obesity will increase, passivity will become desirable, and sexual dysfunction will increase in males. An increase in electronic transmissions will cause most female menstrual cycles to shorten from 28 days to near 25 day periods. To maintain control of Mankind, NASA must be eliminated, or at least severely restricted in its scope. Man must stay stranded on Planet Earth. The search for intelligent life must not be continued. It must be abandoned. A false claim of discovery may be made, but the end results must re-affirm the futility of such a search.
The stage is set. The War is engaged. ERIDU is the prize, Man is the servant.
So long as Man seeks salvation ‘out there’, he paves the way for Beings vying to become his Overlords. There are more first-hand witnesses to UFO’s, all reliable and professional, than there are to the ‘ball lightning’ phenomena. Government records show that many investigations of UFO’s have been conducted by various agencies, even while denying publicly that they exist.
If they exist, Why haven’t they responded to our signals for contact? Why haven’t we ‘heard’ from them? Why are no radio signals being received? Could there be, as the Author suggests, an electronic blanket, preventing them from reaching us? Or are we being shunned? Are we kept in the dark to avoid a world wide panic? If they are benevolent, there would be no panic, there would be rejoicing in-the streets, elation in every life. Man and an Extra-terrestrial being working together, what grander event could there be? And if they are benevolent, why deal only with the world governments? Would they not be more effective revealing the purpose of their presence to every person on this Earth? Are they prevented by some form of inter-galactic law to interfere in our life-form’s development? If there is such a law, who are the ‘channeled’ entities the world is flooded with?
Just as ice can transmute into water and then into vapor, energy can shift from physical form to etheric form and back again. We know our emotional energy can transmute into physical energy, as when we get a burst of adrenaline due to extreme fear. It also can reverse and go the other way, as in cases of physical healing following emotional prayer or emotional focused visualization. Somehow, I expect, et hereal beings siphon off human emotional energy and retain it in their own emotional grid. Perhaps it’s not that different from what we do to one another when we encounter strong emotions in someone we love, hate from what we do to one another when we encounter strong emotions in someone we love, hate, or otherwise are emotionally connected to. We seem to absorb the person’s emotion, while the other person’s intensity seems to diminish. The articles in this blog series give evidence from a variety of perspectives supporting the theory that we are being siphoned energetically. Try reading Making a Soul by Bennet, a student of Gurdjieff, for another interesting take on this. I do agree with you that it’s hypocritical to be outraged at being siphoned when we ourselves siphon others, which is what we do when we kill something and eat it. You’re right, the plants have a desire to live, just as we do. Eating seems to be the essential weakness and the essential flaw in the universe. Everything wears down, nothing can sustain itself on its own intrinsic energy forever, so everything takes the life of others in order to continue living. Surely it need not be like this, for there to be life. Surely, if all life springs from an infinite, undying energetic source, it should be possible for the expressions of that energy field to sustain themselves with the infinite energy that is their own essential nature. I think the problem must be that we get so focused on outward things that we forget who we are, forget how to self-sustain. This problem is universal throughout known creation: even suns flame and die out, unable to sustain themselves forever. Why is that? If we all are made of eternal, infinite energy, why don’t we manifest eternity and infinity? Doesn’t make sense that we don’t, unless weve gotten so absorbed in the process of creation and living with what weve created that weve forgotten ourselves. Then the solution would be to reconnect with our essential nature and reconstruct the way we habitually live. Since we each are cells in the universe, when the cells start getting this, the universe itself can conceivably change from a dying entity that literally eats itself to a being that can sustain itself on infinite energy forever. In other words, our minds, being part of the universe, influence the way the universe thinks.
You are confusing the physical universe with the universe of the spirit which is exterior to the physical. I believe that it is in the non material universe of thought that all physical manifestations are created. As they become agreed upon by us at that level they become more real. It is our habit of making them manifest automatically that creates confusion. We forget we have manifested them and then we become the effect of them. You are a spirit, then a god, full capable of making space and energy and time and all things well.
And there you crouch, forgotten to yourself and hidden from the eyes of all pretending there to be a beast that walks and eats and dies.
L. Ron Hubbard If Our Infinite Creator meant us to live off It’s own energy instead of eating other Earthly life forms, how come we have stomachs to digest life forms and teeth to devour? Could it be that these creator/harvesters messed with our D.N.A. to devolve us into flesh devourers for the express purpose of harvesting out negative energies? Bronte: If I remember rightly, mitochondria were Johnnies-Come-Lately on the cell evolutionary scene. Something like an outside virus that attached itself to living cells and tra nsformed them into energy dynamos. The relationship between the mitochondria and the nucleus is considered to be a kind of symbiosis. Consider the feeding of energy that takes place when people watch dog fights, or cage fighting, boxing ect, war, there is a subtle loosh process going on. This same energy harvest occurs with 4d entities,they feed off of human misery, fear & suffering, pain. That is why this earth is hell. There is hope, but we have been fucked over since birth, its really hard to align our will to succeed, especially when the 4d harvesters of sorrow are working day and night, invisible and coordinating with nwo occultists to make the world hell for us. Hi, ive read Loosh 101 and on my way to read loosh 102, just want to tell u how i feel, is like ur words are mine, u speak things i think of, i embrace ur ideeas and theories and feel them as mine, they are right and fair i cant describe it into words as they come from withtin me, i what i belive is right even if i have read it just a few minutes ago, makes me think at a random post some1 made on my youtube page . Every day we slaughter our finest impulses. That is why we get a heart-ache when we read those lines written by the hand of a master and recognize them as our own, as the tender shoots which we stifled because we lacked the faith to believe in our own powers, our own criterion of truth and beauty. Hmm. Sounds like youre thinking, but I don’t agree with your conclusion. Loosh is energy, either positive or negative. Monroe distinctly states in his book that worship is a form of loosh, one of the more prized forms. So is the love of a mother for her children, he says. Neither of these would equate with Tolles the pain body, which Tolle describes as a negative entity (or trapped, congealed consciousness) within each individual that struggles to have a life of its own as a separate entity. Tolles idea of a pain body is wholly negative, whereas the loosh concept includes both positive (loving) and negative (hating).
In my opinion, Tolle is inventing something that doesn’t exist, suggesting we imagine the more tender, vulnerable aspects of our psyche as a living, negative entity in its own right that must be dissolved. He even suggests giving it a name, like or something, as if it were a person. This way of looking at the hurting part of ourselves, seeing it as an entity and something that has a craving to feed, something that creates drama and negativity sh that only makes us want to cut off this part of ourselves and destroy it, be free of it. It’s the same as religion telling us we have an ego that is negative, selfish, and arrogant by nature and must be destroyed or transcended.
All of these approaches to the self cause a person to think of him/herself in terms of compartments, instead of regarding and embracing oneself as a whole. When we act negative, it’s because our psyche is hurting over something. We need to understand what is hurting and heal the attitude or belief behind the hurt, and that dissolves the negative feelings. But Tolle would have us observe the negativity, disdainfully seeing it as the drama created by an irrational child living within us, who needs to be dissolved and destroyed. This judgmental attitude toward ones own pain can only create more of it, or worse, compartmentalize part of ourselves. When we do that, we move away from personal wholeness. Tolle would have us live so: with part of us coldly observing and part of us acting, separate and unowned by the observing superior part of ourselves. To me, this is a dissociative state not unlike that experienced by sociopaths.
Religion calls it enlightenment.I call it a breakdown of ones personhood, a destruction of personal integrity and personal identity, an abdication of ones selfhood by the soul. My other articles in the Blowing the Whistle series go more deeply into this. Ive recently just started looking into this. For sometime now Ive been obsessing over truth. Truth is all that matters to me, for once we know the truth, we know how to live. As I am somewhat cynical, I am unsure as what to think of all of this. All I know is that it feels like something keeps pushing me to keep exploring, and I feel like Im getting closer to my goal. Truth.
Henry Ford said, whether you believe you can or can’t, youre probably right.. This just reinforces all of that. There is power in belief, and self-doubt certainly robs us of that power. Believing in this knowledge will only lead to a better future for me. Hearing someone quote something and then hearing the sort-of science behind the quote is what it takes for me to be a believer. I have to rationalize.
Ive read articles where those who say the culprits behind the loosh stealing is Satan and all of his demons. I used to see dark entities as a child. They would watch me and I called them hordaks after the villain in the he-man cartoon. I know other things exist. More advanced beings. Ive experienced sleep-paralysis where I was surrounded by shadows. When I was a child my mothers mini-van was picked up by a bright light while we were driving. These memories I have. I will keep searching and listening to my heart to try and decipher what feels to be right. Hopefully i will find what I am looking for. I have also read the works of Robert Monroe. I thought about all this quite a bit when I was in my early twenties. If the refined form of loosh can be called love, and there are those that harvest it, is it really a problem? Whether we humans produce or harvest love Both feel good. The one who gives love feels not a sense of being drained but there is an abundant energy there as well. Perhaps refined loosh production is indeed the same way? What would a person do with love they could not express? Store it in a jar for another time? Both the giving and receiving of hate, feels awful.At least that is what I perceive to be true for (almost?) all humans. One learns not to hate because of the consequences. It can take a while to learn from our own mistakes or negative actions. I have never seen a person filled with hate and anger that is fulfilled or successful in any meaningful way. Yes, they can gain power.But the plan never works out and they eventually fail and/or are killed by the people who were formerly repressed. With love, It seems we have the opposite: there is infinite growth, opportunity and an increase in the ability to use ones will to succeed. But then the question comes: If I did not receive a negative feeling from my own negative actions, How would I learn? I don’t really enjoy a fire being lit under my ass until I learn, But you have to admit its very effective! I avoid pain and seek pleasure and do believe that every human on this earth is like this. Im afraid you are missing the point here. Loosh is not love, but love combined with angst and suffering. The example Monroe gives in his book is a mother bird fighting to her death in an effort to protect her young. The love intensifies the suffering, and the intense suffering feeds the ehteric vampires. As far as your comment goes that we need negative feelings to turn us around when we take a wrong direction, again that’s missing the point: that vampiric entities instigate and generate suffering in humans and animals so as to feed off of the negative energy of suffering.
Your interpretation of Robert Monroe’s experience sounds a little funny to me. Have you actually read all 3 books? In this particular encounter Monroe was given information from a being who was something like an inter-dimensional tour guide. This was not a high level entity and certainly not an actual graduate of the Human Space/Time Illusion.
One can see this to be true with an example of common human thinking: So lets say you really love someone. You might think to yourself, I want to stay with this person forever What if an emotional habit energy held you to that desire? You might feel an urgent need to return to this loved one at any cost. And so we do. We come back and back again for reasons real or imagined because we just can’t let go. We get caught up in the human drama and die with unfinished business every time around. That unfinished business is what I personally interpret as karma. The human experience sticks to us like glue and keeps us in low orbit.. We are unable to as Monroe puts it reach escape velocity. So perhaps spiritual seekers are those who have had enough of it all and are done with the amusement park, but finding it hard to leave because they are just not done yet? In the book, the naive energy form called goes through a similar scenario. So Impressed by the energy and radiations of a of this system, the lifeform wanted nothing but to gain this status. After the beings first incarnation and death, Robert and this entity’s friend try to snap him out of it. The being does not remember who it was before it came to earth and believes itself to be a male human warrior who had just died in battle not aware that he had died). The strongest desire for this human was to get back into the battle and kill more Romans, or something like that. But of course when he tried to pick up the sword that lay on the ground, his hand passed right through it in bewilderment. This clarity on the Loosh energy is useful as (i don’t mean to move to another topic but the Don Juan Matus said the universe is a predatory universe and we have been taken hostage. He specifically mentions an foreign entity that has taken over our minds) i wished to know under which conditions we Humans can take back control.
I applaude your effort and work and would ask if you have ever read the ideas and actions that Don Jaun Matus and your thoughts on his methods for dealer with the Flyer mind. This is some of the purest and most delicious truth I have ever found, it is akin to the first time I read Far Journeys (in which I found some of the most reliable intel on the why we are here, why suffering, etc. questions).
Blowing out the bliss ninnies (for example the many who are making 6 figures+ selling this 5D New Age junk) is dear to the mind of an iconoclast like myself.
Enlightenment is a painful, brutal business and is only for the strong and courageous. I tend to get ticked at the freedom peddlers who offer easy sounding solutions, but that is my cross to eliminate someday.
What you have written is perfect for the Sedona Method I am practicing, as Lester said, we can’t get rid of the negativity unless we look at it. To beat the system it needs to be done at the macro level. Here we are at the micro level. To get to the macro level, you need to travel the vortex or in quantum physics a wormhole.
Believe me it can be done,and its quite a ride. I think there is some truth in all those so called religion or new age crap, that’s make us attract to it in the first place ( we feel from within that there is something there, but it is so intricate with lies then at the end we been deceive and fall in the trap).
I remember reading some books of Arnaud Desjardins; That he talks about the here and now, and that the past and the future are not reel but only the present ( if we put on the side the fact that we perceive the time as linear; or may be time is an illusion) it make sense. So starting from there if I observe myself with attention I can perceive my thought and see that negative one coming follow by that corresponding emotion. I cannot fight it because it make it stronger, but by just look at it as an neutral observer you do not get move by the emotion. But let say I help someone and I feel good about myself and CHOOSE to let that emotion empower me. And that’s the big word there CHOOSE. From my own experience I realize that not all my thought are really mine, I think those non biological being of are feeding on us (that how Don Juan in Carlos Castaneda writhing called them) try to influence us to like you said Bronte make holes in the pipes so they can have a feast. Know yourself is a key to freedom, I believe in that because knowledge is power.
It’s like TM, I think youre friend who changed the mantra for some word of her invention is on to something. Every time I tried to go back to it (not anymore) ; because I was missing that calming effect. I start back (for a week or two) by just sitting there eyes closed and quietly observe as neutral as possible everything was going on in my mind, it calm me down deeply and all the positive effects come back too ( focus concentration,.) But every time I was getting back to that mantra all the positive get away. I read somewhere that the truth are hidden in plain site but mix with all the lies and entrapment to make sure we get confuse and deceived. I think we have to question and question everything, like when I was a kid and start to think for myself and question everything was around and perceive even the answers I received I questioned. I am responsible for my own growth, my health, and more I take my responsibilities for me ( spiritually, physically,) and less I lean on something or someone more Im getting my power back. That even go for the food ( I am not there yet ; but working to it) , if you are dependent on someone or something (groceries,.) for feeding yourself they have power over you. More you are independent and self sufficient for everything ( to a certain extent; because we need the others and I think we are not design to live alone and a desert area) more you gain back power and reel freedom.
Just as an example let say price of oil go to the roof in one day ( 300, 400 % raise or more) and it can happen trust me. Some peoples have so much power, influence and money that they can do it in snap of a finger. Whatrquote s is gonna happen to the deliveries to your groceries store ? And if the foodstuff and commodity finely get there what is gone be the price ? What about those peoples who can’t afford it ? You get a chance to be rob between the doors and your car.
I don’t want to be alarmist, do not get in the fear mode but think about it. Get youre freedom and power back. Some good points there, Truth Seeker. A couple of comments we can exist in the company of others without being co-dependent on each other. What about a community of empowered individuals, together because they enjoy each other rather than because they need each other? As far as \’93observing negative thoughts and emotions\’94 goes, that\rquote s one of those popular dogmas I don \rquote t ascribe to. In my experience, simply observing is a form of allowing. What actually works is to notice the undesirable thought or emotion, and order it away. This is quite different from refusing to notice it (a form of repression, that only exacerbates the negativity). You’ll find several articles on this blog where I explain techniques in detail for banishing destructive thoughts and emotions. Here’s a simple loosh fix. I often receive information upon awakening and this is it for this problem. Claim your loosh and specify that it is NOT to be stolen, that you will give it out consciously to only those you wish to give it to.
Loosh is stolen during time of emotion (the greater the emotion, the more you become a beacon), which is why after you have an emotional response, you feel drained. Because, quite literally, you are. No one has mentioned the energy drain after sex, but it there.
Since making this announcement aloud and forcibly, I am feeling MUCH more centered and strong. I intend to continue to make this statement loudly and forcibly until I completely vibrate at this frequency. I have often had this nagging feeling that we are trapped here. This is indeed a prison planet. Who are our captors? The New World Order? The reptilians? The annunaki? Are they all the same or at least very closely related? Why is there so much suppression of knowledge, spread of misinformation, and outright ignorance? I took an anthropology class in college and was very disillusioned with academia. My teacher talked about all of the fossils of hominids, sudden appearances of technology/civilization/agriculture, and then just started talking about us humans now.
There was obviously a major jump between hominids and humans. None of our current interpretations really answer the question, unless you are willing to consider that we were (re)engineered. That we existed before (perhaps as hominids..whatever you want to call that when they show the line up of evolution), an extraterrestrial race tampered with our DNA, and here we are. My biology professors have tried to convince me of junk DNA- DNA that supposedly does not code for anything. If nature has taught me anything, it’s efficiency. I do not believe that we would carry anything that serves no purpose. I believe it is within this junk DNA that shows just how closely interconnected we are with intergalactic species.
This raises another question. Why create us? Considering that the system is as you said, one that survives off of the sacrifice of others, then it makes sense that we are a resource. A resource of labor, of loosh. Something to be harvested. I believe that the gnostics were talking about these extraterrestrial races, the gods, when they talked about the demiurge.
The best thing that I’ve read in your articles is hope. As limitless/infinite beings of love and co-creators, we have the ability to manifest change. Many people like to talk about manifesting reality through thought (which I particularly enjoyed your article about that by the way). I do believe that thought is the cause and manifest reality is the effect. However, I think we also have to be sure that our actions align with our thoughts. That we do everything we can to remember that we are love. To show we are love. Just to be love. Thought + action. In a crisis, people do begin to talk about seeking God. But even as they suffer, they do not want to admit that they have sinned and must change their beliefs and their actions. While God might not respond to America’s national day of prayer, He will respond to individual, heartfelt prayers of repentance. He may have already responded to personal prayers from some who suffered these recent tragedies, if they are willing to turn from sin and obey Him. What an interesting conversation!
Loosh. Rare to find people discussing this energy. As a seeker, I have spent a great deal of time reflecting, and observing, trying to comprehend this hidden part of life since I first encountered it as a young man. I, too, had a strong reaction and disgust when I realized that our universe is predatory. To exist, a lion must kill, horribly and violently, to feed its cubs even though that seems evil to the zebra. How do we resolve this contradiction? Finding a true Master. A real Master is someone who knows this old cosmic game, and has figured out how to navigate these waters. But a true Master is hard to find, and Masters hardly mention loosh directly, because I think on some level it is forbidden. They do hint a heck of a lot about it, though. See Dario Salas Sommer’s (pen name John Baines) The Stellar Man, for an interesting cosmic description of this loosh system and what part we play in it. Most don’t know that Gurjieff’s work sometimes called the way of the sly man was about working to become someone who had learned to slip through the cracks of this system. As a race, we humans are a bit narcissistic, vainly believing that the next step up above us is the Creator of the Universe. Most of our sacred texts only give us the slightest hint that there are other levels of being higher than us, yet not at the top.. Perhaps, even though we have within us the divine spark of the creator, there is a lot of mischief that can happen with our older brothers, who we might mistakenly call God.. I guess if we planted a garden, our tomatoes, if they had a tiny bit more consciousness, would mistakenly think of us as God, and pray to us about helping them.
Realm Breach The ultimate objective of any hyperdimensional ambush is realm breach, the penetration through a realm boundary. Like a syringe breaking through skin, realm breach allows direct injection of disruptive influences into the target realm. This operation consists of three steps: stalking, baiting, and bridging.
Stalking is the act of reading the weaknesses of a target and moving into position to exploit those weaknesses. This is achieved either through remote monitoring or direct sampling of the auric field. Methods of remote monitoring include remote viewing and data gathered through neural implants. Throughout the entire history of this physical universe, vast areas of space have been taken over and colonized by IS-BE societies who invade and take over new areas of space in this fashion. In the past, these invasions have always shared common elements: the overwhelming use of force of arms, usually with nuclear or electronic weapons. mind control of the IS-BEs in the invaded area through the use of electroshock, drugs, hypnosis, erasure of memory and the implantation of false memory or false information intended to subjugate and enslave the local IS-BE population. take over of natural resources by the invading IS-BEs. political, economic and social slavery of the local population. These activities continue in present time.
Another important mechanism used in the reproductive process, especially with Homo Sapiens type bodies, is the implantation of a “chemical-electrical trigger” mechanism 207 (Footnote) in the body. The “trigger” which attracts IS-BEs to inhabit a human body, or any kind of par “flesh body”, is the use of an artificially imprinted electronic wave which uses “aesthetic pain” to attract the IS-BE.
Every trap in the universe, including those used to capture IS-BEs who remain free, is “baited” with an aesthetic electronic wave. The sensations caused by the aesthetic wavelength are more attractive to an IS-BE than any other sensation. When the electronic waves of pain and beauty are combined together, this causes the IS-BE to get “stuck” in the body.
FRV
The lower your FRV, the more you exist on the level of mechanical passivity or reactivity, and the lower your place on the ladder of causality, meaning you are more easily manipulable, have more buttons to push, and are more detached from objective reality. Basically an extremely low FRV pushes you deeper into the STS (service-to-self, aka dark or negative) predator/prey dynamic. Those with low and unstable FRVs sometimes come off as emotionally unstable and delusional.
The higher your FRV, the more you tend towards being consciously active instead of mechanically passive or reactive, the higher your place on the ladder of causality, and the less you are at the mercy of baser impulses, manipulations, delusions, and hysteria. Those with higher FRV are good natured and emotionally stable, grounded in reality, and give off a positive vibe. Through resonance and necessity, FRV also determines what themes of experience you tune into and therefore attract. This is covered more deeply in my article:
Realm Dynamics. To summarize, those with low FRV resonate with harsher and stranger experiences because that intensity is needed to evoke some glimmer of truly conscious response, while the conscious consideration that comes with higher FRV means learning and growth can come more gently. Therefore having a higher FRV means attracting a smoother and more positively sync hronistic train of experiences.
But the vibrational frequency spectrum alone is not the sole factor involved here. Its amplitude and purity matters as well. The average person may have a weak and muddied spectrum somewhere in the middle, while sophisticated dark beings have a high amplitude spectrum clustered on the lower frequencies, opposite for sophisticated positive beings.
Now, the stronger the amplitude, the more strongly it affects local experiential reality. People who have a strong low FRV can bias the synchronistic nature of their local reality to such a degree that they pull in highly improbable and thus strange experiences of a traumatic and disturbing nature. The stronger the amplitude of high FRV, the more reality biases towards things magically working out for the being in question, as though reality bends around them.
What of a weakened amplitude? Well, even if the frequency is high, with too low an amplitude it has little effect upon local reality. In fact, that can disconnect one from the synchronistic flow since the broadcast signal is weaker. We ll return to this point in a moment.
Where exactly does FRV reside in a person? Rudolf Steiner has this to say: It is not possible to draw a fixed boundary between the changes that take place as a result of the activity of the I in the astral body and those that take place in the ether body, since they blend into each other. If something we learn enhances our faculty of judgment, a change has taken place in the astral body, but if this judgment changes our state of mind so that we become accustomed to feeling differently about a subject after having learned about it, then a change has taken place in the ether body. Everything we take possession of in such a way that we can recall it again and again is based on a change in the ether body. Anything that gradually becomes an entrenched part of the wealth of our memory rests on the fact that the work performed on the astral body has been transferred to the ether body. The I is not working on the astral body when we simply give ourselves up to pleasure and suffering, joy and pain, but only when idiosyncrasies of these soul qualities begin to change. Likewise, this work extends to the ether body when our I applies its activity to changing our traits of character, our temperament, and so on. ( Outline of Esoteric Science )
Magnetic North Pole is Shifting into a Supervolcano 🌋
Stefan Burns 89.9K subscribers
Join
Subscribe views 20 Aug 2024 #geophysics #supervolcano #poleshift Earth’s magnetic north pole is now moving into one of the largest known supervolcano systems on Earth. What could result from this and is there a cause for concern?
Will Earth’s Magnetic Field cause this Supervolcano to Explode? • Will Earth’s Magnetic Field cause thi…
December 2023 – State of the Geomagnetic Field https://www.ncei.noaa.gov/sites/g/fil…
✅ Subscribe to my channel: @StefanBurns 🥇 Become a special member and join the Sol Tribe, plus other perks! / @stefanburns
eBooks and Courses: 🥑 Holistic Gut Health Guide (88 pages): https://wildfreeorganic.com/store/hol… Use code “GUTHELP” for 10% off 🪐 Planetary Resonances eCourse (20 hours)! https://wildfreeorganic.com/planetary… Use code “LIONSGATE” for 8% off till end of August. Please note that you have to sign up and create an account first, and then the purchase page appears 🌐 Earth’s Magnetic Field Master Guide (2 hours): https://wildfreeorganic.gumroad.com/l…
Hi everyone, geophysicist Stefan Burns here and we’re going to discuss the shift of the north magnetic pole into the Gakkel Supervolcano system one of the largest supervolcanoes that exist on Earth. As many of you know the north magnetic pole has been moving and quite rapidly since the 1990s and so now it is just at the edge of the goal supervolcano system and based on its current velocity which is about 40 km per year it will reach the other edge of the supervolcano system in about 25 to 30 years for your information.
I already created a 1-hour deep dive on this topic examining Gakkel supervolcano, Gakkel Ridge its past geologic history and the movement of the north magnetic pole through the supervolcano system and what that could pend an electromagnetic Chain Reaction occurred on August 17th 2024 and this is why it’s important to understand the movement of the north magnetic pole over the Gakkel supervolcano system cuz what we saw on that day is that there was a solar storm impact that was quite sudden creating a very powerful interplanetary shock we had a G3 geostorm as a result very quickly and this was so sudden that it triggered a magnitude 7 earthquake in Russia and just 65 miles to the north at the same time a volcanic eruption occurred sending ash 8 km up into the atmosphere and so we see this link between solar activity and solar storm impacts geomagnetic storms earthquakes and volcanoes and with a geomagnetic storm you’re getting big fluctuations in Earth’s magnetic field and this resulted with a very powerful magnitude 7 earthquake and a volcanic eruption nearby so as it relates to the movement of the north magnetic pole over a supervolcano we have to look at this very closely because we don’t want an electromagnetic chain reaction to occur in that geophysical system or else it could go Kaboom.
That at least is the theory and here we’re looking at the Gakkel supervolcano system most notably is this Caldera at the very end of Gakkel Ridge and this was just recently discovered via bathymetric surveying and what they found was evidence of a massive supervolcano explosion that occurred about 1 million years ago and the volume of this Caldera is 3,000 cubic km indicating that this is one of the most massive supervolcano explosions that’s ever been found on our planet.
If this supervolcano is no longer active the movement of the north magnetic pole wouldn’t really be that impactful but we still see active volcanism in this area in 1999 there was a huge earthquake swarm on Gakkel Ridge the biggest earthquake swarm ever recorded on a mid ocean ridge and what we saw from that were the creation of new volcanoes deep below the ocean and pyroclastic flows that occurred under kilometers and kilometers of water indicating that supervolcano system is still very much alive then there was another seismic swarm that occurred February 2018 we see this shaded in red and we also see other features of the supervolcano like Regional basement uplift and magnetic anomalies off on the edge of the system so we know it’s still alive and well and active.
And now we have the north magnetic pole moving through the zone for the next 30 years we can understand why a supervolcano exists in this location in the Arctic.
By better understanding the overall Global plate tectonics at play here is Gakkel Caldera at the very end of Gakkel Ridge which is the northern most part of the mid-atlantic ocean ridge system and this is the slowest spreading Center in the world. Rates here are about 1 cm per year down to even 6 mm per year whereas the rest of the mid-atlantic spreading Center is much faster at rates of about 2 cm 3 cm even 5 or 6 cm per year. Here’s Iceland we know there’s a mantel plume there and then we have this mid ocean ridge going all the way down . This oceanic crust being reduced here the plates are spreading apart but what happens is this slows down up in the Arctic Ocean and then it culminates with a supervolcano because as this Ridge slows down progressively as you get closer and closer and closer to the very end a lot of that magmatic energy in plate tectonic energy convective energy from the mantle has to go somewhere so it stores up in these really big magma reservoirs just under under the crust and guess what the crust is exceedingly thin here and the carbon percentage needed to create these sort of volcanoes and pyroclastic flows that we observed from that 1999 earthquake swarm and volcanism are over 13.5% which is a order magnitude greater than along the rest of the mid-atlantic spreading centers so very unique geologic properties here at the very end of the Gakkel Ridge and there is a supervolcano there which the north magnetic pole is moving over.
Why is that important the reason that’s important is because at the north magnetic pole is where you have energy coming in from interplanetary space and from solar wind it’s an inward-facing field and so most of the mass from the Sun most of the energetic particles from the Sun flow down that Northern polar field cusp and then interact with the atmosphere and interact with the ocean and interact with the lithosphere at that north magnetic pole location. Of course there’s a broader Zone around it where these particles are flowing in but the north magnetic pole is going to be the primary location where you get that energy depositing into the Earth and so as the north magnetic pole moves through the Gakkel supervolcano system this is going to be a period of time where there’s going to be greater solar energy loading into a known supervolcano right under the surface of some extremely thin oceanic crust effectively.
What they found at the Gakkel Ridge and near that Caldera is that the oceanic crust is so thin that some places The Mantel is actually exposed directly at the ocean bottom and so if there are big changes to the supervolcano system there it gets energized and then destabilizes there’s not much of a protective cap sealing It Off from explosion and because of its high volatile content when it does explode it is extremely explosive like we saw with the Caldera it ejected 3,000 cubic kilometers of material which is much more than the past Yellowstone eruption that occurred about 600,000 years ago.
Now you may be asking yourself why is the north magnetic pole moving in the first place and the best theory for that is based on the magnetic field strength and different flux slopes that exist in the northern hemisphere there is a flux lobe in in Canada where the strength is about 58,000 nanotesla and then there is a flux lobe in Siberia where the strength is about 61,000 nanotesla and just 30 40 50 years ago the Canadian flux lobe is much stronger and the Siberian flux lob is weaker but the Siberian one has been strengthening quite a lot over the past few decades while the Canadian one has weakened and this is theorized to have caused the north magnetic pole to have moved over to this other flux lobe and geologic evidence suggests that this occurs on a fairly regular basis every few thousand years and so this isn’t anything out of the ordinary at this moment in time.
If we start to get the north magnetic pole shifting well beyond this flux lobe then that would indicate that we are in a geomagnetic Excursion and if we get the poles to flip and to stabilize over a few thousand years then that’s a geomagnetic reversal but as of right now what the evidence suggests is that the north magnetic pole has moved from this Canadian flux lope and will settle eventually near this Siberian flux lobe of greater magnetic field strength the shift of the poles gets a lot of attention and so it’s important to be aware of how we got the location for the Magnetic North Pole over time. If we go back we see the first location is for 1831 and then from that point on there were different expeditions to find the Magnetic North Pole we see this location here in 1904 1948 1962 1973 so on so forth we see how it accelerated starting in the 90s and then in 2007 we have our last actual Institute measurement of the Magnetic North Pole using a magnetic dip needle Compass this is a type of compass that will Point vertically exactly 90° down towards the surface perpendicular to the surface indicating where there is zero horizontal magnetic field strength and 100% of the magnetic field strength is in the vertical component telling you that is where the Magnetic North Pole is. And so we have this location exactly of the Magnetic North Pole in 2007 since then we have modeled locations of the Magnetic North Pole they developed World magnetic models and using the first three Gauss coefficients they were able to calculate a pretty accurate location for the Magnetic North Pole and that’s what they’ve been doing ever since because it’s a lot easier to do that than to send an expedition out to the Arctic and measure the actual location in-situ of the Magnetic North Pole as it’s shifting and the boat is rocking there’s ice flows and you can imagine how crazy it is.
And also for your information I checked on Yandex and searched in Russian to see if I could find any sort of Institute measurement of the Magnetic North Pole recent in time that the Russians have done but they haven’t done anything as far as I can tell.
So we have the world magnetic model for the location of the Magnetic North Pole we see this in 2015 2020 is when that model is released and then we see our location for 2024 here are the coordinates you can type those in yourself on Google Earth if you want and here is their estimated location for 2025. A new world magnetic model will come out that year and we know that the Magnetic North Pole has been deaccelerating recently now only moving about 40 km per year before it was moving faster at 60 km per year and you can look through that data Yourself by reading through the state of the magnetic field report that came out December 2023 Linked In the video description.
If we zoom out our perspective we see the Gakkel supervolcano system here is the old Caldera that exploded about 1.1 million years ago here is that 1999 earthquake swarm that resulted in new volcanism and pyroclastic flows on the ocean bottom.
Extremely rare never observed before and then we have the 2018 seismic swarm that occurred in these red shaded areas so this entire area there is this Gakkel supervolcano system we don’t know where the area of Maximum magma concentration is. It could be this Zone here it could be near the old Caldera it could be maybe closer towards the ridge but it seems that it’s more likely to be on the Eastern side because we have more active spreading. Here on the western side of Gakkel Ridge here the spreading is faster more active and then we have this storing up of energy here you can even see on Google Earth how the ridge kind of flattens out and weakens and so it’s likely that this supervolcano is lurking in this Zone here which is exactly where the Magnetic North Pole will be moving through if it keeps its trajectory and as we saw with that electromagnetic chain reaction changes to Earth’s magnetic field can trigger earthquakes and can trigger vulcanism and so if there is a really big solar storm impact and energy being funneled down that Northern polar cusp directly into Gakkel supervolcano and it’s already at a critical stress threshold then it’s possible not highly likely in terms of geologic time but it is possible that that could destabilize that system and so this is very important to know. Because if a supervolcano was to go off here it would evaporate and blast a bunch of material and water into the atmosphere and dramatically change our weather and climate for a long period of time and so we haven’t had the Magnetic North Pole move through this Zone in a while we don’t exactly know the last time it did. But we know that the Magnetic North Pole has been hanging out near this Canadian flux lobe for hundreds of years now it’s speeding up and charging towards the Siberian flux low which takes it right through this critical volcanic . So I wanted to bring that to your attention it’s not a high likelihood in terms of the actual geologic probability but we know this area is still active because in 1999 we had that largest earthquake swarm ever to occur on a mid ocean ridge that was 6 months long there was new volcanism that occurred we had this 18 seismic swarm that also occurred both in the same area this may be our super-volcano hot spot right . But it also could be further in this zone in general this whole area here really is the highest probability location for the super-volcano to exist and that is the exact trajectory for magnetic north right now.
If we put a line going from 2015 through 2024 2025 we see it passing directly through that zone this this is one of the biggest energy systems on our planet that everyone should be aware of and it’s currently active and at play right now especially because of the movement of the Magnetic North Pole through the Gakkel super-volcano system which will bring with it more solar energy and mass directly to that location especially with more solar storm impacts and increased solar wind strength and that’s occurring right now because we are at solar maximum we have the highest solar activity that we’ve seen in 20 years and if the trend continues then this will be the strongest solar cycle since solar cycle 19 in the late 50s which is one of the strongest solar Cycles on record.
And so we are kind of in unprecedented times right now because back in the late 50s the Magnetic North Pole was way over here in Canada we see 1948 we see 1973 62 this whole Zone it was well away from Gakkel Caldera and this super-volcano system but now the Magnetic North Pole is right in that zone and so it’s something to be aware of if you like to learn more I have this deep dive for you to watch on the left side of your screen I highly recommend you do that and share this video with anyone that you think would be interested thank you all so much for watching and have a great day
Three day’s of darkness https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iovrP884T6A
WARNING! 3 DAYS OF DARKNESS – THIS VIDEO MAY SHOCK YOU! (42)
The Truth Can Change Your Life 526K subscribers
705 views Premiered 107 minutes ago #5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness I am also starting Patreon, I am putting all my censored videos here: 💖 / truthcanchangeyourlifeofficial
Support my work on Subscribestar: https://www.subscribestar.com/truth-c…
Special thanks for your support joining our Youtube membership
Join us on 👇: 💜 / truthcanchangeyourlife 💜 / 384441361989233
Voice-over Recording , Audio & Video Production by Truth Can Change Your Life Youtube Channel
5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness
Transcript
The three days of darkness. Explanation/instructions
Dear brothers it was with great joy that we have came through this channel to complete the missing information so that you understand what is happening at the planetary transition level and the socalled Three Days of Darkness.
This information that we will transmit to you of essential light codes to share and spread they are a kind of antidotes to neutralize insecurity and the energy of fear which are generated by so many erroneous assumptions about the three days of darkness.
Errors the cause the vast majority a certain Panic which in turn Pursuits denser energies that is not good. So let’s clarify what those days will be like and why they are necessary so that instead of fear you wake up you have a clearer vision of this period that will forever change the course of life on your planet. We know that many of you have been wondering about this topic.
156 million years ago and not 320,000 years ago as some think a new species was being created the human species the original human who lived on Earth for a long time each Earth has portals for various parts of the universe. Ferus Arcturus Andromeda pleads Oran among many others making it easy for various civilizations to access the planet Agartha as this planet was called until the times of Loria and Atlantis which is after the fall of these two civilizations was renamed Gaia for future civilizations and is now called planet Earth.
However for us the original name of your planet is still aarta because he has such a an easily accessible location for various other civilizations in the universe aarta was chosen so that we could create a new species a species that could freely enter other dimensions and visit other spheres through interdimensional portals.
That is to say your body was like a type of vehicle capable of using these portals without the need for any other vehicle or conditions among the genetic scientists and other Specialists who were working on the development of this perfect species there were also the draconian who intended to remove the species from The Source reducing their connection to the central sunlight which was already relatively distant for knowing how the species would develop.
Since if they were always connected they would have no way of knowing how the species would behave far from The Source or what would happen if they traveled far beyond for Central son and if they were lost or disconnected from The Source.
At first it seemed like a good idea for the board they also hypothesized that a species was evolved and created after so much work technology and energy invested would need more security since they did not know what awaited them in the infinite that is the universe.
So the plan was to create even greater protection also preventing from being possible to enter the planet except that this protection would also prevent from being possible to live it.
We realized that this could be something irreversible if we all got caught up in this orb we tried to reverse the situation in the council but the Agharta realize they had acquired greater power over this quadrant so they demanded everyone follow their suggestions because they believed that due to the fact that they had Superior war power and greater control of a creation through their Technologies.
They were developed with the help of all of us they deserved a prominent position in the council clear advice.
I would never agree to that something saar would promote millions of years after the fall of Atlantis and Loria those who were under the whs of protection. They were being created then decided to leave before it was too late but others remained as in the case of 12 Consciousness that sacrifice themselves to stay alive in the heart of each Being.
Human unconditioned love of the source because in this way no matter how much the connection with the cosmos was completely cut off, the flame of Love would be lit in their hearts this conscious gave rise to the 12 crystal skulls 6 to 6 million years ago. The arkans also reversed aa’s magnetic poles because they knew that in this way aasta would become denser since everything that rotates Contra clockwise generates density and everything that rotates clockwise is more subtiele
Agarta is currently rotating in a position to the Natural flow of the entire Cosmos so sea shells plants and everything in the universe are spiraling clockwise. To maintain this inverted position the moon was strategically positioned always turning to the same side so that the modifications made by them were maintained. Therefore they were sure that the Earth would not return to her normal axis but they made all these changes. Suddenly it was what caused the extinction of the dinosaurs after that episode agharta had other rest thoughts one of which caused the Deluge that was deliberately caused by this nonl species trying to control the planet and cause global catastrophes or the moon hit the ocean. The Waters of the Ocean Rose thus covering the entire planet even today it is possible to see the signs of the Shar and the display M of water at the top of the hills in Portugal in Africa and also on the surface of the planet where was previously the ocean.
Indigo with this impact the hills of the Himalayas the highest mountain range on the planet located between the plain the South and the Tibetan PL were formed in the depths of the ocean. Biological sediments are made up of shells of few types of plantonic organisms a type of sedimentary rock of biological origin made entirely of shell fragments.
With the impact of the Moon these shells were transferred to the top of the mountains forming yellowish calcium rocks.
The reversal of Earth magnetic poles to the original position began in 2009 in 2013 a gigantic meteorite was in a collision course with Earth and would cause a massive Global cataclysm. The meteorite which are in turn disintegrate by the galactic fleet hitting only a small part of Earth in Russia where only a few people were injured. But there was no death Earth was already been aligned by fleets so it slowly Returns the right without the major catastrophe or the extinction of the human species. If Earth’s pole were suddenly reversed it would again cause destruction through major earthquakes and tital waves.
Two gigantic spaceships have been been positioned and approaching since 2009. What are a zigmas the ship of Archangel Michael and the athenna ship of the arcturians these SPAC ships are made up of Consciousness and within them there are still other Consciousness humans in their original form using 100% of their brain capacity. Can take whatever shape they want these beings as in the case of Archangel Michael can become aware and design a ship. So as hmus is consciousness by Archangel Michael the Earth has a gravitational force just like the Moon that was positioned so that through these interactions between the gravitational forces the Earth would remain in the counterclockwise position where the arkans placed it.
So in order for the earth to return to its original position the action of the other gravitational forces is necessary. The ships are interfering with the rotation of the earth and as these two ships get closer the Earth will slow down until it comes to complete stop. After completing this process these spacecraft will slowly drift away so that the Earth will slowly rotate clockwise again. Therefore without much movement each is placed at one end of Earth magnetic poles slowing down the planet’s rotation until it stops spinning completely. In the final moments of this intervention one of the ships will be placed in front of the Sun where it will also stop and begin to move away slowly so that the Earth turns again clockwise. This journey will take 3 days causing the 3 days of darkness. This is the time that will take for the ship to make the journey staying between the Sun and Earth and returning the same way. It entered the electrical electronic devices and everything that contains electricity electromagnetism will stop working due to the approach of this ships.
A few days before all beings on planet Earth will hear a signal that will warn them of what will happen. A last call from Mother Mary who will speak in ear for all her sons and daughters who will remain without a doubt especially the awakened ones who will clearly understand the sign on that day.
All human and nonhuman beings every being with a PR bra be it human or animal will freeze along the planet Earth and only return to their Mor activities after the Earth begins to spin again in clockwise. On that day everyone will be aware of everything that happens around them but they will not be able to move. This may may be scary but there is nothing to fear because when the Earth rotates to her original Direction you will return to all your abilities and MTAR coordination when your bodies in the Earth are paralyzed. All the dimensions parallel to the third Dimensions will interact there will be no difference between the living and the dead it will be possible to see all the dimensions at the time of this transition.
You will make a brief transition to Fourth Dimension and when aarta returns to its original axis you will be in the f F Dimension.
The third dimension will cease to exist as it’s a denser Dimension a density that was deliberately generated by the change in Earth’s rotation after 3 days of darkness.
You will have contact with all beings that have already in The Fifth Dimension and the the Earth will be on her original axis fully connect to the essential sunlight that will be the cause of the three days of darkness. Have confidence love the time to practice meditation inner peace unconditional love is now. Because this way you will move smoothly to the transition point without fear just trusting that everything will be fine and that is necessary so that everything returns to the plan source.
Source in this three days do not open the door of your houses keep all windows and doors closed and do not allow anyone in your family to leave the house because their bodies can be paralyzed at any time.
Take the necessary precautions to make them feel comfortable in your home.
At the time planes can fall traffic accidents can occur among other things can cause by physical paralysis when that happens you will know what is is happening.
You and your loved ones will also count on the help of your Cosmic families Soul families mentors and guides who at this moment will be much closer to you due to the crossing of Dimensions. Even those who are not awake your pets will also be paral Iz however they will make a very natural transition because they have never disconnected from aarta beings that are still vibrating with hatred pain fear that are vibrating in a very low frequency pattern or still very attached to limiting beliefs will not not make the transition in the physical body.
These bodies will cease to exist along with the third dimension and their souls they will pass to other orbs that are compatible with their vibratory frequency.
There is no space or time for the spirit so when one dreams he is simply somewhere else without having to travel a path it will be like a dream for these people they will wake up in another orb so that they can continue their cycle of evolution.
The moment you are paralyzed do not open the door of your heart to doubts in any way keep the faith to the end especially as you go through this moment of transition.
Trust in Divine wisdom do not low your vibrations everything that still vibrates in the third dimension will cease to exist in aarta will only incarnate souls and being that already vibrate in the Fifth Dimension. And those who go through the transition will have the option to continue for a while and then they will have the option to continue with their original family their original orb or to follow their evolutionary processes or they choose because the source determined it at the time of transition.
It it becomes difficult to stay focused and focus on the higher vibrations; repeat this Mantra I am light I am free I am one with source, so that you can dispel any low vibration feelings that maybe are bothering you. No matter what you say use that time to work on your own always stay safe and vibrant everything will be fine after this information there is more to come.
In the 3 years of the pandemic between 2020 and 2023 there were more than 30 million excess deaths across 125 countries now we’ve been led to believe by the authorities that there’s one obvious cause for this but the authors of a brand new study call this into question. They explicitly say that the data do not support the theory that a viral respiratory disease could account for all of those deaths so the question we’re left with what was the real cause.
This thing is 521 pages long and it was reported on extensively by Children’s Health defense now let’s look at what they found so over the 3-year period they studied.
The number of excess deaths meaning more people dying over Baseline they looked at this in 35% of the global population that’s approximately 2.7 billion people so the number of excess deaths meaning people who shouldn’t have ordinarily died uh from all causes was about 31 million people so you will know the conventional narrative however um the authors highlight some pretty large inconsistencies in that theory.
First of all: one of these inconsistencies was that looking at the pattern of deaths with a viral pathogen according to the authors you would expect a gradual uh increase over time as a virus spread through a population however what they found instead was that immediately after certain countries had implemented um or declared a pandemic you saw massive spikes massive surges in deaths um this is not really to be expected what this ultimately suggests according to the authors is that the response may have actually been one of the main culprits uh rather than the pathogen itself.
Now another problem they found was significant variation in the rate of mortality across different places and different political jurisdictions some of which were extremely close to each other like on each other’s borders okay so just to give an example you might have two different countries bordering on one another.
You may have two states or even two counties and each of those um implements different measures protective measures they say now um what they find is that in one of those areas the death rate is very high another oneis very low and you can’t necessarily explain that via the spread of a virus. That’s not to say that the virus is not spreading but the fact that there’s loads of deaths in one place and not many deaths in another place when they’re so close together means that it might not be the virus that’s actually responsible for those deaths.
Like they say this is not compatible with the ordinary spread of a pathogen which essentially doesn’t understand the concept of borders so according to the authors once again this is further evidence that the reason for such high death rates in certain places may not have been due to the pathogen itself but because of the measures which were put in place.
Now to give you some examples of this let’s look at medical practices which were uh implemented for these patients one of those was intubation they were given oxygen directly into the lungs now it was shown that giving oxygen to someone with this particular kind of condition well it’s one of the worst things that could occur CU it caused massive oxidative stress and essentially causes lungs to shut down. And so in many cases the intubation itself which was a medical treatment was actually killing many people likewise there are certain medications which you probably all know of which were allowed in some places and banned in other places and so patients simply were not being able to have access to a medication which really worked and they were being given something else which actually uh reduced the likelihood of survival.
Now another really interesting Trend that they found was there was a high variability in deaths within each country over time so for example some places had no excess mortality for over a year and then all of a sudden they had an unexpected surge in mortality for no identifiable reason.
Now with the spread of a pathogenic virus you would expect to see a gradual increase over time and then weaning down as a patient becomes um immune to that they develop immunity however um that’s not what you saw in some places and of course many of these surges in excess deaths also coincidentally uh occurred after the administration of a certain medical procedure which we all know about.
So according to the authors all of these factors combined disprove the theory that these excess deaths were solely due to a viral respiratory disease.
Just to summarize the key points in this paper well as soon as some countries declared a pandemic and started implementing all of those really strict measures um they saw massive surges in mortality, other countries that didn’t do that didn’t see the same level of mortality. Next they found massive differences in the rate of people dying um in places that were very close to each other so there would be super high deaths in one political jurisdiction and then just next door there would be very few deaths and finally as opposed to like a gradual increase over time in all of these different countries they found that there were really random surges some super high at some point and then low sometimes no deaths for over a year and that can’t be explained via the natural spread of a viral pathogen.
So according to these authors all of these findings combined are basically sufficient to disprove this Theory now don’t get me wrong I’m not saying that it wasn’t a killer cuz clearly it was for some people but something is wrong here um and there are other causes so in this paper the authors argue that there were other factors obviously responsible.
Um which looking back we all know already and we can appreciate uh of everything they found they identified two factors which were strongly associated with excess deaths one was the proportion of elderly in a community and another one was the number of people living in poverty.
Now importantly they go on to say that these two groups of people are going to be the most vulnerable to external changes to society and to Medical practice so obviously old people are more likely to die but old people are also more likely to be coerced into accepting Medical Treatments that they may not necessarily know anything about.
They may not have a wise support n work and they might not have the time or inclination or energy or brain power to be able to research any kind of in intervention. So they are quite vulnerable think about the people who are on a low income okay they have been placed off work they’re stuck in lockdown they’re not getting paid much they can’t work from home they can’t order food and ultimately they have to pay month by month they’re basically living pay paycheck to paycheck so many people were really struggling to make ends meet and this is a kind of underlying low-level stressor that is always going to be there for someone who is struggling to put food on the table.
And people were put through it for years okay for years and people were isolated in their homes alone they weren’t able to see their friends they weren’t able to socialize many people lost family members and ultimately um that is a major cause for what the authors in this paper call biological stress and this leads us to their hypothesis of the real causes of those deaths so they they’ve laid out three causes which they think could count for uh the vast number of people that did pass away during that time.
That are not likely due to a viral pathogen so first is going to be biological stress which they say encompasses psychological stress as well this is from the mandates this is from the lockdowns all of the crazy stuff that they put people through pure evil what was done.
The second is going to be interventions medical interventions which were not shots um but which were uh the mechanical ventilators the incubators giving people oxygen spoke about the problem with that but also with um drugs which were uh not very effective which sometimes worsen outcomes but which people or some people were making massive profits from a massive amount of money and so these were pushed on the population when there were more effective and safe uh drugs available.
And finally the certain medical procedure that we all know about and I’ve spoken about at length but I’m not going to talk about in this video so according to these authors these three factors which were basically all avoidable which were completely unnecessary.
These three factors potentially contributed to the death of over 30 million people over those 3 years now the truth is we don’t know how many of those excess deaths were because of a viral pathogen and how many were not. However they make some very good points in this paper and they highlight that probably a really large portion of those people shouldn’t have died so if you want to learn more about this highly recommend checking out the paper and you can read uh the article which covers the basics.
The COVID-19 lab-leak theory — far from being a myth or conspiracy theory — is supported by a “preponderance of evidence” U.S. senators today acknowledged in a historic bipartisan hearing.
Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Chairman Gary Peters, a Democratic senator from Michigan, and ranking member Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) led the two-hour committee hearing examining the available evidence on the origins of COVID-19. CHD.TV aired the hearing.
The Chinese government refuses to release key data from the Wuhan Institute of Virology from around the time COVID-19 emerged, making it difficult to assess the lab-leak theory and come to a conclusion.
Nonetheless, much evidence points toward a lab leak rather than a natural spillover from animals, according to both expert witnesses Steven C. Quay, M.D., Ph.D. — CEO of Atossa Therapeutics Inc. and former faculty member at Stanford University’s School of Medicine — and Richard H. Ebright, Ph.D., professor of chemistry and chemical biology and lab director at the Waksman Institute of Microbiology at Rutgers University.
Ebright is also on the leadership team of Biosafety Now, a nongovernmental organization that “advocates for reducing numbers of high-level biocontainment laboratories and for strengthening biosafety, biosecurity, and biorisk management for research on pathogens.”
‘1 in a billion’ chance COVID emerged from nature
Quay — who began by telling the committee he was speaking “as an independent scientist” with no relevant financial ties — explained that the genome of SARS-CoV-2 has seven features that would be expected to be found in a virus constructed in a laboratory and which are not found in viruses from nature.
“The statistical probability of finding each feature in nature can be determined,” Quay said, “and the combined probability that SARS2 came from nature is less than one in a billion.”
Ebright said his extensive research and gathering of documents likewise pointed toward a lab leak.
He also said the “gain-of-function” research on potentially dangerous pathogens — like the experiments underway at the Wuhan Institute when COVID-19 emerged — “has no civilian application” but is easy for researchers to do and make money doing.
“Researchers undertake it because it is fast,” Ebright said, “it is easy, it requires no specialized equipment or skills, and it was prioritized for funding and has been prioritized for publication by scientific journals.”
“These are major incentives to researchers worldwide, in China and in the U.S.,” he pointed out.
Moreover, gain-of-function research is largely unregulated, Ebright said.
There needs to be an independent agency that oversees and regulates this risky research, he said.
“Only after there is an acknowledgment,” Ebright said, “that there is a very real possibility — not a remote possibility, but a very real possibility — of a lab origin will there be the political will to impose regulation on this scientific community that has successfully resisted and obstructed regulation for two decades.”
Ebright added, “I see this acknowledgment today in a bipartisan fashion among members of this committee.”
When asked how important it is that legislators pass a law to regulate gain-of-function research, Ebright said it’s a “matter of survival.”
“It’s that important,” Ebright said. “There needs to be an entity that is independent of agencies that fund research and perform research to eliminate the structural conflict of interest that has existed with current self-regulation by agencies that perform and fund research.”
Paul said the committee will hold a hearing in the future focused on reforming gain-of-function research in the U.S.
Private comments don’t match public words
Attending committee members cited numerous instances in which federally funded researchers said one thing in private while saying something else in public.
For example, Sen. Josh Hawley (R-Mo.) called out Robert F. Garry, Ph.D., professor and associate dean of Tulane University’s School of Medicine — who gave expert testimony during the hearing — for being part of the “propaganda efforts” led by Dr. Anthony Fauci to suppress the lab-leak theory.
Garry co-authored the “Proximal Origin” paper, published on March 17, 2020, in Nature Medicine.
The paper — in which the authors concluded that SARS-CoV-2 was “not a laboratory construct or a purposefully manipulated virus” — was used by Fauci and Dr. Francis S. Collins to “tamp down” the idea that a lab leak caused the COVID-19 pandemic, reported The New York Times.
However, Garry expressed in a private email written close to the time the paper was written that he thought it unlikely the virus had natural origins, Hawley pointed out.
Ebright said he signed two petitions calling on Nature Medicine’s editors to review and retract the paper due to scientific misconduct.
The authors of the paper reported conclusions they knew at the time to be untrue. “This is the most egregious form of scientific misconduct,” Ebright said.
Hawley said, “People lost their jobs because of this. They lost their standing. They were kicked off Facebook. They were kicked off Twitter.”
Hawley asked Garry, “Do you regret being part of this effort, this propaganda effort?”
Garry said he was “just writing a paper about our scientific opinions.”
Hawley asked again: “Do you regret the fact that your paper was used to censor your fellow scientists? It was used to censor ordinary Americans who asked questions about the virus. Do you regret that?”
Garry said, “When you write a paper, I mean, you get it in the journal, we can’t control what happens.”
Hawley said, “So you’re not responsible at all. It’s amazing. Nobody who is involved in any of this is responsible.”
Later, Sen. Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) asked Garry how much money he had received in government grants over his career. “I’m not sure,” said Garry.
Multiple U.S. agencies concluded it was a lab leak
When Garry started to explain how the intelligence community came to the same conclusion as he and his co-authors, Hawley interrupted him. “That is a lie,” Hawley said. “Let’s stop there.”
Hawley pointed out that “multiple intelligence community agents and components” have concluded the virus was likely a lab leak.
The U.S. Department of Energy concluded COVID-19 came from a lab, Paul said. So did the FBI, he said.
A CIA whistleblower revealed that the scientists convened to study the issue voted 6-1 to say it came from the lab, Paul said. “Then they were overruled by superiors for political reasons.”
“So there’s a lot of evidence that people within the intelligence agencies actually do believe that there is evidence that it came from the lab,” Paul said.
Emily Kopp, a reporter with U.S. Right to Know, debunked more of Garry’s statements in an X post.
Sen. Rand Paul opens a bipartisan hearing on COVID origins by reading the statements of virologists who privately agonized about the lab leak theory but cried “conspiracy theory!” publicly.
He includes the statements of Bob Garry, one of those virologists, who is a witness… pic.twitter.com/bGZQOkMjh4
Johnson calls for unredacted copies of Fauci emails
Johnson held up copies of the final 50 pages of Fauci’s emails — which were heavily redacted. “We had to FOIA for these. They didn’t turn these over, which they should have.”
He suggested some are still looking for clear, conclusive evidence — as in a “smoking gun” — proving Fauci and the research he funded at the Wuhan Institute of Virology were responsible for the COVID-19 virus.
“My guess is the smoking gun exists somewhere under these heavy redactions,” Johnson said.
Johnson asked the chairman to issue a subpoena to get the final 50 pages unredacted.
‘1 in a Billion’ Chance COVID Emerged From Nature, Scientist Tells Lawmakers
The COVID-19 lab-leak theory — far from being a myth or conspiracy theory — is supported by a “preponderance of evidence” U.S. senators today acknowledged in a bipartisan hearing.
The COVID-19 lab-leak theory — far from being a myth or conspiracy theory — is supported by a “preponderance of evidence” U.S. senators today acknowledged in a historic bipartisan hearing.
Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Chairman Gary Peters, a Democratic senator from Michigan, and ranking member Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) led the two-hour committee hearing examining the available evidence on the origins of COVID-19. CHD.TV aired the hearing.
The Chinese government refuses to release key data from the Wuhan Institute of Virology from around the time COVID-19 emerged, making it difficult to assess the lab-leak theory and come to a conclusion.
Nonetheless, much evidence points toward a lab leak rather than a natural spillover from animals, according to both expert witnesses Steven C. Quay, M.D., Ph.D. — CEO of Atossa Therapeutics Inc. and former faculty member at Stanford University’s School of Medicine — and Richard H. Ebright, Ph.D., professor of chemistry and chemical biology and lab director at the Waksman Institute of Microbiology at Rutgers University.
Ebright is also on the leadership team of Biosafety Now, a nongovernmental organization that “advocates for reducing numbers of high-level biocontainment laboratories and for strengthening biosafety, biosecurity, and biorisk management for research on pathogens.”
Quay — who began by telling the committee he was speaking “as an independent scientist” with no relevant financial ties — explained that the genome of SARS-CoV-2 has seven features that would be expected to be found in a virus constructed in a laboratory and which are not found in viruses from nature.
“The statistical probability of finding each feature in nature can be determined,” Quay said, “and the combined probability that SARS2 came from nature is less than one in a billion.”
Ebright said his extensive research and gathering of documents likewise pointed toward a lab leak.
He also said the “gain-of-function” research on potentially dangerous pathogens — like the experiments underway at the Wuhan Institute when COVID-19 emerged — “has no civilian application” but is easy for researchers to do and make money doing.
“Researchers undertake it because it is fast,” Ebright said, “it is easy, it requires no specialized equipment or skills, and it was prioritized for funding and has been prioritized for publication by scientific journals.”
“These are major incentives to researchers worldwide, in China and in the U.S.,” he pointed out.
Moreover, gain-of-function research is largely unregulated, Ebright said.
There needs to be an independent agency that oversees and regulates this risky research, he said.
“Only after there is an acknowledgment,” Ebright said, “that there is a very real possibility — not a remote possibility, but a very real possibility — of a lab origin will there be the political will to impose regulation on this scientific community that has successfully resisted and obstructed regulation for two decades.”
Ebright added, “I see this acknowledgment today in a bipartisan fashion among members of this committee.”
When asked how important it is that legislators pass a law to regulate gain-of-function research, Ebright said it’s a “matter of survival.”
“It’s that important,” Ebright said. “There needs to be an entity that is independent of agencies that fund research and perform research to eliminate the structural conflict of interest that has existed with current self-regulation by agencies that perform and fund research.”
Paul said the committee will hold a hearing in the future focused on reforming gain-of-function research in the U.S.
Attending committee members cited numerous instances in which federally funded researchers said one thing in private while saying something else in public.
For example, Sen. Josh Hawley (R-Mo.) called out Robert F. Garry, Ph.D., professor and associate dean of Tulane University’s School of Medicine — who gave expert testimony during the hearing — for being part of the “propaganda efforts” led by Dr. Anthony Fauci to suppress the lab-leak theory.
Garry co-authored the “Proximal Origin” paper, published on March 17, 2020, in Nature Medicine.
The paper — in which the authors concluded that SARS-CoV-2 was “not a laboratory construct or a purposefully manipulated virus” — was used by Fauci and Dr. Francis S. Collins to “tamp down” the idea that a lab leak caused the COVID-19 pandemic, reported The New York Times.
However, Garry expressed in a private email written close to the time the paper was written that he thought it unlikely the virus had natural origins, Hawley pointed out.
Ebright said he signed two petitions calling on Nature Medicine’s editors to review and retract the paper due to scientific misconduct.
The authors of the paper reported conclusions they knew at the time to be untrue. “This is the most egregious form of scientific misconduct,” Ebright said.
Hawley said, “People lost their jobs because of this. They lost their standing. They were kicked off Facebook. They were kicked off Twitter.”
Hawley asked Garry, “Do you regret being part of this effort, this propaganda effort?”
Garry said he was “just writing a paper about our scientific opinions.”
Hawley asked again: “Do you regret the fact that your paper was used to censor your fellow scientists? It was used to censor ordinary Americans who asked questions about the virus. Do you regret that?”
Garry said, “When you write a paper, I mean, you get it in the journal, we can’t control what happens.”
Hawley said, “So you’re not responsible at all. It’s amazing. Nobody who is involved in any of this is responsible.”
Later, Sen. Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) asked Garry how much money he had received in government grants over his career. “I’m not sure,” said Garry.
This article was funded by critical thinkers like you.
The Defender is 100% reader-supported. No corporate sponsors. No paywalls. Our writers and editors rely on you to fund stories like this that mainstream media won’t write.
Multiple U.S. agencies concluded it was a lab leak
When Garry started to explain how the intelligence community came to the same conclusion as he and his co-authors, Hawley interrupted him. “That is a lie,” Hawley said. “Let’s stop there.”
Hawley pointed out that “multiple intelligence community agents and components” have concluded the virus was likely a lab leak.
The U.S. Department of Energy concluded COVID-19 came from a lab, Paul said. So did the FBI, he said.
A CIA whistleblower revealed that the scientists convened to study the issue voted 6-1 to say it came from the lab, Paul said. “Then they were overruled by superiors for political reasons.”
“So there’s a lot of evidence that people within the intelligence agencies actually do believe that there is evidence that it came from the lab,” Paul said.
Emily Kopp, a reporter with U.S. Right to Know, debunked more of Garry’s statements in an X post.
Johnson calls for unredacted copies of Fauci emails
Johnson held up copies of the final 50 pages of Fauci’s emails — which were heavily redacted. “We had to FOIA for these. They didn’t turn these over, which they should have.”
He suggested some are still looking for clear, conclusive evidence — as in a “smoking gun” — proving Fauci and the research he funded at the Wuhan Institute of Virology were responsible for the COVID-19 virus.
“My guess is the smoking gun exists somewhere under these heavy redactions,” Johnson said.
Johnson asked the chairman to issue a subpoena to get the final 50 pages unredacted.
Statistical analysis shows that NOBODY under 60 should take the COVID vaccine
This is a PRELIMINARY result based on over 1,500 death reports we’ve received so far. You are welcome to download our data yourself and analyze it and see if you agree. You may find some new things.
This is big. Really big. This may prove to be one of the most important articles I will write this year.
Figure 1 below is an analysis of survey data I collected. The analysis shows that the vaccines are harmful to those under 60. The red dots higher than the error bar means more vaccinated people observed dead than expected based on the population of vaccinated to all people. In other words, if we vaccinated 60% of people (middle of the grey bar) and 70% (red dot) of the deaths are vaccinated, we have a serious problem.
The precautionary principle of medicine suggests if you are under 60 and thinking of taking a vaccine, you shouldn’t. These preliminary results are both statistically significant.
Figure 1. Red dot below error bar = vax works. Red dot above error bar = vax likely causes harm. Red dot inside the error bar = Insufficient evidence to justify taking a new, unproven vaccine. Conclusion: Vaccine shouldn’t be considered unless there is a clear benefit. 60 and older seems to justify use based on the data we have so far. Limitations: we are waiting for others to confirm / challenge the analysis. See text for more info. Joel Smalley did the analysis..
However, there could be errors in the analysis and/or survey bias errors that will change the result, so this is preliminary. I hope to make these not preliminary in a few days.
I created a mortality survey which asked people to report the date, age, and vaccine status of the people who died who they had the tightest relationship with. You could report as many deaths as you wanted for people you PERSONALLY knew, but if you didn’t report them all, start with the person closest to you. All deaths should be reported no matter what the cause of the death. If they died after December 1, 2020, report it.
The first 1,700+ results are in and Joel Smalley had time to do the analysis. It is stunning. The conclusion is very clear: nobody under 60 years old should get the vaccine because there is no evidence of a benefit. In fact, if you are between 40-60, it’s clear that vaccination makes it more likely you’ll die, not less likely. It’s statistically significant. The result that the younger you are, the less sense it makes, is consistent with what pretty much everyone has been saying.
The only thing that surprised me in the analysis is that data showed that if you are 60 and older, getting vaccinated reduces your chance of dying.
I’m astonished by the data showing a benefit for >60 because it is inconsistent with the VAERS data (which is off the charts showing nearly 500,000 deaths), embalmer data, and this article about 6 elderly deaths in Palo Alto out of 9 people vaccinated, and medicare data, and UK ONS data. I’m confident of the embalmer data and Palo Alto deaths: there is absolutely no way if the vaccine was protective that those events could occur. This means there must be an error in the analysis or confounding of the data. There cannot be two truths.
My advice is to avoid the COVID vaccines for ALL ages. If you get sick, get early treatment. This is because we have strong DIRECT evidence (embalmer, nursing home data is clearly strongly negative) that the vaccines are deadly to the elderly and until someone explains how the direct evidence is wrong, the precautionary rule of medicine says we should respect that possibility and thus early treatment is the preferred alternative.
In other words, if you have conflicting evidence, better to avoid that option until the conflict is resolved especially when the more direct evidence suggests that the intervention is deadly.
I’m not trying to cherry pick here. I’m saying that quality direct evidence rules over calculated numbers. If the best evidence I have is calculated numbers, I go with that.
For example, if the calculations show that the vaccine is safe for those over 60 and I find that 9 out of 10 people over 60 who get the shot die within 24 hours from blood clots, which evidence do you believe?
I cannot reconcile the discrepancy at this time.
Joel may have made a mistake. So take all these results (including under 60) with a grain of salt for now. We are getting close to finding the truth. There could be a bias that shifts everything in one direction. We’ll see.
We want to have many eyes on this data before we will announce a definitive result.
I’m making all the data to date available for people to validate or invalidate the result. I’ll periodically update the spreadsheet as we collect more data.
We’ll be collecting a lot more data to refine the result and employ 3 different third party survey firms as well. This eliminates the risk of people trying to game the survey (not that anyone would do that). So if the independent polling firm results don’t match our results, we’ll look for what happened. Using five or more sources of independent data (mine, Joe’s, 3 polling firms, etc.) will give everyone more confidence that the results are valid.
Note that the definition of vaccinated here is “got the vaccine” not “two weeks after they got the vaccine.” We are NOT using public data that is encumbered this way. Such definitions are misleading since if the vaccine kills everyone within two weeks of the shot, the vaccines look amazingly safe and not being vaccinated looks risky.
Notes on Figure 1 from Joel Smalley
Joel Smalley did the analysis of the two datasets described below.
Figure 1 represents the percentage of deaths between Jan ’21 and May ’22 that were of vaccinated people of different age groups compared to the expected percentage of deaths.
The expected percentage was determined as a function of the vaccinated population on the day of death of a vaccinated or unvaccinated person in the dataset.
The expected value was calculated by randomly selecting a number from 1 to 100 and specifying it as vaccinated if it was at or below the vaccinated population for that age range on that day. Otherwise, it would be considered an unvaccinated death.
The model was run 1,000 times and the average point estimate taken to be the expected value with a confidence interval of 2 standard deviations from the mean.
The first one left too much wiggle room in the responses so the first 931 results need to be scrubbed to put in a consistent format to be usable. I modified the survey mid-survey so that messes things up a bit; that column needs to be normalized.
If someone would like to volunteer to do that, please note that in the comments and then email me the updated spreadsheet at stevekirsch-request (at) protonmail.com. That email is NOT monitored by me and if you send anything there other than in response to a specific request it will be ignored.
The data
PostVaxMortality1: 932 rows. Note that I changed things around mid survey, so be careful. This is the database I need someone to clean up and I’ll replace it, e.g., “Days after dose” column was changed from fill in to choose 1. However, most of the other columns are fine so you can use them immediately. Just check the column first.
PostVaxMortality2: 834 rows. No need to fix the data. Use immediately
Here is the CDC vaccination data used to determine the person-years of each dose bucket (and the unvaccinated bucket) over time.
Technical logistics
It took me about an hour to design the survey questions and about 25 minutes to create the Google form
It took me about 20 minutes to write up a promo on substack and launch the survey
It took 24 hours to get over 1,000 responses
It took Joel 30 minutes to analyze the results
That’s damn time efficient. Can’t imagine why the CDC can’t replicate this?
Limitations
Most of the respondents were my followers so can be classified as “anti-vaxx.” However, this survey makes the case that the vaccines work for those over 60. If it was biased that people were only reporting people with vaccines who died right after, this signal would be impossible. So it’s unlikely there is selection bias, but there could be. That’s why we are using 3 outside survey firms for our next data collection.
Joel did the analysis very quickly and may not have adjusted for all the biases and confounders that are always present.
Nobody else has had a chance yet to replicate or refute the result on the data collected so far.
Things to consider that could affect the final result include: the virus IFR changes over time, the age mix of people in the vaccinated group changes, background death rates are seasonal and differ in each age range, people may report someone who dies 13 days after Dose 1 to be unvaccinated, people who answer the survey.
For the purposes of this survey, only the date, age at death, and vaccination status of the deceased matter. These can be misreported.
There may be an error in the analysis.
There may be errors in the public underlying data such as reporting vaccination status as vaccinated 14 days after the jab rather than at the moment of the jab.
This is not a complete list.
In short, we’re getting very close to the truth.
Was my sample biased?
The survey data we use is objective, fact-based questions: date, age, got vax?
The results we got show the younger you are, the harder to justify the vaccines are. This shouldn’t surprise anyone.
People don’t get to chose who dies. But they could have selective recall.
However the results were consistent with other research.
The medical community will do their own survey and replicate the result and realize they’ve been had. They will call a halt to the vaccine immediately for those under 60.
The medical community will fail to replicate the result and call me a misinformation spreader. However, this will only cause them to dig themselves even deeper into a hole because they know other independent people will be able to replicate it. There will not be a rock big enough for them to hide under.
Will the medical community double down in the face of evidence they cannot refute? Or admit they made the biggest error of all time?
Finally, it is ridiculous that nobody in the world has done a similar survey and published the results. Nothing prevented anyone from doing this. The only person that I’m aware of doing this is UCSF Professor Aditi Bhargava. I’m a major funder of her work.
Anyone could have done the same survey I did. It took only an hour or so to create the survey the first time and I had 1,000 results back less than 24 hours later. Why is the CDC incapable of doing this?
Why isn’t there a proper risk benefit analysis of these vaccines from the CDC? We have NOTHING.
Nobody in the medical community demanded evidence of a positive risk-benefit. You can’t assume that the vaccines are safe. That would be trusting a drug company who has stated, without any evidence whatsoever, that all the excess deaths in the vaccine group were not related to the vaccine. The FDA and medical community accept their word without asking for proof.
Nobody wanted to see the risk benefit analysis. Did you ever hear the VRBPAC or ACIP committee members asking for one? Of course not!!
If I got it wrong, where is the CORRECT analysis of that same data? People like to throw darts at my work, but they NEVER show me the CORRECT analysis of the same data set. I wonder why that is? Some claim the VAERS data is “unreliable” but that’s a lame excuse for not looking at. Nothing keeps you from doing a proper analysis and then having a Limitations section that notices that VAERS is underreported.
Why isn’t there a study that follows 100,000 unvaccinated people over time vs. 100,000 vaccinated in equally matched groups and observing how many people are alive after each week in the two groups and categorize each death as COVID or not. You’d look at the benefit (decrease in # of COVID deaths compared to the unvaccinated group) and risk (increase in non-COVID all-cause mortality in the vaccinated group) and compute the ratio. That gives you a risk benefit analysis stratified by age and you can see how the risk/benefit changes over time so people can answer the question, “If I am age xxx, does it make sense for me to be vaccinated today?”
Nobody has asked for this. Why? Do we not want to know?
Any sane society should be DEMANDING such an analysis before even considering approving such a drug. Mandating a drug with no risk benefit analysis that is obviously not being done is the height of irresponsibility.
Why is nobody speaking out about this?
Why is it so unreasonable to ask for a risk-benefit analysis BEFORE doctors advise their patients? There is simply no excuse for not computing this from this “real world” mass experiment.
If we don’t have the data, we need to get it before we experiment on people.
We need to stop the experiment now.
Is it the responsibility of electrical engineers to check the work of the medical community?
That this survey and analysis comes from a high tech software executive in Silicon Valley with two EECS degrees from MIT is an embarrassment. This is not my responsibility to do this. I did it because nobody in the government, medical community, no public health official, and nobody in the mainstream media did it. It’s almost as if they didn’t want to know that the vaccine worked or not.
If the vaccines aren’t protective, what can we do? Early treatment!
Just like Dorothy could have always returned to Kansas just by clicking her slippers, we have had the cheapest, safest, and fastest solution to treat COVID available since March 2020.
Early treatment such as the Fareed-Tyson protocol has a near perfect track record against COVID with few hospitalizations and no deaths. The NIH and mainstream doctors (who follow whatever the NIH says) ignore it. That tells you everything.
So what we should be telling people is have the drugs on-hand so you can start treatment ASAP after you get sick.
Instead, the CDC tells people to get vaccinated and that early treatment with repurposed drugs should be ignored.
We’d be better off if everyone listened carefully to what the CDC says and does the opposite. I’m serious. I can’t think of anything they’ve recommended that has been helpful in the pandemic. I’d love to debate them on that. I could sell tickets to that one.
We never needed screening, lockdowns, social distancing, remdesivir, masks, vaccines, etc. All we needed is one thing: let people know early treatment works if given early.
How you can help
If you are into data analysis, have a look at the data (see “The data” section above)
We now have a simple objective way to assess the safety and efficacy of a vaccine. Anyone can do the surveys themselves to verify the result. Anyone can take our data and analyze it.
The analysis is troubling: nobody under 60 should take the vaccine.
I’m awaiting confirmation from other researchers.
Please share this article so we can collect more data to reduce the size of the error bars. If you are not a subscriber, please subscribe so we can let you know what the subsequent analysis shows.
With your help, we can change the world. Thank you!
I write about COVID mitigation policies, vaccines, corruption, censorship, and early treatments. The data shows that vaccines are ruining the health of Americans and driving the epidemic in a variety of health conditions.
‘Silent Epidemic’: Maine Lawmakers Shrug Off 18% Increase in Excess Deaths
Rep. Heidi Sampson, a Republican legislator from Maine, said the state’s Democratic lawmakers “shrugged their shoulders” when she proposed investigating the increase in sudden deaths since 2020 among young and middle-aged adults in Maine with no known previous illness.
She also raised critical questions about the safety of COVID-19 vaccines and warned against the growing influence of international organizations like the World Health Organization (WHO).
In March, she decided to take action. Using 2015-2022 Maine all-cause mortality data analyzed by a statistician, she told her colleagues that Maine has since 2020 seen close to an 18% increase in excess deaths among 25- to 64-year-olds.
The spike in excess deaths for 2020 was 6.3% compared to the background rate of about 1.5% from 2015-2020.
Sampson cited the CEO of the One America insurance company, saying he “publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarter of 2021, death in people of working age 18 to 64 was 40% higher than it was before the pandemic.”
“This data was compiled by actuaries who are the mathematical experts insurance companies rely upon,” she said. “A 40% increase in deaths is literally earthshaking. Even a 10% increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event.”
She went on to describe the increasingly common phenomenon of “sudden deaths,” citing examples such as death by heart attack, stroke, meningitis, brain aneurysm, pulmonary embolism, anaphylaxis and asthma.
She encouraged lawmakers to do their own searches. “You will find hundreds, even thousands, of examples. A few years ago, this was unheard of.”
Sampson said the newly coined term “sudden death syndrome (SDS)” was a “silent epidemic” that demanded immediate attention and investigation.
She told lawmakers:
“SDS is an umbrella term. It includes biologically based scenarios describing [the] quick onset of unexpected mortality without prior signs of illness. I’ll repeat: without prior signs of illness.
“Autopsies may be non-conclusive due to the lack of obvious abnormalities. They may also be non-conclusive because we may not be asking the right questions.”
Citing what she called the “shocking” nature of the data, Sampson called for the Maine House to investigate.
“If there is even a chance this data is correct, we have the moral obligation to our children to investigate,” she said. “This data represents a flashing red light.”
However, despite her efforts, Maine lawmakers swiftly rejected Sampson’s joint order, along party lines. “The Democrats could not reject this order fast enough,” she told The Defender.
Two Democratic lawmakers, both doctors, approached her after her speech, wanting to know where she got the data and stating they thought the increased deaths were due to suicides.
In other discussions, Sampson said people didn’t want to believe the data. She encouraged them to “trust but verify” and asked why they were not doing their due diligence to investigate.
“They just shrugged their shoulders,” she said.
“We shut the whole damn state down for 6%,” she said. “What are we doing with almost 18%? As a mother and a grandmother, this entire issue deeply concerns me. I want my children and their children to have long, healthy lives. We need to get to the bottom of this.”
In addition to her concerns about excess deaths, Sampson also has been a vocal advocate for vaccine safety and transparency.
In a separate action on the House floor on April 3, she presented alarming data from the CDC’s V-safe surveillance system, which tracks adverse events following COVID-19 vaccination, and called for a ban on these vaccines.
Sampson began by explaining the significance of the V-safe data, noting that it was collected from over 10 million people who were among the first to receive the COVID-19 vaccine.
“These were excited participants, eager for this new novel vaccine,” she said. “They wanted it to be safe and effective. They believed it was a good thing, and therefore would have no incentives to make up their stories.”
She revealed the shocking results of the V-safe data analysis:
“7.7%, or 782,013 people, needed medical attention. Of those 7.7%, 70% needed to be hospitalized or went to the ER or urgent care. Slightly less than 30% needed telehealth care. On average, each person needed medical attention two to three times.
“Additionally, 13% of the individuals reported they were unable to go to work or go to school, and about 12% were unable to perform normal activities.”
Sampson noted another 2.5 million people had to miss school, work or other normal activities. “This means 33% of unique individuals were affected by negative health impacts.”
She also highlighted the concerning symptoms reported in the free-text entries of the V-safe survey, including chest pains, heart palpitations, shortness of breath, tinnitus, menstrual disturbances and miscarriages.
Calling these statistics “a resounding alarm,” Sampson asked her colleagues to halt all COVID-19 vaccinations.
“The data are in — it is not safe and effective,” she said. “And until the federal government removes the liability shield from the vaccine manufacturers, the COVID-19 shot must be removed from the Maine market.”
Sampson told the Defender she once again faced resistance from her colleagues. She described their response as tense and uncomfortable, with many refusing to engage in further discussion or consider the implications of the V-safe data.
As the end of Sampson’s eight-year term limit approaches, she has turned her attention to the WHO agenda and its potential effect on Maine’s sovereignty and self-determination.
On April 11, she warned her Maine House colleagues about the WHO’s proposed pandemic treaty and amendments to the International Health Regulations, arguing that they would grant the organization sweeping powers to dictate public health policies at the expense of individual states’ rights.
“Did you consent to it?” she asked her colleagues. “I know I didn’t.”
She warned about the critical votes of the World Health Assembly that took place several weeks ago in Geneva, Switzerland, explaining how these policies would be binding to Maine and other states “unless we make a clear declaration they have no authority.”
With the assistance of Dr. Meryl Nass and the information on the Door to Freedom website, Sampson provided her colleagues with a wealth of background information on the WHO’s agenda.
She highlighted specific aspects of the WHO’s agenda that she found particularly concerning, such as the proposed BioHub pathogen-sharing system and the push for nations to develop genetic sequencing labs.
This article was funded by critical thinkers like you.
The Defender is 100% reader-supported. No corporate sponsors. No paywalls. Our writers and editors rely on you to fund stories like this that mainstream media won’t write.
“Does anyone see a problem with this?” she asked. “Is it just me? What about the high risks of lab leaks?”
Sampson said her colleagues “very quickly” voted down this joint order, also.
“It was heart-sickening to watch my colleagues on the other side of the aisle rapidly stand, object, and vote against this motion,” Sampson wrote.
“All I can say is now they are responsible for the information they have heard,” she told The Defender. “It is on the record.”
As Sampson prepares to leave the Maine House of Representatives, she shows no signs of slowing down in her fight for health freedom.
Sampson’s experiences in the legislature have only reinforced her belief in the importance of being a “squeaky wheel” and speaking truth to power, even in the face of overwhelming opposition.
She is spearheading the Maine Education Project, an initiative to expose the failures of the state’s education system and empower parents, teachers and school board members to effect change.
John-Michael Dumais is a news editor for The Defender. He has been a writer and community organizer on a variety of issues, including the death penalty, war, health freedom and all things related to the COVID-19 pandemic.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_nU-p_7kbQk Fraud to be disclosed.
☣️WHEN FRAUD WILL BE DISCLOSED!!
The Truth Can Change Your Life
Support my work on Subscribestar: https://www.subscribestar.com/truth-c…
Special thanks for your support joining our Youtube membership
Join us on 👇: 💜 / truthcanchangeyourlife 💜 / 384441361989233
Voice-over Recording , Audio & Video Production by Truth Can Change Your Life Youtube Channel
5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness
Transcript
Greetings my dear beloved children; today I would like to talk about the current events taking place on your planet I see my dear that your patience is failing since the agony of dark’s henchmen on Earth is being delayed and sometimes it seems to you that they are winning actually it is no.
Ques so the things now in progress on the planet Earth have no analoges in the universe while change of epics used to be realized either by global cataclysms that wiped off Earth entire continents with their inhabitants or due to the intervention of extraterrestrial races that annihilated your planet’s population with mass destruction weapon. Now Earth is moving to another energy space with the humanity Representatives who have managed in prompt time to cover the road of spiritual Evolution and to increase their vibrations up to the level enabling them to make this transition. But those who have hold sway over your planet for so many centuries cannot put up with the fact they are losing their prey and are trying tooth and nail to keep their power on Earth remember my series of message about the higher Archy pyramid of power on Earth.
While at the subtle level this pyramid has almost gone to Pieces the executors of the program on Humanity Annihilation embodied as humans are still vehemently struggling for their life it is them who sew panic and fear among Earth’s population making people accept the procedure fateful for them the the one insidiously disguised as injection that most people on the planet associate with the salutary means rescuing them from diseases until the mass media are in the grip of the criminals who seized Earth it is extremely hard to turn the tide the voices of thousands and thousands of pure human Souls trying to convey truth to people get lost in the tremendous flow of Li proceeding from TV screens newspapers and magazines Pages as well as the internet you see how alternative sources of information are being ousted out of the internet how censorship is Raging.
Added and not part of the video/link
The world upside down. Instead of doing there work the so-called elected politicians are busy to sell us and pushing through the so-called NWO-Alien contact agenda.
It is quite obvious that the Rockefellers helped establish and finance the Chicoms, just as they have done with the Bolsheiviks several decades before. After visiting China and surveying its “progress” in 1973, David Rockefeller stated, “One is impressed immediately by the sense of national harmony…. Whatever the price of the Chinese Revolution it has obviously succeeded… in fostering high morale and community purpose. General social and economic progress is no less impressive….The enormous social advances of China have benefited greatly form the singleness of ideology and purpose…. The social experiment in China under Chairman Mao’s leadership is one of the most important and successful in history.”
Reading the above quote and looking at the picture of Rockefeller and Zhou Enlai, I am immediately reminded of George Orwell’s masterful (and prophetic) book, Animal Farm. In the book, a wealthy “Mr. Pilkington” visits a farm operated by communist totalitarian pigs who were supposed to be rebelling against him and everything he represented. Here is a section from the final chapter:
“Too many farmers had assumed, without due enquiry, that on such a farm a spirit of licence and indiscipline would prevail. They had been nervous about the effects upon their own animals, or even upon their human employees. But all such doubts were now dispelled. Today he and his friends had visited Animal Farm and inspected every inch of it with their own eyes, and what did they find? Not only the most up-to-date methods, but a discipline and an orderliness which should be an example to all farmers everywhere. He believed that he was right in saying that the lower animals on Animal Farm did more work and received less food than any animals in the county. Indeed, he and his fellow-visitors today had observed many features which they intended to introduce on their own farms immediately.”
Those words were written in 1945, nearly two decades before David Rockefeller’s trip to China. Today, the Council on Foreign Relations (again, through its nefarious publication, Foreign Affairs) is hyping the preferred “China Model” of state capitalism as the most efficient way of managing economies and societies.
I should also mention that it was George Soros who said that China, by its example, would lead the West into the New World Order.
What we are witnessing is an inside struggle between different faction in the NWO/Alien and positions of power. China will get the lead as agreed. ( Jan)
Orwell was right again.
How persecution is Rife and rampant towards honest doctors lawyers and journalists. The palpy of the Dragon reptiles have reached every corner of your planet and every person tracking their actions and hunting them every time they feel danger coming from them just imagine my dear the large scale of the work that is being carried out by the representatives of the light forces on Earth. Every minute putting their life at risk to deliver Humanity from digital enslavement and let the best representatives of it to make a unique transition.
I into another dimension in their physical bodies their matter Brooks no haste and is regulated from higher Dimensions they are getting enormous support but as enormous is their sphere of activity because it Embraces not some specific country but all the planet of yours the enemy is too dangerous my dear and they have nothing to lose.
Feeling their soon collapse the shadow government’s marionet have staked it all limiting people’s freedoms to the utmost yet by their actions have got just the opposite effect millions of people have risen to fight for their rights and though it happens unevenly in different countries the infeed of the energies of freedom and desire to dispose of one’s life into the collective human conscience has already outweighed the energy of apathy and obedience typical of the co-called average man.
Light always wins over dark and the energy of unity and freedom always wins over the energy of fear and cility as their vibrations are incomparable so please my dear when you suddenly lose heart and it seems your strength is draining away sit for a meditation and send your love and support to all the Warriors of light both on Earth and in heaven then the streamlet of your energy will join the vigorous High vibration torrent of the best representatives of humanity that will wash away the last traces of dark’s henchmen and will encourage the long awaited disclosure that will become the turning point of Earth’s rebirth and that of her best inhabitants as well.
I would like to digress from our topic and talk about how Mass protests taking place in many countries of the world influence the current situation on Earth.
I see that for many of you it seems they do not bring the desired effect since restrictive measures for the side of the ruling top are just getting toughened it is actually not true people’s protests do not simply frighten the Govern governments of these countries they make them panic because they understand that globalist plans are falling apart at the seams and that it is field employees for these plans implementation who will have to answer for their criminal actions before the nation those who pushed them.
Into to this will remain in the shadow while the atonement will overcome those in the public eye the ones who gave orders spoke on TV and criticized those who disagree but having a feeling of the impending catastrophe immediate executors are becoming still more aggressive as they are perfectly aware that confessing their mistakes cannot mitigate their lot this time too horrible are the consequences of the injections fatal for humans.
They promote what frightens them most is the moment when the fraud will be disclosed and it is already in progress all across the globe and only those deep in dorcy cannot notice this these marionet of the world government keep afloat just thanks to the fact that all the mass media are still in their grip.
But as soon as alternative trustworthy sources of information appear the truth like a powerful stream will gush out being fortified by irrefutable facts and proofs now on Earth there are two parallel realities that are to cross soon.
Anyway because the degree of lie in the mainstream media has reached its maximum being aware they have nothing left to lose now the executives at all the levels of power decided to stake everything trying to stifle the growing discontent of of the society by forc making use of all the facilities at hand physical moral and financial.
But as you can see the result appears to be just the opposite more and more people start to revive and feel being deceived it is quite soon now when Mass people’s disorders will sweep away all the Absurd restrictions and the salutary injections imposed by force and it will be the very victory that was spoken about in my recent message people will win over Freedom with their own strengths by realizing the current events and understanding who are at the helm right now and what actual goals of these rulers are unfortunately Mass Revival will not occur though but the best part of humanity will manage to defend their freedom and stop the criminal activities of the deep State and I am happy that many of you will find themselves among these brave people who did not yield to the Menace and provocations for the side of the ruling top your unity and solidarity will work a miracle and believe me my dear your Victory is close now.
Now now we will digress a little from our topic and we’ll talk about the current developments at the physical level the cornered representatives of the world government their field employees to be exact are now desperately trying to bring till final Victory the human enslavement plan they have been carefully contrived for years in some countries their attempts have really been a success and now we will try to find out why it has happened and on the contrary why in other countries their plans face Reckless opposition for the side of their Nations. As a matter of fact my dear pure human Souls always tell the truth from a Lie by intuition and especially when it is their soul their Divine hypostasis that is endangered.
And if to follow this principle according to the reaction of this or that country’s population there can be made conclusions on its population elements in terms of living beings embodied as humans as well as the amount of clones among them.
As you see the least opposition to the Absurd and inhumane demands of the authorities was shown by the inhabitants of China who have accepted the new conditions of their existence in an almost unmm way.
It is just the location of huge Laboratories for clone production who were evenly distributed all over the country it is mainly due to this that the economy of China has revived so quickly where whole armies of clones were created for certain types of activities with their efficiency and endurance many times exceeding those of an average man the same thing on a smaller scale though occurs in some other Asian countries with a low level of culture and education with national and religious Traditions being based on submission to the customs and traditions established from above.
Both social and religious ones as far as European countries and American continent countries are concerned a lot here is determined by Collective consciences of beings embodied as humans and they are numerous indeed as you know. As for people with two souls in whose physical bodies human Souls exist side by side with Souls of other races and civilizations.
Representatives everything is determined by the level of these people’s vibrations since all the media are aimed at filling people with fear for their life all these negative energies are responded to first of all by low vibration souls in the human body because it is these energies that are native and dear to them. Therefore human souls are stifled and as a result of mass psychosis and fear for one’s life most of such people also become obedient executors of all the Authority’s rules and instructions this is what was staked at by those who have arranged this Balia on Earth they are well informed about the actual composition of your planet’s population yet they did not take into consideration that the pure and ancient human souls in minority will be able to turn the tide which is the case now in many countries of the world. The pure energy of the human soul has turned out so powerful that has managed to outweigh the energy of hundreds of thousands of weak and intimidated creatures which came as an unpleasant surprise to the dragon reptiles and Orion who came to believe in their omnipotence.
This is due to this energy that mass Revival on Earth is taking place like fairy tale Heroes all across the globe there have risen pure human Souls who are ready to sacrifice their life but not their freedom they have rebelled against the dragons eager to ens slave them and will bring this fight till final Victory.
I believe in you my dear and know that your efforts will be a success by all means since you are supported by all the light forces of the universe with your Galaxy brothers and sisters being among them I bless you and love you immensely.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lPbq_W-GhZ0 Tucker Carlson Warns Oumuamua is Suddenly Speeding Towards Earth! It is NOT ALONE
Oumuamua & Nibiru
Transcript
Are you sure it’s a rock maybe there’s somebody inside this thing maybe they’ve come to visit what is the last thing you would do if you found out that a large piece of rock the size of a football stadium was headed to Earth well you may want to give some extra thought to that question.
Because the possibility of that happening keeps increasing as the days go by initially dismissed as a mundane space rock it quickly Drew massive attention due to its peculiar characteristics irregular shape and unusual acceleration however what Tucker Carlson has brought to light is nothing short of astonishing. A claim that um mua is not a solitary Wanderer but has an accompanying entity hidden from conventional observation in today’s exploration we delve deep into the extraordinary claims made by taka Carlson and the implications they carry for our understanding of umam mua Interstellar disc discoveries and the potential consequences of this unexpected Celestial display of the century as we embark on this journey of Discovery we will unravel the Mysteries surrounding umw mua’s sudden trajectory change and the questions it raises about the nature of our universe the strange and mysterious visitor from beyond our solar system began in our history pages.
When it had its first encounter with Earth on the fateful day of October 19th 2017 it began with a scientist named Robert werck Robert wasn’t just any scientist he was an astronomer at the University of Hawaii at monoa little did he know that what he would see that particular night would change the way Humanity looked at the universe.
As robert peered through the telescope’s lens he spotted something out of the ordinary it was a brand new object in the sky and it instantly caught his attention but this wasn’t just any object it was incred incredibly extraordinary it didn’t follow the usual patterns of other space objects it had a strange orbit moved at an unusual speed and possessed properties that would later leave scientists scratching their heads you see this object was no ordinary space rock it was umam mua a name derived from the Hawaiian language which roughly meant Scout this object first got the name one i207 U1 from a group called The International astronomical Union these are the ones who give special names to objects in space even those far from our solar system. But the pan Stars team gave it the unique name umam mua which means a messenger from a far arriving first in Hawaiian umam mua was like an Interstellar Explorer sent from a far away and mysterious star system it had been on an incredible journey through the vast and dark depths of our Milky Way galaxy for possibly hundreds of millions or even billions of years before it finally crossed paths with our son.
The discovery of umam mua sent shock waves throughout the world of astronomy scientists from all corners of the earth couldn’t resist the urge to study this mysterious visitor hoping to unlock the secrets of its origin and purpose what they didn’t know was that their quest for knowledge would lead them to uncover astonishing story hidden within the stars.
As we’ll later find out it may shock you to know that umam mua isn’t really massive when you measure it in scientific terms it’s about the size of a football field which is between 10 and 100 m wide that might sound big but in the vastness of space it’s relatively small.
Now let’s Journey back to 2017 a year when the most extraordinary event happened in our solar system umam mua made a surprise appearance and scientists were at a crossroad on what this big rock was and what intentions it had at first they thought it was just an ordinary asteroid but as they studied it more closely they realized it might actually be a comet and some even wondered if it could be an alien spaceship a theory proposed by a professor who plays a key role in our narrative today. This peculiar 650 ft long object umam mua sped through our solar system system headed to our planet like a bullet it came within 15 million mil or 24 million km of Earth which is about 62 times the distance between the Earth and the moon if you take a moment to imagine the impact of a rocky looking object the size of a football field headed towards Earth at bullet speed the truth is there isn’t much else to see other than chaos however thankfully that was not to be the case at least not yet in a relatively short span of time scientists realized that umam mua was on a journey like nothing they had ever seen before it was cruising along what they called a hyperbolic orbit like a boomerang flying through the sky. This unusual path told them that um muamua was not a local resident of our solar system it was just passing through our neighborhood and would never return but what kind of impact did it leave before It sped off was it even alone.
To answer some of these questions let’s start with what umam mua looked like it had an odd shape like a long skinny cigar and it had a bit of a reddish color imagine a huge Rock that’s up to 1/4 Mile about 400 m long NASA’s Hubble and Spitzer space telescopes were on the case too tracking this Speedy visitor as it raced through space at a mind boggling 85,00 mph or 38.3 km/s relative to the Sun. To get a hold of umam would have been like trying to catch a shooting star as it continued its Journey the comet looking object traveled on an upward path about 20° above the plane where our planets orbit the sun it sailed past Mars then beyond Jupiter’s orbit and even further than Saturn’s behind and heading toward a particular destination the constellation Pegasus a distant part of the cosmic neighborhood as though its ability to travel on a peculiar path to a determined destination was not enough mystery.
Scientists crunched the numbers to figure out where umam mua might have come from this calculation pointed their telescopes toward the bright star Vega located in the northern constellation of Lyra but here’s the catch umam mua’s journey was so incredibly long even though it was zooming through space at an astonishing 59,000 mph or 26 4 km/s that by the time it arrived here about 300,000 years ago Vega had moved from its original spot considering how unique this space phenomenon is you’d think it’s the only one of its kind however astronomers think that a space object from another star like umu mua comes near our solar system about once a year.
These objects are not very bright so they’re tricky to see and we haven’t noticed them until now only recently telescop like panars one have become strong enough to possibly find them and this has sparked quite a number of controversies and debates about the unique Space Rock theories surrounding it the discussions surrounding umam mua are primarily centered on its unfamiliar characteristics acceleration and the ongoing discourse concerning its potential origin notably one of the most significant points of contention arises from umam mua’s acceleration as it traveled through our solar system unlike typical celestial objects whose movements are primarily governed by gravitational interactions with the sun and known planets. Umu mua displayed a non prominent astrophysicist Avi loab and others proposed an intriguing notion that umu mua might be of artificial origin potentially representing a light sail or a probe dispatched by an extraterrestrial civilization however this proposition invited more debate as attributing unexplained phenomena to intelligent extraterrestrial beings remains a present continuous controversy.
Moreover an additional facet of interest in this discourse stems from previous research conducted by Harvard University astronomers and others coupled with calculations by sigard sigon suggesting that approximately 100 umu mua like objects may have impacted Earth over the course of our planet’s nearly four 6 billion year history this supposition operates under the assumption that such celestial bodies follow random trajectories rather than being deliberately propelled toward Earth by Advanced extraterrestrial entities a concept known as directed panspermia this Revelation adds a layer of complexity to the ongoing investigation into umam mua’s Origins and raises further questions about the potential role of such objects in the evolution of life on Earth. Predict ever lb and his colleague Amir SJ a Harvard undergraduate contend that this is implausible because pure nitrogen is exceptionally rare on Pluto and in the broader Universe their calculations reveal that the exop Pluto masses required to produce a pure nitrogen umam mua would be astronomically High other researchers propose that umamu could be a solid hydrogen block formed on the outskirts of a massive molecular cloud during the formation of solar systems some maintain that the strange rock is indeed a comet possibly an extraterrestrial one that was expelled from its original solar system due to gravitational interactions or one that originated within our own solar system subsequently journeying far into the outer reaches before making its Final Approach.
Various theories have been submitted that umam mua might be a comet with minimal outgassing which could account for its obser OB ered acceleration alternatively researchers have explored the possibility of non-gravitational forces acting on umu mua due to the outgassing of hydrogen ice nevertheless these explanations pose significant challenges and uncertainties the large Rock speeding through space with a seeming determination did not display the typical cometry characteristics such as developing a visible coma which is a cloud of gas and dust or a visible taale as it neared the sun this confused astronomers and contributed to the ongoing debate surrounding its true nature umam muua remained observable for only a limited time as it traversed the solar system posing a challenge for the collection of comprehensive data and the formulation of definitive conclusions many questions still persist due to this restricted observation period one of those points of questioning is centered on its Interstellar origin.
Although umoa mua marked the first confirmed detection of an Interstellar object passing through our solar system it left scientists pondering the presence of such objects and whether there were more to come it is worth noting that since the initial Discovery only one other Interstellar visitor named 2i slash borisov has been identified 2i SL borisoff exhibited conventional comet-like characteristics in both appearance and behavior um’s distinct features have not been observed in any other celestial object before or since its passage since it’s an unnerving reveal in our solar system. Some scientists and space fans have explored the thought of whether it would be a good idea to send a special mission to study umoa mua more closely because it was so different but that would be really hard to do because umam mua quickly moved through our solar system and as such send a mission would cost a lot of money and be really tough to plan speaking of speed umu mua’s unsettling acceleration As It sped in the direction of the Earth was one thing the entire scientific Community was concerned about.
This was a puzzling question for scientists especially because it seemed to go faster as it got closer to the Sun usually big things like planets and stars can push smaller things like comets and asteroids with their gravity making them speed up but umam mua was going three times faster than an average comet in our solar system and the usual gravity explanation. In a new study Jennifer bergner a scientist at the University of California Berkeley and Daryl Seligman from Cornell University came up with a new idea that they thought might finally solve the mystery first I thought that perhaps there just wasn’t too much dust in the outgasing to form a coma later we thought that perhaps it was made of some more volatile material than what we see in usual comets such as hydrogen nitrogen or carbon monoxide but there were theoretical issues with each of these explanations Seligman commented hydrogen for example would require extremely cold temperatures to freeze into objects the size of umam muua and scientists don’t expect such temperatures inside the dense molecular clouds where these objects form he continued nitrogen is not very common in the Milky way which means there might not be enough of it to explain how many similar objects like um muamua should be in our galaxy as further explained by Seligman and bergner these two professors have different ideas about umam mua’s chemistry they think maybe umam mua went through some processes outside our solar system that we haven’t seen before when studying comets from our own solar system. However not all scientists agree with this explanation AI lobe an astrophysics professor at Harvard University responded to Seligman and Berner study by saying they made a mistake in calculating umam mua’s surface temperature that this mistake led to an incorrect estimate of how much hydrogen was in the iceberg.
Lb who previously suggested umam mua might be an alien spaceship believes that the outgasing of the hydrogen they calculated couldn’t have caused The observed acceleration unable to find out what may have been speeding up the massive Space Rock the odds that scientists could find a way to stop it if another such Rock headed our way is very low umu amua is a mysterious space object that scientists continue to study over the duration of its appearance some experts have come to think it might be a piece broken off from a bigger space object or maybe even a flat round piece of rock or metal others have even suggested it could be part of a bigger object that got stretched and torn apart by gravity but the most unfortunate part in all this is that from its Discovery astronomers eager to learn more about this Interstellar traveler kept a close eye on it for about 11 days using all sorts of fancy telescopes both on the ground and in space but that was as many days as we had to gather all the information we could on it umam mua is now so far away and so faint that even our most powerful instruments can’t spot it anymore. It’s like trying to find a needle in a hay stack in the vastness of space no rocket could ever hope to catch up with it conclusion now with the little data gathered on um mua there is much to be answered could there be more objects like it out there that we haven’t seen yet even though Earth’s telescopes and tools for looking into space have highly developed over the years they can’t catch everything as technology gets better though we might find more of these strange space objects.
Scientists have since set to work on building better equipment and telescopes for any such future events one of these tools is the James web Space Telescope which is going to be quite the build when it’s launched by NASA this improved version of the Hubble Space Telescope will be the tool that allows us to peer into space to discover Clues and grasp things we didn’t know before.
I think we’re going to see Trump’s emergence as as the most significant thing to happen in American politics in 100 years years all I can say at this point is I’m so grateful that he has that position he’s right and everyone in Washington’s wrong everyone in the midst of uncertainty Tucker Carlson’s voice reverberates with dramatic anticipation asking the burning question is everything that Donald Trump said true.
I don’t know what bar said about it either I have no idea what he said what did he say he killed himself probably he said he killed himself and that they were going to do this investig they never did the investigation it’s never been public and they hit it and like why are they doing that and clearly bar knew but why would Bill bar be covering up the of Jeffrey Epstein Bill bar didn’t do an investigation on the election fraud either okay he said he did and he pretended he did. But he didn’t even if you don’t plan to vote for Donald Trump even if you would before voting for Donald Trump which is you’re right and a lot of good people feel that way even still the destruction of our democracy which is is the right of Voters to support any candidate they want even candidates who don’t want war with Russia the destruction of that should keep you up at night.
I don’t think Trump has changed politics in Washington I think the parties both have been very resistant to any kind of Reform and that’s very foolish that’s a chesu move you see things changing around you and you just you can’t metabolize it you can’t sort of change with the moment and then you you know you meet a bad end when you become that rigid. That’s a war that should end immediately not because of one side or the other because hundreds of thousands of people are being can you imagine you’re in an apartment house and Rockets are going into that building and blowing it up and knocking it down and who who can why why should anything why should anybody human beings is a human whether they’re Russian or whatever they are. With Relentless curiosity Carlson dives into the uncharted waters of presidential statements daring to scrutinize the veracity of every utterance whatever else you say about him Trump is the one guy with an actual becoming president who descents from Washington’s longstanding pointless War agenda and for that that one fact they’re trying to take Trump out before you can vote for him and that should upset you more than anything that’s happened in American politics in your lifetime it was a spasm of Rage that Trump definitely helped Inspire.
That’s true and um at the election results okay you know I I’m not actually for that I don’t think leaders should be making people more pissed in general do you have a preference in assuming you’re the Republican nominee and all goes as you plan it to go do you have a preference in who you run against uh in many ways I’d love to run against him because his record’s so bad you know it’s still horrible when you look at inflation everything else but others also have very bad records I mean California’s a bad record so you know should it be Gavin or should it be somebody else. When I look at San Francisco what’s happened to that incredible city that was one of the greatest cities in the world just a short while ago and now it’s very sad when you look at it Los Angeles every city practically all the Democrat run cities you know Republican run cities are doing very nicely because they arrest people when you have and they don’t go after political candidates because they think it’s good you know I mean it’s like been amazing my poll numbers are the highest I’ve ever had but because people understand it can I ask you that gets back to my original question so if the protest didn’t work you got elected anyway impeachment didn’t work twice obviously um indictment is not working your poll numbers go up when they rated maralago in August of last year your numbers went up um they can indict you 20 times and it’s not going to you’re not going to lose the Republican primary because of that well it makes it look even more ridiculous I mean the forward indictments and maybe there’ll be more I don’t know these people are crazy but they’re counterproductive so if you chart it out it’s an escalation is what I’m saying.
So what’s next after you know try to put you in prison for the rest of your life that’s not working so like don’t they have to kill you now I I think the people of our country uh don’t get enough credit for how smart there and I I’m not sure I would have said this 10 years ago but they get it you know they really get it when somebody gets indicted your poll numbers go down when somebody gets indicted you announce uh ladies and gentlemen I’ll be leaving to spend time with my family and to fight for the rest of my life on this stuff amidst the political Labyrinth his piercing inquiry becomes a litmus test for truth challenging us to separate fact from fiction I I think that Bobby Kennedy and Trump will both have a very tough time getting the nomination.
I’m hoping that both of them will of course I guess uh I’m hoping that their message will be heard I don’t know I don’t even know what I hope for in the process itself but I want them to be heard and they can now be heard because there are channels of information that people can tune into and listen I mean I would just I would just I would amend one thing you said when you said that you know these huge multinationals control our politics well they also control our media yeah they do I mean Pharma as you well know and often say on your shows the biggest Advertiser on American television probably true in the UK as well and so you know there’s no incentive whatsoever to question their products and now we have because of the social media companies Twitter and Rumble and probably others we have less filtered sources of information. With fewer Gatekeepers and a and a higher probability you’ll hear something true I think that’s a huge change I mean how can you and this is like s dot this is like you know this is like information that the people in charge don’t want you to see and now you can see it it really is the promise of the internet finally fulfilled. That’s My Hope anyway despite what you may remember it wasn’t anything that Trump had said about immigration or trade with China or from Mexico those are the stories that dominated the headlines that year Trump’s a racist they scream stop him. But inside Washington that was just noise none of it really rid identity politics doesn’t mean much to permanent Washington what matters then and now is foreign policy the invasions and occupations and proxy wars the decisions that determine which global populations will Thrive and which will the policies that come with trillion doll price tags.
The ones that over time have made the counties around DC the richest suburbs in the world in Washington that’s what actually matters and it’s obvious when you look carefully when there’s a debate about anything else for example the debt ceiling both sides take their assigned positions and they start yelling but when Congress decides to start a war no matter how foolish or counterproductive or obviously disconnected from America’s core interests that war may be when that happens the leaders of both parties automatically jump behind it like circus clowns and then they stay there.
Carlson embodies the collective need for clarity giving voice to those who seek truth in the midst of political rhetoric you know leaving aside whether Trump’s going to get the nomination or get elected president or would be a good president you know I can’t even assess that all. I can say at this point is I’m so grateful that he has that position he’s right and everyone in Washington’s wrong everyone MH and Trump is right on that question and it’s a big question that war is reshaping the world it’s reshaping the economy of the world it’s reshaping populations the ref I mean I was just in Romania last week you know which is of course shares a border with the the refugees in that region. The number of people in that War I mean Europe will never be the same because of this war and it really matters and Trump alone among popular figures in both parties understands that and I’m grateful for it whether he gets the nomination or gets elected it you know words really matter saying something true out loud matters.
And he is saying true things about and God bless him that’s how I feel why is China allowed to to conduct imperialism in our hemisphere well yeah and it’s far beyond Cuba it’s all over South America yeah and the Caribbean so we built a thing called the Panama Canal we lost 35,000 people to the mosquito you know malaria we lost 35,000 people building we lost 355,000 people because of the mosquito vicious they had to build under Nets it was one of the true great wonders of the world as he said one of the nine wonders of the world no no it was one of the seven it happened a little while ago you know F nine wonders of the world you could make nine wonders he would have been better off of be stuck with the nine and just said yeah I think it’s nine but this is one of the true seven wonders of the world and you take a look at the Panama. Can it was such such an incredible engineering Marvel we sold it under Jimmy Carter we sold it to Panama for $1 the following day they quadrupled the amount of money the ships had to pay to get across they didn’t lose one ship and now they’ve made it much bigger and now they’ve widened it they’ve doubled it right they more than doubled it and it’s one of the most profitable things any time it it’s it’s just incredible right. We gave it away for $1 China Now controls it they actually control the Panama Canal they run it they control it and we shouldn’t let that happen and we can’t let China be in Cuba and they’ll get out if I’m president they’ll get out cuz I had a very good relationship with President she but he respected this country he respected me and he’ll get out and we can’t let them run the Panama Canal we built the Panama Canal should have never been given to Panama we should have had it. But we gave it for $1 think of it they quadrupled in one day they lifted the fees which are you know pretty big for these massive ships to go through right rather than going around the cape and hold tremendous storms such beauty such you know when you it’s beautiful stuff each assertion he examines carries the weight of a nation seeking Clarity struggling to decipher the authenticity of presidential proclamations his Relentless Pursuit serves as a Clarion call. Hillary Clinton was guilty of it but so was Paul Ryan all of them were guilty they all knew they all lied and to a person they hated Donald Trump for exposing them after that it was pretty clear that even if he did get elected president Trump was going to have a very hard time controlling the federal government he was supposed to be in charge of most of permanent Washington decided that thwarting Trump was the single most important mission in their lives. Everything depended on it many of them said so publicly but others didn’t say so publicly in fact the stealthier ones took another path they ran toward Trump not away from him they sucked up to him they ingratiated themselves the man they intuitively understood was susceptible to flattery which Trump is.
And they did this in order to subvert his new Administration from the inside there were a number of these and you could spot them immediately they were flatterers invariably the ones who flattered Trump the most hated him the most and disagreed the most strongly with his views you saw them in the hallways at the White House and at press conferences they were there slobbering over their boss with elaborate self-abasement as if they were addressing a monarch or a God.
It was a scene from the ottoman Court it was Y and decadent and it was false Mike Pence Nikki Haley Mike Pompeo Lindsey Graham in the Congress they all called Trump a Visionary genius up until the moment he lost power you know. I think looking back on this 10 years from now assuming we’re still around uh I think we’re going to see Trump’s emergence as as the most significant thing to happen in American politics in 100 years because he reoriented the Republican Party um against the wishes of Republican leaders reminding us all that in The Quest For Truth skepticism is a vital tool as the dramatic Narrative of presidential statements unfolds we go through the Panama Canal we built it and we gave it away for $1 think of that how stupid are we we have done the stupidest things in this country uh and now we have a president that can’t put two sentences together can’t speak can’t walk can’t talk.
I don’t think he gets to the Starting Gate but these people do Miracles I mean he he ran out of his basement and you got away with that one because so he sort of got away with it they cheated on the election but you have people that are very smart but they’re fascists and they’re radical left lunatics and they’re destroying our country with the oil electric cars and the windmills all over the place which by the way don’t work and they’re all most of them made in China for the most part they’re made in China. Germany a little bit but China but you look at what’s happening to our country even no voter ID I mean why don’t they want voter ID there’s only one reason they don’t want voter ID because they want to cheat who doesn’t want you know the Democrat convention the last one they had voter ID that was this big it looked like a prison card this big on their chest you walked in they had your picture you this your fingerprint they he everything the most incredible voter ID I’ve ever seen that was to get into the Democrat National Convention but to get into vote if you buy groceries if you buy any practically anything now you have ID on a card credit cards are otherwise and but that don’t you think it’s racist to have to show your ID. Well they probably say that they they use anything not to show ID because so do ID is pretty simple and we could go back and we should go back to all paper ballots voter ID same day voting you know France did it France had mail in ballots and it was terrible anytime you have mail in ballots you’re going to have massive cheating on your elections anytime not just the presidential election.
Carlson’s resonating voice remains a beacon urging us to demand honesty and accountability from our leaders regardless of their affiliations but when I think about Trump right now so it’s July of 2023 you know I’m struck by his foreign policy views you know Trump is the only person um with Stater and the Republican Party really who’s saying wait a second you know why are we supporting an endless war you
Forum RUFOn
English section => General UFO Discussions => Subiect creat de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 16:26:59
Titlu: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 16:26:59
It is said that a Nazi expedition in 1939 found the ILAT-LITUM plates/tablets in Antarctica. As we are approaching 2012, it seems that Thule doesn’t mind that this information comes out in the open for those who have ears to hear and eyes to see. A Thule member sent Wes Penre something they call “Genesis”, but is the German translation of ILAT-LITUM, translated into German by Tibetan monks during Nazi Germany. The German version is then translated into English by someone who was helping Wes, and who is fluent in German. Let’s take a look to the stories written in these tablets: Genesis I
ANU’s ship landed on alien shores, far away from the home of the Gods, far away from Aldebaran. He entered foreign banks, and heard noises, saw beings, Reptilians in all colours of the rainbow, strange creatures with smart eyes and strong claw hands. Versed in the fight they looked full of cunning and virtue towards the Sun, where ANU’s ship shone in the Sky. The planet was already occupied, there was no place for the Gods, and they discussed for nine moons until the council of the Gods accepted ANU’s plan. SEPT, the leader of the fire signs, landed on the planet, carrying terrible weapons, fire sticks that could burst rocks and melt metals. It rained ashes and embers, again for nine moons, neither the Sun nor the shimmering of the Stars could be seen. The blaze was so big that only SEPT could be on the Planet, full of joy the other Gods looked down from ANU’s ship. At the end of this time the Reptoids disappeared, only SEPT knew the way into their hiding places, the caves. Great was the success of the Gods, but great was their fear for revenge from the Reptoids, and TU’s wisdom ordered the sealing of the entrance to the underworld. so the gods could sleep peacefully. Now the Gods could land, they spun the disc, (like in spin-the-bottle/rotated) and in the land of the Acacias they built their first home. Suns and moons passed in line with the heavens, but the fertility of the Gods started to fade. Again the council met for nine moons, and the Gods made the decision to impregnate the Royal MIRA with TU’s seed to which was added thirty-six Reptoid DNA strands. Therefore the seal to the underworld was broken and SEPT, the leader of the fire sign, had to climb down and search for a male Reptoid. Only fine fighters could accompany him, and every single one was carrying a fire stick and a silver battle disc. After seven moons SEPT returned to the light of the upper world, he had lost almost all of his warriors, and those who came back had lost their mind. SEPT had brought one male Reptoid, it was sleeping (unconscious? Wes’ comment), on every hand and foot it had six claws, a golden wreath around his neck and behind his small ears it had two thick humps. His seed was taken and from it thirty-six strains were mixed with TU’s seed, to be planted into the royal MIRA. Some time passed, which is recorded on the TABLET, and the royal MIRA gave birth to twins: EA and MAGDI, a beautiful couple with shimmering green eyes and shining golden nails on the feet and the hands. At this time none of the Gods could say where the Reptoid male, whose seed was taken, remained, because he had disappeared without a trace. But EA and MAGDI grew faster than normal God’s children, they were smarter and stronger, their green shimmering eyes revealed their consanguinity, and their nails could not be cut with metal. After two suns the twins were as big as God’s children would be after eighteen suns, and again the council of the Gods was summoned. ANU demanded the death of the twins, because they were a threat to the Gods, and the wise council agreed with him. SEPT should execute the deed, take their lives with a fire stick and melt the body parts with heat, so that absolute nothing would remain. But TU remained silent – he quickly delivered the message to his Royal MIRA, and together they made the following plan: – They had to make completely identical clones of EA and MAGDI, for this purpose there was a device, which also created the Lulu, who were digging the mines for gold. MIRA placed these clones in the royal bed-chamber and with an innocent gaze she waited for SEPT. At night the chamber was opened violently and SEPT entered with his warriors – MIRA screamed loud – to keep the appearance, and SEPT performed the deed according to the plan of the council. The fraud was undetected and no one could see the twinkle in her eyes. The Goddess, with her head hanging, entered the council the next morning, and all the Gods were comforting her in these difficult hours of departure from her offspring. They promised her a new trial soon, this time performed with a strongly modified strand from the Reptoid. MIRA looked down and did not say a word – the Gods cheered for their success. But TU had a house with three golden “Fireships” which he could control at will. They took EA and MAGDI to one of the ships, and with a lot of supplies, seven golden tablets and a sparkling emerald tablet, they took off high above the heavens over the water to the land beyond, contrary to the land of the Acacians. The place of their choice was soon found and they called it PEN-TA-KIT. The “house” for EA and MAGDI was built under the lake, which they called BAN-TAN. The bold EA got the golden tablets, the beautiful MAGDI could keep the emarald tablet to retain any protection from enemies and for other secret use. Soon however MIRA and TU had to return to the house of the Gods in the land of the Acacians, so they would not raise suspision. They agreed on the following: For now and all time MAGDI and EA would receive messages from them, not through the waves of the sky, not through the flows of the water in the “fire ship”, but in a secret and totally unsuspected way. They agreed on the “signs” and within 72 hours the twins memorized them. During summer the signs would appear in the high grass or in the wild grain/corn, during winter in the ice of lake BAN-TAN. The twins also knew about their (DNA) strands, that had given them immortality, just like the Gods. Therefore they also agreed on the signs for the return of their God parents, there were several signs and one Final sign. Also each sign gave detailed information on the instructions of the God parents. So MAGDI and EA where armed for all times. Light-heartedly MIRA and TU returned to the land of the Acacians. They could not believe what they saw, in a hurry the other Gods had left the harbor GATA-BEN. Why? ANU’s ship no longer shone in the sun, the bright sky was covered with blood-red clouds and strange rocks with fiery tail fell to the ground. What happened? The first house in GATA-BEN was left hastily; the doors were open and were not sealed. Only the LULU harvested the juice of the Acacias as if nothing happened. The leader of the Lulu knew nothing, he could only laugh and said: “ANU’s ship steers the star. Hastily MIRA and TU returned to NI-BI-RU. The COUNCIL had already gathered and under ANU’s leadership the Gods were trying to find a way out. MIRA and TU noted that the first time was ripe, so they sent MAGDI and EA the FIRST SIGN in order to warn them and to prepare them for what was coming. The FIRST SIGN had the following form and would also be a final sign that was sent both in the beginning and in the end:
* First sign image (attached)
Genesis II
The time of change had come. Gloomy shimmer where above the heavens of the gods. Only ANU could imagine the full scope. What happened? NI-BI-RU had left its mandatory course. What could the Gods do? Again they asked the oracle like at the time of the exodus from Aldebaran, again they spun the disc. But the oracle remained “blind”, there was no “light” sign as usual. Was the connection to the ancestor Gods interrupted? Now ERA rose, the wise one of the ANU-NAKI, he imparted his staff IR-MIN-SUL the power of thought, and spoke truth and wisdom to the Gods. NI-BI-RU drifted from its original course, this is why KI has to leave his prescribed orbit, for a certain time the NUMBERS of the Gods have to be changed! Those with ears hear and those with eyes to see the divine resolution that ERA with the power of his thoughts and the power his staff announced: MUMMU as 1. Companion APSU stays on its prescribed course at 36 Hunab. LAHAMU’s virginity is not disturbed at 72 Hunab. But KI’s orbit has to move from 108 Hunab to 96 Hunab, he moves 12 lines/stripes from LAHMU’s face! 12 large returns must take place, before KI takes its old prescribed course again! Ages will pass, and the stories of the Gods will only be found on “Tablets” but the truth remains and will return! A giant flood will destroy KI, later the Lulu will change history at their will, however you shall know the truth and carry it for all future! It was not the revenge of the Gods, for their interbreeding with the women of the Lulu, that caused the flood, but because NI-BI-RU had left its prescribed path, and none of the Gods could stop it. Read the numbers and become wise! You call it gravitation, the Gods call it “Hall of the golden kettle”. 12 large returns means 12 times the passing of the twelve sings on the horizon (zodiac signs), then the time will be completed and KI will return to its prescribed position! These were ERA’s words, the council heard it with displeasure, but there was nothing to interpret or change. Short time after it came as foretold: KI left its orbit and moved 12 lines/bars against the virginity. KI was hit by severe floods, for a short time KI wobbled and lost its consciousness. Life on KI was washed away, the Acacias broken. Only the Lulu in the mines managed to escape! Why? The entrances to the underworld were opened and Reptoids permitted the Lulu admission. Why? Weren’t the females of the Lulu beautiful to look at? Weren’t the Reptoids particulary keen on beings of this species? The NEW RACE was about to be born! We call them LE-MU-RI-AN, because actually from the connection between the Reptoids and the Lulu the LEMURIANS originated! The LEMURIANS should become stronger than the Reptoids, because they had the DNA of the Gods and the Reptoids! They built a world that had never been seen before, and it was their task to not only frighten the Gods when they returned, but to chase them away. But what happened to EA and MAGDI? They were well aware of their divine immortality but where worried about their vulnerability- because divine DNA does not mean protection in battle against every enemy. They built their city PEN-TA-KIT deeper in the earth under the lake BAN-TAN and from their bloodline another 711 Gods’ children where born. They taught the God’s children all sciences, in virtues, and in the art of warfare. They also received the SECOND SIGN from MIRA and TU, it showed them KI’s shift, the planet that from now on we call EARTH. It showed them the start as well as the finish of the shift, and according to ERA’s words this age would last 12 times 12 signs in the firmament, 12 times 12 signs the shining herd UL.ME would pass before Earth could take her hereditary orbit at 108 Hunab. Through these signs all future calculations and prophecies were possible– it showed them the the true path. NI-BI-RU’s in his wondrous EIGHT, the two paths, which they call ENLIL’S PATH and EA’S PATH and ANU’s PATH that corresponds the DUB, or as you call it, the eclipse. Thus from the sign it is clearly recognisable, that the star NI-BI-RU doesn’t take 3,600 Earth years to “orbit”, but 3,6 schar, that’s 12,960 Earth years, and so the “orbit” equates half a Precision. The presented events happened in the sign of GU, which you call Aquarius, and its numerical value is 12. Now you will wonder, what does this number tell us? Think! In Aquarius the first ANU-NAKI settled on Earth, after they first won the war against the Reptoids, in Aquarius Earth tilted its course, lost hold and spun from 108 Hunab to 96 Hunab. Now I am talking about an orbit of 3,6 schar, this means that the Gods would return in the sign of Lion! But didn’t ERA talk about 12 times 12 lines/stripes/bars/strokes? 12 lines means Aquarius again, because the shining herd, which you call Zodiac, has 12 signs. This is also the mystery of the “Crop Circles”; not unwilling ordinary people should decipher the signs, they are solely for EA and MAGDI and their divine offspring, so they are able to correctly interpret the time of return! Because NI-BI-RU orbits 3,6 schar this is 12,960 Earth years, and 3,6 schar away from Aquarius indeed stands Lion! But this crossing does not cross the path of your Earth, it runs through the inner circle, that you call the asteroid belt. We will later address the events that happened at that time in detailed manner! After 3,6 schar the next encounter comes, because NI-BI-RU’s orbit has a drawn-out EIGHT. This EIGHT is turned in its self, indeed the point of crossing lies on one “level” but not at the same point in space! Thus it happens that one time the encounter in Aquarius causes KI’s orbit to shift, but the other time it orbits the asteroid belt without disruption for your planet. Your children have a game, which is called “spin-the-bottle”, a bottle is spun in a circle, at the point where the bottle stops a pledge is payable. What pledge will be payable after the return of the ANU-NAKI? Exactly this picture of “spinning-the-bottle” was what TU and MIRA had in mind, when they send the sign of return to their divine children! Of course they encrypted it as agreed, they drew the path of the “shining herd” which you call ecliptic as a LINE, well aware that the descendants of the primitive Lulu or even the Reptoid beings were not able to recognize this as a circle! But that was not enough, the NUMBERS were also encrypted, because who would possibly recognize, that the first sacred angel the “crop circles”, the DUB-SCHAH, the number 72, is equivalent to the inclination of the ecliptic of exactly ONE DEGREE!? Who would be able to calculate the time of the start and the time of return, if not the sons of the gods themselves?? Now here the time of return shall be pictured, the Planets have their equivalence exactly like the position inside the “shining herd”, the calculations where sent by MIRA and TU with the goal of awakening the children of the gods and to give them the corresponding assignments. Each of the God’s children will now become aware of their assignment and will contribute their part to initiate the return. The battle we lost, but still have won, will now be carried out on the level that is marked in the book ILAT-LITUM, “The Highest victory”
Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 16:48:26
GENESIS III: The War Between Lemuria and the Land of EA.MAGDI
72 moons had past since EA and MAGDI built their house under the lake BAN-TAN, it was big and magnificent, and had room for all 711 God’s Children. To honour their divine parents they called their land EA.MAGDI. The first-born son of the twins was called IMMARU-IMTAHA, in your language this would mean “light warrior”. The first-born girl was called ZU-SINNISNARTU, in your language this means, “Wise singer”. To simplify it, from now on we call the two God’s children IMMA and SINNI. IMMA trained the godsons in all martial laws, especially the throwing of the silver battle disc and mastering the fire stick. The silver battle discs that were left by TU, had magical powers, not only were they able to find the enemy through the mind power of the thrower, they also had 45 openings to shoot “fire waves”. The outer 18 openings carried TU’s initials, the CORE of life going upwards in a curved path, which represents both the divine race and the anscension of the gods themselves. 108 battle disc were fabricated, according to the sacred number of HUNAB, the distance between KI (Earth) and APSU (Sun) in ancient holy times. But SINNI, the wise singer, had the special task in training the children of the gods to understand the signs, that TU and MIRA were sending to Earth within certain intervals. She herself was in the possession of the emerald tablet that MAGDI received from MIRA but she was not allowed to show it to the other god’s children. Too much of wisdom, deceit and spite/malice, too much of eternal truths and possibilities to see into the future, were recorded on the emerald tablet. It required courage and determination and truly divine will, to accept this tablet, then the next war with Lemuria was recorded on the tablet just as the escape of the god’s children to the planet LAHMU (Mars) and all destiny of the gods and the people till the sky’s last blink of the eye. Even her own inevitable fate was recorded there, and Sinni had the strength to endure this! But slowly Time became dark, the Reptoid beings interbred with the escaped Lulu and formed a new race, the Lemurians. Of course they also had heard of the escape of the gods, but they also knew of the land EA.MAGDI and the hideout of the abandoned god’s children. They didn’t know the lake BAN-TAN, but their cunning and determination was great to find this place and to destroy the sons of the gods. Their leader called himself ETU-MARU, which means “dark son”. The race of the Lemurians also had divine strands [of DNA] in their blood, because the primitive Lulu were created by the gods from “monkeys” [allegedly Neanderthals, Wes’ comment] and 9 strands of the gods were connected. At the end the mixing with the Reptoids emphasized their combat skills even more, only the medial talents were extremely low. ETU-MARU`s lover was SARRATA ( SARRAT IRKALLI ), the “Queen of the underworld”. SARRATA was extremely beautiful and also intelligent and cunning–she could pretend and mislead many. Therefore ETU-MARU made up a plan: He sent SARRATA up to the “upper world” to spy, she should find the house of the gods and if possible gain their confidence, to gain access to the house of the gods. Cunning and beautiful as she was she went to the upperworld, where everywhere small settlements of the god’s children had emerged. Although, EA and MAGDI got warnings from TU and MIRA, that pointed out that the enemies of the gods lived in inner earth, but these warnings had since faded, and few even thought about it. This enabled SARRATA to infiltrate the god’s children, and she even won the heart of a son. He informed her about lake BAN-TAN and of many many secret things that enabled the Lemurians to start their attack. On the darkest day in the history of the ANU-NAKI the attack of the Lemurians began. SARRATA also found out that on this day the god’s children wanted to celebrate a feast. The date was choosen well and ETU-MARU led the Lemurians into battle. The war could not be shorter, after 7 days the gods had lost 550 of their children and EA and MAGDI decided for the last resort. There would be an escape to planet LAHMU [Mars, Wes’ comment]. The 166-remaining god’s children started to flee under the leadership of EA and MAGDI. With three “silver birds” they left the land EA.MAGDI for good, to find a new home. SINNI sang her most beatiful songs to please the heart of the remaining children. She encouraged them and dried their tears.
The NEW Home
LAHMU (the planet Mars) was like the earth at that time. It had an ample vegetation, deep valleys and gorges and wavy oceans. The children of the gods had the great luck that there were no aggressive beings like the Lemurians. Far from it, there were smart birds with whom the children of gods soon made friends. The birds had caves far above in the cliffy mountains, and because they were so strong and confident at the same time, the children of the gods let them take them high into the air just for fun. They had gleaming plumage, that shimmered in all colors of the rainbow. Yes, there was rain and rainbows on LAHMU, and over time this world was loved by the children of gods more than the partically inhospitable Earth. So they built their first house on LAHMU and called it SHADU.E, which means ,,Mountainhouse” [,,Hillhouse”]. All this had SINNI known, for it was recorded in her emerald-tablet, but could she have spoken the truth? Even ANU would have been refused to do so, for something horrible would have happened, the course of the heavens would collapse. SHADU.E was built nobly and received a golden gleaming dome by which in the soft light SINNI sang her songs and instructed the children in the arts of the gods. IMMA however continued instructing in the martial arts for he would never accept the dishonor of being defeated by the Lemurians! One day he would lead the gods to their revenge against the Lemurians and wipe them out completely. SINNI too had to achieve something special, for by their escape from earth the children of the gods had stripped themselves from the chance of reading and interpreting the SIGNS of MIRA and TU. This was irreversibly necessary, for from where else should they get the hints for their further development? Thus SINNI created an INU.ZU, a ,,wise Eye”, with which she could observe the forests, the feral fields with corn and the sheets of ice of the northern seas of the planet Earth from her house. She had to be able to determine the Return of the gods, for it was up to her if the betrayal was punished by MIRA and TU or if ANU could be pleased with a legend. The FIRST encounter was 6 Signals ago, and SINNI knew that NI-BI-RU had completed half a cycle after 6 Signals and would reach it’s point of intersection of the ,,eternal Eight”. NI-BI-RU started in the sign of GU (Aquarius) and threw KI (the Earth) from it’s orbit; it would return to the solar system in the sign of UR.GULA (Leo) and cross the system at 228 HUNAB. That was NOT one of the encounters of which ERA spoke, for ERA meant clearly the encounters with Earth, and those take place every 12 signs! So the FIRST encounter between NI-BI-RU and KI (the Earth) took place in the year 309,033 B.C. with your time calculation. The following events should occur 12,960 years later, starting from the year 296,073 B.C. Thus the complete cycle of NI-BI-RU (because of the years after Christ) is 311,040 earth years, which are 86,4 SCHAR. For this reason NI-BI-RU has the core number 648 and LAHMU; the new home of the children of the gods has the numerical value 468. 311,040 earth years are 80 great cycles of the Destroyer (Satan). For 80 multiplied with 3,888 (the true 666) is 311,040. 311,040 Earth years are 90 great creation cycles, for the number 3,456 (serpent bites it’s own tail – symbol for chaos and creation) multiplied with 90 results in 311,040 Earth years. Here the quotation from the book ILAT-LITUM finds it’s true meaning: ,,Light and shadow are combined.” Light (number 90) multiplied by shadow (number 80) results in 7,200 or 7,2 Schar, which equals one cycle of NI-BI-RU, so it comes to one (Light-ENLIL’s Way) positive result and one (Shadow-EA’s Way) negative result! Not for nothing one way Enlil’s and one way EA’s are exactly 3,6 Schar. When we retrace the happenings we will discover, that 3,6 Schar – in the sign of Leo (10.953 B.C.) – the golden era ended through EA’s way and today 2007 A.D. The golden era begins through ENLIL’S WAY! However we will return to the to the events at the time: The Shadow-Way fulfilled the first time and the children of the gods waited wishfully for the beginning of the Light-Way. SINNI had fufilled great deeds, for her INU.ZU, her ,,wise Eye” could not only see the signs of MIRA and TU from Earth, but could also see far into the heavens and follow NI-BI-RU’s course eternally. So she could calculate the exact date of the return of the gods. MIRA and TU had also taken precautions, they let SINNI know by their signs in the corn which plans ANU had. The great Council decided to help the children on LAHMU, for ERA’s wisdom told the gods, that EA and MAGDI and all following children-generations should belong to the tribes of the gods. ERA’s wisdom meant, that the gods under the leadership of ANU and with the power of SEPT invade the land of the LEMURIANS and should force them with unimaginable devaststations back into the caves. So it was recorded in the book ILAT-LITUM, the ,,highest victory”. The sign for this was transmitted to SINNI as follows:
* Second sign image (attached)
GENESIS IV: The Return Of The Gods
IMMA and SINNI, the children of the gods and leaders of the children on LAHMU had fulfilled great deeds. Through the wise eye INU.ZU they could follow NI-BI-RU’s course and wait for the prompt return of the gods. SINNI was lecturing in the mountainhouse SHADU.E about the high signs, and that shall be expressed here word by word, for it is the revelation of the secret of making the signs, or crop circles, which the humans on KI will call them later. ,,Many children will ask themselves, where these high signs come from and how they are made!” The high signs are messages from our god-parents on our homeworld NI-BI-RU. So much you know already. They send us these signs, so we can calculate their return and prepare us! When signs originate in the corn, the WATER in the halm is informed! High signs can only originate where specific minerals and iron is available in the ground, of course water has to be there also. This information is transmitted through ,,waves” – we call these waves NA.LI.TAR – they are waves in the metaphysical spectrum – the humans call them REIKI – Blue Light – VRIL – there are thousand names for it, but only we know it’s purpose! The NA.LI.TAR-waves are sent through space by MIRA and TU, on Earth they inform the Minos and iron containing water and at a specifically determined time the water presses the halm and the crop into the desired pattern! The humans will know one day, that water is the medium of the gods – our gods – it is the universal divinity! You can talk to water, water has a memory for the period of eternity, and water fills the space between the stars in its’ most precious form – as ice! For that reason humans build their temples and churches nearby water! [1] The humans have some among themselves, whom they call druids; they can communicate with water and understand the meaning of our messages! But it will not help humans, for these druids will be laughed at and declared insane, for the minds of most humans is clouded by a radiation out of the world of matter – the humans will build antennas and this dangerous radiation will contaminate the planet KI and its’ species and take away their spiritual experience(s). NA.LI.TAR-waves can produce ice-pictures – the principle is very easy: The waves inform the (ferreous) water and this will change the temperature at specific points within a short time, these burn- and breakpoints in their wholeness result in a fine ice-picture. We can see it through our wise eye INU.ZU on the lake BAN-TAN! Humans aren’t so familiar with ice-pictures as they are with high signs in the crop, but they fulfill the same meaning – our god-parents show us the way and prepare us for their return! The humans will build a terrible facility which they call H.A.A.R.P., they want to produce NA.LI.TAR-waves themselves and create false pictures! But it will not work, for they have not the device for it and their sense is directed on the world of form and appearance! Form and appearance are only the expression of VRIL – some will see, that VRIL and GRAL are the same, for it is only meant for the communication with NI-BI-RU! VRIL 4,636 GRAL 1,616 Sum 6,252 = 15X120 = 1,800 = ½ SCHAR!! VRIL is the power, and GRAL is the device to send out the force! Every 12,960 years our courses cross, and so the NA.LI.TAR-waves rise. The humans will notice! They will cut the halms of the crops and analyse it, they will notice a strange short live energy, which they can not measure! For VRIL remains only very short in the world of form and appearance, for it changes into its’ spirit-form and carries the information on for all eternity! So it is written in the TABULA SMARAGDINA: She who was – she who is – she who will be – ,,Steersman of times, the chariotleader, Lord of the waters, Lord of the Light From the horizon of EA to the horizon of ANU He, who leads the way, he, who is. The star that was born from LAMUS light. The child that was born out of TU’s semen. Concepted by the royal MIRA. Guarded by SEPT, the leader of the firesigns. He, who receives the words Who’s way leads to ERA’s secret Recorded in the tablets of the grassgods From the beginning of light to beginning. The TABULA SMARAGDINA turns on the sweeps, the waves of oceans, above the heads of the children of gods, it transmits constantly NA.LI.TAR-waves into the Vigrid-plains, to announce together with the high signs the return of NI-BI-RU. SINNI had fulfilled something great: Everywhere on LAHMU she placed the IR-MIN-SUL, and the children of gods were delighted by the water of the light! On LAHMU there were Ley-points too, where the Minos-Iron-Water sputtered. 12 pillars were placed on LAHMU by SINNI, 12 pillars it were 2 eras later on KI (the Earth). IMMA had to achieve special work, for the pillars were made of a mixture of LADUR-rock and SEMADIT-metal. This unique mixture of precious rock and also precious metal gives the pillar its’ conductibility in Minos-Iron-water. When the 12 pillars were placed a great feast was celebrated, the children of gods flew on the wings of the TAN.TAK, the ,,gleaming flowers”; high up to the SHADU.E, they celebrated the feast of the first placement of the IR-MIN-SUL, and noone could take it from them in this moment of inner entrancement! On the next morning the pillars started to rotate, the water sputtered from the openings in the head and high above the red fields of LAHMU NI-BI-RU presented itself to the children of gods for the very first time in all its’ glory and delightfulness. In this time SINNI sent a final sign to Earth, to state it’s inhabitans the return of the gods. In ,,Land of return” in the ,,Book of Change” this time is exactly described:
Land Of Return
When HE stands above the top of the pyramid When the lights falls in and breaks the top The day will be shortened ten steps again But only once, then the way of the goddess begins Again in the west, like before the flood. But onehundredfortyforthousand who stand on the mountain ZION in the name of the father and the son Will receive the wings The godly lines of ZINI. (The) ghost of the wind will abduct them up to the city Which is named ETAB.ENTABA, there but waits Henoch. The seven keys are seven signs Made by the mistress SINNI. You will recognize the signs for wisdom and intellect live in one house in the other live malice and deception The righteous know the meaning. One will come, as in primeval times before, with the name ETU.MARU The lord of darkness, lord of fog. One of the righteous will stagger, treason in his heart But the body of a spider will save him. On the next morning they will see the silver birds And know that they are being hailed (,,called”). On that day the air will feel like lead And dark fogs will cover the mountain and the soul. Those standing on the mountain ZION are three and six, For his number is three hundred sixty And are however one hundred forty forthousand. One will turn the tablet of signs against the sun Then the KADINGIR, the gateway of the gods, Will open anew and the airs begin to sing.
This sign should get the following shape:
Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Xanadron din 18 Decembrie 2011, 19:28:39
“72 moons had past since EA and MAGDI built their house under the lake BAN-TAN, it was big and magnificent, and had room for all 711 God’s Children.”
Lacul BAN-TAN poate fi f. bine actualul BAI-KAL. 😎 Unde destule “intilniri apropiate” cu ET si/sau OZN-uri :ufo: au fost raportate de rusi – care desfasoara de alfel destule activitati secrete prin zona, inclusiv observatii cu ajutorul “The underwater neutrino telescope NT-200”, amplasat la 1 km sub luciul de apa.
Citeva imagini din 2009 cu sursa ISS/NAZA (care, asa cum va asteptati, habar n-are despre ce fenomen e vorba :-D) pot sugera varianta asta.
Per total, si asta-i totusi doar una din nenumaratele “povesti annunakiene” 👿 ispititor de bogate-n detalii, a caror eventuala confirmare ar tine pina la urma doar de aparitia LOR in carne si oase. :martiansmile:
Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 22:17:59
I always thought that Baikal is the place where russians hide their cosmospheres 😀 (just kiddin’… or not 😕 :-D)
Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Xanadron din 19 Decembrie 2011, 06:34:50
Oups, I’ve missed the point – this is the English section! 😮 A perfect place for lazy non-translating posters, 😀 so here I am back, with some details.Lake Baikal, the world’s deepest lake, was the site of several UFO encounters, according to the Russian navy. Declassified records going back a generation reveal several encounters with what are described as UFOs. Only a year ago, the scientists were able to reach the bottom of Lake Baikal, located near the border with Mongolia. In one case in 1982, military divers training at the lake said they spotted a group of humanoid creatures dressed in silver suits at a depth of 50 metres. They tried to catch the visitors but three of the seven men died in the process, while four others were severely injured in the incident, according to the recordshttp://www.nowpublic.com/strange/lake-baikal-russia-reveals-ufo-encounters (http://www.nowpublic.com/strange/lake-baikal-russia-reveals-ufo-encounters)
Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Siberia din 19 Decembrie 2011, 14:39:32
It’s not lazyness, dear colegue, it’s only lack of time. I don’t have enough time and i fear to get “lost in translation” 😀 (jokin’) Now, about the russian connection zith Annunaki. Tunguska (like lake Baikal) si also in Siberia, you know; and Valery Uvarov (a scientist that have been involved in the russian government UFO secret program), said that the Tunguska incident was caused by an alien ancient defense device settled in some underground facility to north of impact area. He also claimed that this device was built by the Anunnaki to prevent meteors and hostile activity. Whatever it is, it seems that is still activated but we won’t hear the russiana reveal its location. Maybe the Russians found out something before or after the Nazi’s expeditions to find their cosmic roots about the Anunnaki base in Siberia (under the Baikal / Ban-Tan) because they hurried to conquer the space and go to Mars.
It is said that in the late ’70s and the first years of ’80s, the russians (maube after hearing even Hoaglands theory about Anunnaki) flied to Mars and started to explore the planet. Is said that using their “nonexistent cosmospheres” they managed to map the Mars in a very short time and to discover a lot of ancient artifact and mars bases. The most interesting discovery was the town of Cydonia. They took all the relics, ancient artifacts from Cydonia and started their own base on Mars (on the sunny side 😀 😀 :-D). It’s not known if they found the Anunnaki alive there and started a “beautifull friendship”. It is said also that the Chinese (russians friends) are also deeply connected to Anunnaki.Now, if these tablets tell us the true story of Anunnaki, we can understand the Nazi’s faith in their cosmic descendant theory. In this case, Atlantis is not the “NWO black magic island”. Knowing that there are many who speaks about a war between Atlantis and Lemuria, and that Lemurians war the bad/warrior guys (according to these tablets), someone can assume that the Atlants were some direct Anunnaki descendants. As nazi’s discovered their roots in the Atlantis people, they light have thought that are direct descendants from Anunnaki, and that’s why Hitler wanted to ascend to Aldebaran :-DJust a tought of mine 🙂
p.s. – as written somewhere on the site, maybe there is still a battle between 2 factions (lemurian descendants – as the 13 bloodlines and atlantis descendants – as Anunnaki children). Who knows where the truth is ???
“72 moons had past since EA and MAGDI built their house under the lake BAN-TAN, it was big and magnificent, and had room for all 711 God’s Children.”
Lacul BAN-TAN poate fi f. bine actualul BAI-KAL. 😎 Unde destule “intilniri apropiate” cu ET si/sau OZN-uri :ufo: au fost raportate de rusi – care desfasoara de alfel destule activitati secrete prin zona, inclusiv observatii cu ajutorul “The underwater neutrino telescope NT-200”, amplasat la 1 km sub luciul de apa.
Citeva imagini din 2009 cu sursa ISS/NAZA (care, asa cum va asteptati, habar n-are despre ce fenomen e vorba :-D) pot sugera varianta asta.
Per total, si asta-i totusi doar una din nenumaratele “povesti annunakiene” 👿 ispititor de bogate-n detalii, a caror eventuala confirmare ar tine pina la urma doar de aparitia LOR in carne si oase. :martiansmile:
Oups, I’ve missed the point – this is the English section! 😮 A perfect place for lazy non-translating posters, 😀 so here I am back, with some details.Lake Baikal, the world’s deepest lake, was the site of several UFO encounters, according to the Russian navy. Declassified records going back a generation reveal several encounters with what are described as UFOs. Only a year ago, the scientists were able to reach the bottom of Lake Baikal, located near the border with Mongolia. In one case in 1982, military divers training at the lake said they spotted a group of humanoid creatures dressed in silver suits at a depth of 50 metres. They tried to catch the visitors but three of the seven men died in the process, while four others were severely injured in the incident, according to the records
It’s not lazyness, dear colegue, it’s only lack of time. I don’t have enough time and i fear to get “lost in translation” 😀 (jokin’) Now, about the russian connection zith Annunaki. Tunguska (like lake Baikal) si also in Siberia, you know; and Valery Uvarov (a scientist that have been involved in the russian government UFO secret program), said that the Tunguska incident was caused by an alien ancient defense device settled in some underground facility to north of impact area. He also claimed that this device was built by the Anunnaki to prevent meteors and hostile activity. Whatever it is, it seems that is still activated but we won’t hear the russiana reveal its location. Maybe the russians found out something before or after the Nazi’s expeditions to find their cosmic roots about the Anunnaki base in Siberia (under the Baikal / Ban-Tan) because they hurried to conquer the space and go to Mars. It is said that in the late ’70s and the first years of ’80s, the russians (maube after hearing even Hoaglands theory about Anunnaki) flied to Mars and started to explore the planet. Is said that using their “nonexistent cosmospheres” they managed to map the Mars in a very short time and to discover a lot of ancient artifact and mars bases. The most interesting discovery was the town of Cydonia. They took all the relics, ancient artifacts from Cydonia and started their own base on Mars (on the sunny side 😀 😀 :-D). It’s not known if they found the Anunnaki alive there and started a “beautifull friendship”.
It is said also that the Chinese (Russians friends) are also deeply connected to Anunnaki.
Now, if these tablets tell us the true story of Anunnaki, we can understand the Nazi’s faith in their cosmic descendant theory. In this case, Atlantis is not the “NWO black magic island”. Knowing that there are many who speaks about a war between Atlantis and Lemuria, and that Lemurians war the bad/warrior guys (according to these tablets), someone can assume that the Atlants were some direct Anunnaki descendants. As nazi’s discovered their roots in the Atlantis people, they light have thought that are direct descendants from Anunnaki, and that’s why Hitler wanted to ascend to Aldebaran 😀
Just a tought of mine 🙂
p.s. – as written somewhere on the site, maybe there is still a battle between 2 factions (lemurian descendants – as the 13 bloodlines and atlantis descendants – as Anunnaki children). Who knows where the truth is ???
“The end is the beginning of all things, Suppressed and hidden, Awaiting to be released through the rhythm Of pain and pleasure.” – Jiddu KrishnamurtiNews
News From the Galactic Federation of Light.
Special people Please click on the link for the original video link
468 views Premiered 64 minutes ago #5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness I am also starting Patreon, I am putting all my censored videos here: 💖 / truthcanchangeyourlifeofficial
Support my work on Subscribestar: https://www.subscribestar.com/truth-c…
Voice-over Recording , Audio & Video Production by Truth Can Change Your Life Youtube Channel
5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness
Transcript
Greetings our dear earthlings Galactic Federation of Light have instructed me to give you a message of the great importance.
Now all the forces of light who are assigned to help earthlings with their shift into a new dimension are summoned for emergency the moment of truth is approaching when the threshold for overcoming problems must be determined in other words the degree of danger for people who are at the brink of survival as a result of natural disasters which become increasingly destructive with every day.
Why is it happening humanity is too slow in turning its ship which have taken a wrong course leading them to destruction in the preceding decades all the higher forces of the universe have worked to compel you to awaken sending you numerous signs and cues and also literal unequivocal information about an Ascension the shift of your planet to another dimension into the new energy space.
There is an unceasing struggle between the forces of light and darkness for your minds and your souls and for your lives your Galactic brothers and sisters have joined in this process crucial for an entire universe trying to help as many people as possible to use this unique chance stopping the wheel of the incarnations and returning them where they originally have come from.
But these efforts strike an impenetrable wall named inertia that tiny part of the best representatives of humanity who have taken upon themselves the mission of bringing the true knowledge to the people are perceived by the majority of the population as Fanatics cult members dreamers in other words people not of this world.
But remember it is precisely such strange and unusual people swimming against the tide who have led Humanity to the new levels of development opening the New Horizons for them postr ly they often have been called Brave genius wise but during their lifetimes they have been ridiculed persecuted and sometimes even sentenced to death.
So do not repeat this mistake again and again believe those who could Escape boring R uniform life who have overcome the power of inertia and have he the voices of the higher Powers your Galactic family and the misunderstanding and mockery stubbornly persevered to reach the goal planned by their souls and not by The Faceless consumer society that sunk in the vices of Duality.
Overcome your pride and try to hear and understand those who sincerely wishes to help you to save your souls that are tired to be born again and again in the 3D world where the cruel laws of survival will reign where the world is ruled by the race of reptiloids who have seized the power on Earth and transformed people into their obedient slaves.
There is no time left for pondering your Earth is exhausted from an endless waiting and already unable to keep on herself the burden of 3D World the Earth throws it off with all possible means through earthquakes and and floods through tornadoes and hurricanes through tsunamis and Volcanic explosions and only you our dear earthlings could soften this process changing your Consciousness ridding yourselves from negative energies consuming you.
And transforming them into the energies of light and love please change your mind and help us and the higher powers of the universe to save you without your understanding and participation we won’t be able to completely accomplish our mission for saving Humanity which means that the greatest part of humanity won’t be able to ascend with the Earth.
We extend our hands to you and wait for your handshake in return the Galactic Federation of Light has instructed me to give you the following message: the excitement created by your media about the planet Nibiru approaching Earth has had some real foundation and now I will tell you what has really happened in these last days of this month.
What you call a Nibiru is in reality nothing else but a huge meteorite that has broken off from the unknown planet in another galaxy. It is traveling in our universe for a long time and we keep a constant surveillance over this huge object which size is comparable with the size of a small planet this meteorite represents a real danger for all the planets and civilizations of our galaxy.
The Galactic Federation of Light has decided to address this problem and has created a team of Specialists from different alien civilizations which has developed a system of surveillance and a plan of actions in case the meteor will come too close to one of the planets and will represent a real danger for them.
By doing that we have been abl to avoid the meteorites collision with several planets of our galaxy and the last such incident may have happened with your planet I will reveal to you the mechanism of influence on this Heavenly Body.
In general the meaning of the mechanism is that the beam of electrons focused in a certain way is capable to change the trajectory of the flight of an object. this meteorite like a Wandering ship has been wandering through the universe for a long time and only thanks to an unceasing surveillance of our ships from the Galactic Federation of Light it has not caused any harm so far.
We are happy that we have helped the earthlings to avoid a catastrophe in this crucial moment when the shift of your planet to the new higher vibrational space is coming to its ultimate stage and we assure you that in the future we will do everything possible to protect you from any danger coming from the outside.
In the last month quite a few important events have happened in the space around Earth and also in the Galaxy as a whole.
First of all it concerns the sun its energetic component has experienced significant changes it has happened due to the qualitative jump in the sun’s vibrations it is similar to a process when a person who is was shifting to the new level of Spiritual Development goes through a crisis with concurrent high temperatures the same thing is happening with the sun and the sun’s reaction to the higher level of vibrations unfortunately is reflected upon you creating unusually high temperatures and also a sharp fluctuation of temperatures.
The fires that are blasting all over the earth now are also a reflection of an unusual solar activity because the sun is an indelible part of the fire element to help establish a complete balance on your planet.
The second sun will soon come to help him his feminine counterpart that already possesses the necessary assortment of qualities that corresponds with the new vibrations.
The role of the feminine sun will be to decrease the solar activity of its masculine counterpart and by doing that to soften the climate on Earth to the moderate all over the planet.
I will not explain all the details of this process because at this moment you only need to know that everything develops according to the plan and according to the scenario developed by our creator.
The second change on your planet Planet concerns the moon perhaps many of you have noticed that in recent times the moon behaves quite unusually appearing in different places and in different times this is also explained by her transition which is a necessary element of the entering together with Earth into the new higher vibrational energy space on a subtle plane.
The moon has divided into several moons and gradually the number of the moons will be increased to seven when your Earth enters the 5D with its physical body.
The seven moons will be shining in your skies and it will be a magnificent and beautiful sight all these changes are happening gradually and the Galactic Federation of Light is controlling this.
Crucial for the Galaxy process the main part of the process still happens on a subtle plane and remains unseen for you but some signs of its descend into the physical plane can already be identified by your astronomers and also by the space stations that stay on the orbit now .
I would like to calm and reassure you with this message and also would like to say that everything happens according to the plan and this chord of eclipses that has happened in this month has become a border which will forever separate the 3D world where your Earth is still staying from the new higher vibrational space where slowly but surely she is moving.
Now be assured that we are always near you and are always ready to come to your help.
Now I am instructed to give a message of extreme importance today the most crucial period of your planet’s entrance into the space of 5D has started now it’s already impossible to turn back this process because all the heavenly bodies that accompany Earth have entered a stage of their complete transformation and of course the sun and the moon are the main bodies because they influence the processes of life functioning on your planet.
What’s new happening with the sun the sun now is in the turbulent current of such unbelievable power which is called for to extract from it a second sun its feminine half which will gradually drive out the masculine Sun the one that is becoming too rigid for the Earth of 5D whose climate will change substantially. That new motherly son will provide the Earth with soft even climate very comfortable for its inhabitants.
I know that even now some of you have been able to see a second sun but so far it has been rather Sun’s manifestation on a subtle plane of Earth and you could see it in only some special circumstances but soon it would take its lawful place in your skies.
The same thing pertains to the Moon it is rapidly changes its parameters color shape and place in the skies and perhaps many of you have noticed that sometimes it rises from the Horizon like a sun lightening up a huge space around it and you become astonished by the size of its sphere. That’s how its transformation is happening gradually the moon will loose its functions as a nightly celestial body because on the 5D Earth the border between the night and day will be erased. Because the day and night also have been the embodiment of The Duality like good and evil light and darkness. The night has always evoked fear in people has been associated with different superstitions with the coming of the dark Forces and there is some element of Truth in that. Because just as darkness is the other side of light so is the night is the other side of the day that’s why all the sorcerers rituals and the other dark Affairs have been conducted at night for ages. But because the darkness cannot survive on the new Earth of 5D it simply will be dissolved in the light of the high vibrations of 5D.
Then the night as a physical embodiment of Darkness on Earth with would not be able to exist anymore. Therefore the moon as indelible part of the night has to transform into another body which will be harmoniously matched with the new conditions of life on Earth that’s exactly what will happen very soon and the lunar eclipse on this month will be its beginning. The body of the moon will be reborn and while it will continue to be an artificial satellite of the Earth it will assume completely different functions.
The moon will balance the magnetic field of Earth something that she has been doing before but now coming in resonance with the new parameters of your planet she will become some type of the regulator of energies promoting its equal distribution all over the planet. It will not be expressed on the physical plane instantly and for some time the night will continue to change place with the day but gradually the borders between them will be erased.
I know dear ones that for many of you it sounds like a science fiction but believe me soon it will become a reality and you will be accustomed to it quite fast because the new parameters of the heavenly bodies will be for your good and will bring only Pleasant Sensations into your life. This message must prepare you for the upcoming changes on the planet and most importantly protect you from panic and fear which are so characteristic of the people who witness everything unfamiliar and unusual.
Ashtar shiron who loves you sincerely,
Channeled by Marta
The Earth: Prisoners on a Planet of Slaves, or in a Dimensional Paradise?
./Ancient Civilizations And Sound Waves_ Healing Power Of Music – Infinity Explorers_files/ads.html
Ancient civilizations used a variety of healing exercises, and one of them was utilizing the benefits of music. Music has never-ending advantages and it is believed that it has the ability to improve cognitive performance and memory. It is difficult to believe that music could truly heal physical or mental ailments. However, ancient civilizations may have the answer to this question that how they used the healing power of music and how a relation was established between music and medicine back then.
Egyptians And Healing Power Of Music
Ancient civilization utilized the therapeutic benefits of music for quite a long time. The Greek physicians were recognized to use flutes and zitter to heal their patients, and just like them, Egyptians had their own method of using the healing power of music.
They had a belief that the sound generated by vowels had special healing abilities, and the method was known as ‘Toning’. Also, the generated sounds were manipulated using breath and voice that had therapeutic results.
./Ancient Civilizations And Sound Waves_ Healing Power Of Music – Infinity Explorers_files/ads(1).html
./Ancient Civilizations And Sound Waves_ Healing Power Of Music – Infinity Explorers_files/ads(2).html
This method turned out to be so useful that the buildings were specifically structured to amplify such sounds that had healing features during the performance of religious ceremonies. Particular areas that could amplify the sound were incorporated inside the pyramids by the Egyptians which depicted the relevance of the healing power of music.
John Stuar Rield, a renowned acoustician asserted that the king’s chamber in the Great Pyramid of Giza was designed to reverberate to enhance the sound energy in the chamber.
Does Music really have therapeutic benefits?
The therapeutic benefits of music may sound absurd to some and people might be skeptical about it. However, it has been reported in several ancient accounts that the ancient civilization had laid their hands on something extremely profound. The use of music in medicine was researched first back in the 19th century, Diogel of Salpetriere hospital in Paris originally reported on the effects of music on humans. It included various aspects such as cardiac output, respiratory rate, pulse rate, and blood pressure.
A research was conducted where live musicians were directed to perform beside the bed of the patients and it was found that soothing music could really lower the blood pressure and heart rate. Also, it could also increase the cardiac outputs and aid the workings of the parasympathetic system.
Journey from ancient times to today’s Modern Era
In today’s era as well, music is widely known for its healing properties. Using several methods such as structured therapy, music these days is used to treat both mental and physical illness. After conducting approximately 25 researches, the experts are of the opinion that music can even treat depression and anxiety.
Surprisingly, one does not even have to attend official music therapy sessions, learning how to play the piano or hearing soothing music works as a therapy in itself. Well, it is truly difficult to believe that merely learning or hearing music can treat several ailments, however, the ancient civilization realized its value way before us.
Many people have the belief that long ago, inter-dimensional vibrations generated everything that exists: galaxies, solar systems, planets, etc
In the Solar System, multiple groups of Beings inhabited several planets including Planet Earth. In time the Atlanteans arrived. This Atlantean Civilization was united and closely connected with the frequency and vibration of the sound of water. Water is the pure manifestation of sound, as it experiences all vibrations and frequencies.
Water “feels” or “experiences” all kinds of electromagnetic frequencies and vibrations.
(The Earth: Prisoners on a Planet of Slaves)
Very low-frequency vibrations (frequency <1 Hz).
Low-frequency vibrations (frequency between 1 and 20 Hz).
High-frequency vibrations (frequency between 20 and 2000 Hz).
At that time, the Atlanteans shared the planet with the Sirians, the Reptilians-Serpents, the Anunnaki, the beings of Mars and the Leviticus of Pluto.
In each planet of the Solar System, there were certain different beings, just as on many planets outside our solar system, there were races of beings. In that period the planets were divided, containing each of the races of beings with determined and specific physical expression. In addition the Interdimensional Beings were also included
Science has shown that “hominids” have been on this planet for a long time, yet they have not been able to demonstrate that Homo Sapiens Sapiens or modern man has.
Why do Human Beings exist as we are today?
At one point in time on the planet Earth, the Anunnaki race, led by Enki, Enlil, Marduk, and others, in addition to the Sirians, Reptilians-Serpents, Pluto Leviticans, and Mars beings, Certain planets, There were specific agreements for the creation of life, generating lasting partnerships of collaboration among these races
The Anunnaki Beings possess great longevity and live for thousands of years, but like all, in the end, they ended up succumbing to death in its plane. The Anunnaki maintained their existence on interdimensional planes since their original planet is situated in another dimension. But Anu, Enlil, and Enki together with their son Marduk, generated the existence of the Human Beings of the Earth. The human body is designed specifically for its control and management.
Initially, the bodies were composed of Free Election and Free Will powers, but later they were altered to reconvert them to “biological prisons” or “biological robots”. The need for “slave labor or servant” was the fundamental need that led to the creation of humans.
It is quite possible that we live in a holographic prison created by superior alien beings in technology and knowledge. Limiting the capacities of the physical body and the subtle bodies of beings, they created extremely limited and governable Homo Sapiens to bound them to earthly physicality, preventing complete spiritual access. How? “Enclosing them in their own reality,” in their own design and in their own mind limited to the physical world only.
For the control of these new human beings, they generated the archetype of “a God” that forced a physical settlement and apparent spirituality. These gods were the carriers of the “mental archetypes” that design our social, family, and own bases.
The concept of a “God”, forms the mental expression of the Archetype of a Great Being, who from the beyond, outside in space, lives and controls us individually and collectively, managing our lives, and bringing us satisfactions or sufferings, according to their Designs, and should confer on their worship and rituality with which he pays allegiance.
Later human civilizations were created and also the types of mental archetypes that governed the consciences of these humans were increased.
The cerebral modifications that limit our intelligence, the mental archetypes that limit our consciousness, generated individuals that were selfish, separatist, and ignorant or blind of their true reality of the Spiritual Being.
Archetypes generated thoughts and beliefs that governed our lives by depositing our earthly and spiritual power in that God, as something greater to us, to which we owed submission and respect. All these thoughts and beliefs have shaped all our civilizations and all their individuals, preventing them from seeing the reality of their Being. But the scenario is that all the answers are before our eyes, in this reality.
Absolute slavery
Marduk decided to generate the earthly prison, since he was the designer and person in charge of the human project that we know today, in mental limitation, mental archetypes, the creation of beliefs and thoughts, and symbols, but other Beings of other races did not find sense to that decision.
One of the most suggestive thoughts beliefs was the creation of the physical relational bond with others through emotions. Will there be any human being who can transcend all beliefs, thoughts, mental symbols, and emotions that limit us, without getting lost in time and space?
Love will be the solution.
It will be the self-recognition solution.
It will be internal sincerity the solution.
It will be the internal expansion solution.
It will be inter-dimensionality the solution.
It will be the subtle energy solution.
Quantum physics will be the solution.
The unit will be the solution.
The inner Light will be the solution.
The fall of the Angels.
Marduk created the design and Anu used that design for his interest. The fall of homo sapiens or “fallen angels” is simply earthly imprisonment. No one fell down just got caught. Finally, we leave the following question: What knowledge or information do we need to leave the Earth Prison or our paradise?
More and more people believe in the idea that there are other realities and dimensions besides ours, interacting with us and even overlapping. With this idea comes the possibility that traveling between different dimensions, there are even stories that this is not only possible, but that such interdimensional portals have already been opened in the past. Disturbing, sometimes terrifying, and always strange, there are cases that go beyond what we can imagine and make us wonder where these portals are.(interdimensional portal opening in the Scottish sky)
And if we talk about interdimensional portals it is inevitable not to make reference to the Skinwalker Ranch, also known as the Sherman Ranch, located northeast of the US state of Utah. Those who have entered this private property have witnessed UFO sightings and encounters with strange creatures. There are innumerable conspiracy theories about the Skinwalker Ranch, as it is about some top secret scientific project, or that all these mysteries are phenomena because of an ancient Indian curse. However, experts in the field agree that it is built on a true interdimensional portal. Whatever the explanation, it is not the only portal on our planet. Now, some inhabitants of a Scottish council claim to have seen an interdimensional portal in the night sky.(interdimensional portal opening in the Scottish sky)
Interdimensional portal in Scotland
The Scottish council of Midlothian, near Edinburgh, has become a topic of debate among UFO believers and time travel . An amazing recently published video shows a blue circular light that appears in the night sky . Curiously, an unidentified flying object passes near the supposed interdimensional portal, just before closing.
It is not known who recorded it, the only information that some media have published is that the portal was visible in the sky until dawn and that the lights are not the reflection of any focus on the ground. Subsequently, the controversial YouTube channel ‘Secureteam10’ shared the images. Tyler Glockner, responsible for Secureteam10, is convinced that the mysterious light that appears in the Scottish sky is, in fact, an interdimensional portal.(interdimensional portal opening in the Scottish sky)
“It really looks like something that generates a lot of light ,” Glockner explained. “Definitely not a spotlight on the ground. It seems to shrink and shrink until the sky engulfs it completely. “
As the video went viral in social networks, many netizens began to raise several theories to explain the strange phenomenon of the sky. Some users argued that the portal appeared in the sky could be used by extraterrestrial civilizations to travel in time , while others speculated with the possibility that UFOs used these portals to travel long interstellar distances.
“There is something strange that they are trying to hide from us. Have you ever seen how on most days there are clouds covering the sunset? During the afternoon, you can see the planes leaving behind chemtrails. Then the sunset comes, and they cover the clouds, as if they were hiding something, “ Glockner concluded.
However, the skeptics explained that what can be seen in the video is simply a normal phenomenon. Assumed experts revealed that the light emanating from the sky could actually be from the Moon hidden behind the clouds. Apparently, the “portal” would be a separation of thick clouds with the light of the Moon, something similar to the rays of the Sun, but in the night sky.(interdimensional portal opening in the Scottish sky)
The truth is that so far no one has been able to find an explanation for the strange phenomenon and the mysterious object that appears before the mysterious portal is closed. We only have unfounded hypotheses, which make it clear that for skeptics it is only the light of the Moon and for believers in the extraterrestrial theme it is an interdimensional portal. And if this last possibility is true, then we should point out on the map to Scotland as a new portal to other realities.
What do you think about the mysterious light on Scotland? Is it an interdimensional portal? Is the Moonlight among the clouds? Or do you have another explanation?
In this article, we’ll take a closer look at the footage of Bob Lazar with John Lear, which purports to show the two discussing the alleged alien craft testing at Area 51, and try to determine whether there is any truth to the claims made in the video.
The Bob Lazar And John Lear Area 51 Alien Craft Footage
There is a widely-circulated video on the internet that claims to show Bob Lazar and John Lear discussing the alien craft that Lazar says he worked on at Area 51. In the video, Lazar explains the technical details of the propulsion system, while Lear provides his own observations and comments. The footage has been used as evidence by those who believe in Lazar’s claims and is considered one of the most compelling pieces of evidence in the extraterrestrial conspiracy theory community.
Analysis Of The Bob Lazar UFO Footage
The footage of Bob Lazar and John Lear discussing the alleged alien technology at Area 51 has been the subject of much debate and skepticism, with those who believe in Lazar’s claims arguing that the video provides credible evidence of the existence of extraterrestrial technology and the government’s efforts to keep it hidden. However, skeptics argue that the video is a hoax and that there is no credible evidence to support Lazar’s claims.
One of the biggest arguments against the authenticity of the video is the lack of corroborating evidence. Despite numerous efforts to find physical evidence or documentation to support Lazar’s claims, there is none to be found. No other scientists or engineers who have worked at Area 51 have come forward to corroborate Lazar’s story, and there is no independent documentation or records to support his claims.
Furthermore, there are questions about Lazar’s credentials and background. Despite his claims of having worked as a scientist at Area 51, there is no official record of his employment there, and his background has been subject to much scrutiny and investigation. Some have even questioned whether Lazar is a real person or a pseudonym used by someone else.
Another argument against the authenticity of the video is that it was not recorded at Area 51. While Lazar and Lear discuss the alleged alien technology, there is no mention of the specific location where the conversation is taking place. This raises questions about the credibility of the footage, as it could have been recorded anywhere and is not necessarily related to the claims being made.
In the video, Lazar describes the saucers as being powered by something he refers to as “Element 115,” which he claims has the ability to create a gravity wave and generate propulsion. He also explains the technical details of the propulsion system, including how the saucers use a series of magnetic fields to generate lift and control the direction of the craft. Throughout the video, Lazar appears to be knowledgeable and confident in his explanations and provides detailed diagrams and illustrations to help illustrate his points.
John Lear, who is also present in the video, provides his own observations and comments and often asks Lazar questions about alien technology. Lear is a well-known figure in the extraterrestrial conspiracy theory community and has made many claims over the years about the existence of extraterrestrial life and the government’s efforts to keep it hidden. In the video, he provides his own insights and opinions about the claims made by Lazar and offers his own thoughts on the implications of the technology.
The Claims Of Bob Lazar
Lazar’s claims quickly generated a great deal of media attention, and he became a controversial figure in the world of extraterrestrial conspiracy theories. While many people were intrigued by his claims and saw him as a whistleblower exposing the truth about alien technology, others were highly skeptical of his story and accused him of fabricating it for personal gain.
Bob Lazar first came to the public’s attention in 1989, when he went public with his claims of having worked on alien technology at Area 51. According to Lazar, he was hired to work on the propulsion system of nine flying saucers, which he claimed were of extraterrestrial origin. He also claimed that the saucers were powered by something called “Element 115,” which he said had the ability to create a gravity wave.
The footage of Bob Lazar and John Lear discussing the alleged alien technology at Area 51 is a controversial topic that has generated much debate and skepticism over the years. While many believe that the video provides credible evidence of the existence of extraterrestrial technology and the government’s efforts to keep it hidden, there is no solid evidence to support these claims.
The Testimony Of Gene Huff
Gene Huff, who was a coworker of Bob Lazar at Area 51, provided testimony that has been used by both supporters and skeptics of Lazar’s claims. In the 1990s, Huff gave an interview in which he claimed that he had worked with Lazar at Area 51 and had seen the alien technology that Lazar had described. Huff stated that he was skeptical of Lazar’s claims at first, but eventually became convinced that Lazar was telling the truth after seeing the saucers with his own eyes.
Huff’s testimony added credibility to Lazar’s claims and was often cited by those who believed in the authenticity of the footage of Bob Lazar and John Lear. However, Huff’s testimony was also the subject of much scrutiny and skepticism, with many questioning his credibility and the validity of his claims.
Critics pointed out that Huff was not a scientist or engineer, and that his background and expertise were not in a field that would allow him to understand or evaluate the technical details of the propulsion system described by Lazar.
In addition, there are inconsistencies in Huff’s testimony, and some have pointed out that his claims were not supported by any independent evidence. Critics have also pointed out that Huff’s testimony was not given under oath, and that he did not provide any documentation or other evidence to support his claims.
Despite the controversy surrounding Gene Huff’s testimony, it remains an important piece of the puzzle when it comes to evaluating the claims made in the footage of Bob Lazar and John Lear. While his testimony has been used by both supporters and skeptics of Lazar’s claims,
it remains unclear whether his claims are credible or if they add any real weight to the debate over the authenticity of the footage. Until there is independent evidence to support or disprove the claims made by Gene Huff, his testimony will likely remain a topic of speculation and debate.
In conclusion, while the footage of Bob Lazar and John Lear is intriguing and raises some interesting questions, it is important to approach the claims made in the video with a critical and skeptical eye. There is simply not enough evidence to support the claims made in the video, and the lack of corroborating evidence and questions about Lazar’s background and credentials cast doubt on the authenticity of the claims. Until there is concrete evidence to support the claims made in the video, it is likely that the truth behind the footage of Bob Lazar and John Lear will remain a topic of speculation and debate.
It is believed by many that approximately 445,000 years ago, ancient astronauts from another planet in the cosmos landed on Earth looking for gold. The Ancient Sumerians assert that they extracted their knowledge of the distant past from the teachings and writings of the Anunnaki. But why did the Anunnaki leave earth?
Enduring mystery about why the Anunnaki leave Earth
What was the reason for their departure from Earth? What happened after the fall of Babylon? According to research, this mass destruction was due to a civil war (maybe, a nuclear war) between the clans of Enki and Enlil (for political ambitions). Ishtar and Marduk started the conflict. Marduk retook Babylon through Cyrus the Great of Persia in 539 BC. However, then all the Anunnaki left the Earth. Did Marduk stay here? Answers to these questions are found in the book The End of Times by Zecharia Sitchin. According to this book, everything begins when the Second Pyramid War took place, between the two different clans.
The Anunnaki civil war: Clans of Enki vs. Clans of Enlil
Akkadian seal with the goddess Inanna, 2350-2150 BC.
It was the civil war caused by Inanna / Ishtar, who wanted to control Africa and Egypt which led the Anunnaki to leave Earth. Inanna also wanted to further develop her governorate in India, so she had stolen ME templates with engineering skills. Marduk was disadvantaged and decided to build the city of Babylon and the Tower of Babel in order to reach the Heavens (a spaceport to launch spaceships towards Nibiru, the Anunnaki planet)
Marduk: giant Babylonian god “from another world.”
He fought against the goddess Tiamat, who wanted to destroy the Earth and all the Anunnaki.
His origin is mysterious but apparently he was the son of Enki .
He had surreal alien features: giant size, with two heads, four eyes, four ears, and radiating light.
Babylon came to reign after defeating Tiamat, a Draconian Anunnaki who wanted to destroy all gods and creation in war.
This deity does not appear in Sumerian mythology until the Acadian of the years 2,300 BC.
Origin of Marduk, Anunnaki king of the kingdom of Babylon
It is thought that he was the son of Enki, creator of humanity and Ninhursag, the mother goddess of Earth.
Note that the Akkadians and Babylonians called Enki as Ea.
The Enuma Elish says that it was created in the Abzu, the Anunnaki’s underworld.
As we have already mentioned, this Babylonian text narrates that Marduk was born with two heads, four eyes, and four ears (!) . The text also described him as a giant and that he emitted light.
He [Ea or Enki] created him so perfectly that his divine head was double (…) (…) Four were his eyes, four were his ears; When his lips moved, the fire burned and radiated. All four ears were huge. And equally the eyes; the eyes perceived everything. The tallest among the gods, his form was extraordinary. his limbs were very long, its height (?) Extraordinary.
In the years 1,700 A.C the city of Babylon greatly increased its power in Mesopotamia.
There began the cult of Marduk as a divine ruler. For example, in the Temple of Esagila, he was worshiped with a large golden statue.
Marduk vs. Tiamat: Anunnaki Civil War
The book Enuma Elish narrates a civil war of the Sumerian / Mesopotamian gods .
She created grotesque hybrids, 11 chimeras that carried weapons.
She also gave Kingu absolute universal power as he pierced the Tablets of Destiny. Anu couldn’t resist the battle against Tiamat and that’s when Anshar proposed Marduk as a warrior.
Marduk crafted a bow, arrows, a giant mallet, and an electric beam weapon .
He also had the Imhullu, a weapon with technology to generate hurricane-force winds.
With all these weapons he managed to defeat Tiamat and later he was proclaimed king of the Anunnaki, possessing the Tablets of Destiny.
The god who possessed the Tablet of Destiny was considered supreme ruler by all others. Public Domain
Then Marduk, from the deceased body of Tiamat, created the heavens and the Earth, and from the eyes of Tiamat gave rise to the Tigris and Euphrates rivers.
Likewise, from Kingu’s blood, Enki created human beings…. That is the myth of the creation of Babylon.
Something that supports the theory of the ancient astronauts is that the Code of Hammurabi possibly describes that Anu and Enlil had given Marduk a type of Enlil aircraft, an “Enlil-ship” .
Marduk vs. Tiamat in antique print
With all this epic history, we see that Marduk was an influential god who resided in Babylon some 3,800 years ago .
The war against Tiamat is an important story because it speaks of the beginning of time and of human history.
The appearance of this deity was mind-blowing and alien. Perhaps the Babylonians did come to see this being face to face.
The Usumgal or Usumgallu stands for “great dragon”, an alien reptilian race. As per the Sumerian mythology, the Anunnaki and their Ancient Gods like Anu and Tiamat were Gods of the stars.
Numerous investigation and thorough research have suggested that the Ancient Gods of the Anunnaki like Anu are those Usumgal, the creators of the Anunnaki. It is believed that the reptilian beings, Usumgal are the Gods who have created the Anunnaki.
There is an interesting Ancient tale of wars between the Gods.
If facts are to be believed, then, in reality, Tiamat and Apsu are the Ancient Gods of Sumeria. Although, the Sumerian mythology is way more complicated and there is a possibility that there could be two different types of force that gave birth to the following Ancient Gods. Dragons were born from Tiamat, and the dragons were called Musmahhu, Usumgallu, and Basmu.
The primeval Gods were a race of extraterrestrial reptilians called Kingú that arose in the constellation Draco. After Draco, these beings traveled to other constellations like Orion.
https://googleads.g.doubleclick.net/pagead/ads?client=ca-pub-6078467236390171&output=html&h=280&slotname=6644182552&adk=1696817079&adf=928159683&pi=t.ma~as.6644182552&w=667&fwrn=4&fwrnh=100&lmt=1705261412&rafmt=1&format=667×280&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.infinityexplorers.com%2Fthe-history-of-sumerian-gods-usumgal-the-gods-who-created-the-anunnaki%2F&ea=0&fwr=0&fwrattr=true&rpe=1&resp_fmts=3&wgl=1&uach=WyJXaW5kb3dzIiwiMTAuMC4wIiwieDg2IiwiIiwiMTIwLjAuMjIxMC4xMzMiLG51bGwsMCxudWxsLCI2NCIsW1siTm90X0EgQnJhbmQiLCI4LjAuMC4wIl0sWyJDaHJvbWl1bSIsIjEyMC4wLjYwOTkuMjE3Il0sWyJNaWNyb3NvZnQgRWRnZSIsIjEyMC4wLjIyMTAuMTMzIl1dLDBd&dt=1705261408909&bpp=2&bdt=529&idt=287&shv=r20240109&mjsv=m202401080101&ptt=9&saldr=aa&abxe=1&cookie=ID%3D6e35f70fb8b00579%3AT%3D1705260145%3ART%3D1705261255%3AS%3DALNI_MYG8owExn8rU-E0LZKvFx3NtI2zfA&gpic=UID%3D00000cf63c345cda%3AT%3D1705260145%3ART%3D1705261255%3AS%3DALNI_Mbt9r_u6XG9K0CVWM58yoMsPNGk5Q&prev_fmts=700×280%2C0x0%2C700x175%2C700x280%2C300x600%2C700x280&nras=4&correlator=6440185328208&frm=20&pv=1&ga_vid=755305154.1705260145&ga_sid=1705261409&ga_hid=1711914383&ga_fc=1&u_tz=0&u_his=1&u_h=720&u_w=1280&u_ah=680&u_aw=1225&u_cd=24&u_sd=1.5&dmc=4&adx=154&ady=3408&biw=1202&bih=606&scr_x=0&scr_y=1015&eid=44759876%2C44759927%2C95320239%2C31080223%2C31080260%2C95320376%2C95321901%2C95320870%2C95321967&oid=2&psts=AOrYGsli3J3_HUjeFk6HpaxJHah9xxTItYS_srTvVrWPNkp-3-d2QaBEBnVtQRqzXqq_CMDCgxOrM177uWErIRa0OEe_rpA%2CAOrYGskmnKzepjwWPE-CikQiLv46G4xLp4LLsZmc5udCckYeVsNEDOmnkbsNroBLLISgJUVmZzjSdbq5x4_YFXcXVttdm_0%2CAOrYGsljD4EK4KHliYYAGfERzbRV0mOyVPiBwrojixtQ_i-L7Q_Q4vov0C5w-0rwlO-jV-adGf0G4E6KBwIVCQs6RCPi22m0%2CAOrYGskSfZAD6dr8TNer2BbKWagE4weQoiT48EUr0Wc6ME6vYhiTu_73fdMsdP_9iIbeNUe0VwVDYwY8qgCLNoFfiaI3NSo&pvsid=836090551184611&tmod=822365359&wsm=3&uas=3&nvt=1&fc=896&brdim=0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C1225%2C0%2C1225%2C680%2C1217%2C606&vis=1&rsz=%7C%7CEebr%7C&abl=CS&pfx=0&fu=128&bc=31&psd=W251bGwsbnVsbCxudWxsLDNd&ifi=3&uci=a!3&btvi=6&fsb=1&dtd=3590Anton Parks
Anton Parks is an author and he states that on Earth, these ancient aliens made their base in Hyperborea, a legendary land located at the North Pole. Then the time came when the Kingú, created the Usumgal, another dragon race with seven powerful leaders. The strong and mighty leaders of the Usumgal race always envied the power of the Kingú (similar to the story of Lucifer)
Ancient Gods and genetic engineering
Ancient God, Usumgal were familiar with genetic engineering. The seventh mighty leader of the Usumgal Gods, called Anu,was the one who created the Anunnaki.
The Sumerian Mythology says that:
In heaven Anu is on his throne, clothed with all the attributes of sovereignty: the scepter, the diadem, the headdress, the staff (…) He was the “father of the gods” (abû ilâni), “father of the heavens »(Ab shamê).
The Anunnaki are said to have been created in the Pleiades, although the prototype, called Saam, was created in the Great Bear. Saam later became famous as Enki, who rebelled against Anu. Enki is also the one who created Igigi.
The Usumgal, along with the Anunnaki then rebelled against the Kingú and defeated them in our solar system. Tiamat was completely destroyedby Marduk here on Earth, which is also described on Babylonian tablets. However, other extraterrestrial God called Kadistu decided to shut the Diranna or star portals that were placed on Earth, in order to keep the Usumgal locked up here. Numerous Kadistu aliens were also trapped here when the portals were shut, and suffered wars by the Usumgal. Later on, the Usumgal enslaved the Igigi created by Enki and forced them to work in water channels in Sumer. After a certain period of time, the Igigi also rebelled. Worried about the insurrection, the Usumgal used their genetic engineering to modify the Neanderthal humans and enslaved them.
The Lost Books Of Enki: It is said to be among a collection of 25,000 Sumerian tablets from over 5,000 years ago.
The Lost Books Of Enki are said to have been suppressed as it contains the true hidden story of the Anunnaki, beginning with their arrival on Earth from Nibiru, the creation of the human being (Adamu), and the reigning establishments in Sumeria, Egypt and in the Indus River Valley.
This story precedes the Bible, the Hebrew Torah, and the Quran by about 5,000 years and has many similarities to those texts, such as the Garden of Eden (E.DIN), Adam and Eve (Adamu and Ti-Amat), and the Flood .
It also narrates an ancient war where the three civilizations are destroyed and the godMarduk is left with sole power.
The 25,000 Sumerian tablets were reportedly found in Nineveh, Iraq, in the royal palace of the Assyrian king, Ashurbanipal. The alternative story it tells has been calculated to be about 450,000 years old.
The lost books of Enki: first tablets, the arrival of the Anunnaki
Cylindrical seal VA 243, of the Sumerians
In the First, Tablet Nibiru is described as having problems in his atmosphere.
To restore it, the Anunnaki decided to use gold, but they had to find gold reserves on other planets. The god Alalu travels to the planet Ki (Earth) to search for the gold and finds it.
Then Enki arrives to establish a command base in Eridu, Sumeria, the same Biblical Eden called E.DIN, and the gold mining begins. After a while, the Anunnaki driven to mine the gold felt exploited and rebelled against Enki and Enlil .
Enki and Enlil then decide to artificially create primitive workers to replace the gods . In the Sixth Tablet, Enki devised that a genetically engineered hybrid could be created : a hybridization between an Earthling hominid being and the “essence of life” or Anunnaki DNA .
The final human model was executed and called “Adamu” (the same as in Genesis), along with its female counterpart Ti-Amat.
Because these Adam and Eve procreated, Enlil decided to expel them from the E.DIN station (Eden) towards the Abzu station of Enki.
The Seventh Tablet narrates that Adanu and Ti-Amat procreated and populated the Earth , in addition, Enki mixed with earthly daughters of Adanu.
Royal lineage of the Adapa hybrid, Ziusudra and the Universal Flood
Detail of the Seal of Adda: Anunnaki gods with Enki in the center, the figure with streams and fish
In one of these copulations Adapa is born and then the woman Titi. Adapa became the First Civilized Man due to his high intelligence and Enki’s education.
On the Eighth Tablet, Adapa begins working on seed crops created by Enki and Enlil . In Tablet Nine, a proliferation of humanity is described and the Adapa lineage remains royalty.
The Anunnaki mixed quite a bit with humans , like Enki and a human woman, who gave birth to Prince Ziusudra. However, on Earth a lot of drought and pests begin to be generated , in addition to the prediction that a flood will occur .
Many Anunnaki begins to leave Earth, but Enki decides to warn Ziusudra about the Flood, instructing him to build a submarine and to guard the “seeds of life. “
Nibiru’s approach to Earth causes the Whiteland ice cap to slide , causing a massive tsunami. Ziusudra managed to survive with his submarine and when the waters receded, the Anunnaki reestablished ground command stations.
Sumeria, Egypt and the Anunnaki war
Possibly Marduk fighting Tiamat. Drawing of an Assyrian engraved plate
On Tablet 11, Ninhursag acquires the neutral land of Talmun , Marduk is granted the Darkened Lands, and Enlil the Ancient Lands.
There are many conflicts and Inanna declared war on Marduk.
The Anunnaki under Enlil’s command threatened him and condemned him to exile. Additionally, Enki and Enlil politically divided Earth for their descendants.
Tablet 12 narrates that in the First Region of Enlil the human civilization of Sumeria is established.
Marduk seized the Second Region (Egypt) and exiled Ningishzidda (Tot).
Marduk declared himself the supreme god Ra and established the reigns of pharaohs. Innana, meanwhile, governed the Third Region: the Indus Valley (Afghanistan, Pakistan).
On Tablet 13 the Anunnaki-human hybrid demigods became kings and priests, but populations begin to revolt in civil wars and the gods began to use nuclear weapons that caused calamities.
In Tablet 14 the center of Marduk, Babili, survived the war and Enki intuit that Marduk will be left with a supreme hegemony.
Enki and Enlil retreated to distant lands, but Enki decided to leave this story written on the tablets.
conclusion
Enki’s Lost Book is an alternate story that has not been 100 percent confirmed (information comes from Zecharia Sitchin’s work). However, it could be under censorship from academics.
The narrative seems to precede what ancient texts like the Hebrew Torah, the Bible, and the Koran say. It is very likely that the Anunnaki have performed all these actions on Earth, based on what we have read in Sumerian texts and from the other books already mentioned.
./Formatierras_ The cosmic gardeners who created our humans – Infinity Explorers_files/ads.html
Millions of years ago, the Formatierras, the most evolved race in the galaxy, decided that the Earth was appropriate to carry out a galactic-level multi-species reserve experiment, like a cosmic Noah’s ark.
Thus begins this exciting story. The conclusions will be only yours. Let’s continue .. The planet was prepared and began to “sow” a multitude of plant and animal species from different parts of the galaxy.
Within the format of the formatierras was the creation of an original and dominant species, built with the genetics of at least three extraterrestrial races, plus the one corresponding to the predominant planet.
./Formatierras_ The cosmic gardeners who created our humans – Infinity Explorers_files/ads(1).html
After many tests and studies it was decided that the root species from where they would take the primary chromosomes for the new species, was that of the great saurians that inhabited the Earth and that perfectly adapted to the planet and its purposes.
The person in charge of the creation of the new species destined to evolve as human on the planet was Wotan (take it as a representative subject), creating the original Manu from the genetics of the reptiles that inhabited it.
A long time later, Enki and Enlil arrive and create the Lhulu from the Manu for their particular purposes. Then the Lhulu breeds with the Manu and the Lhumanu is born.
./Formatierras_ The cosmic gardeners who created our humans – Infinity Explorers_files/ads(2).html
Thousands of years later Baphomet (take as representative subject), representative of one of the races whose genetics was used to reinforce the root chromosomes in the creation of Manu, enters the scene by signing the pact with Moses.
This breed is the Alpha Draconis Reptilians. Then we have Wotan and the Nordics in charge of the creation of Manu, and whose genetics were used for it.
On the other hand Baphomet and the Reptilians, whose genetics were also one of the other two used together with that of the formatierras, and in the middle of the Annunakis, Enki and Enlil who returned to manipulate the original Manu to create the Lhulu, and then , as they crossed each other, they began a new race, the Lhumanu.
Therefore we have four races as possible claimants of our possession, the Formatierras, the Nordics, the Reptilians and the Annunakis. What is the value of Lhumanu as a unit of Carbon? His multi-species genetics.
./Formatierras_ The cosmic gardeners who created our humans – Infinity Explorers_files/ads(3).html
The inactive genes of our DNA, (the considered genetic garbage), are those corresponding to the species that were used for its creation, and the active ones are the consequence of that extraterrestrial amalgam, we Pasú.
We have the certainty of this story, but we have no proof. Only time will confirm or discard it. Let us now see what Wotan and Baphomet represent in subjective reality.
These real and almost mythological Beings, object of adoration and pleitesia, more than specific subjects they represent, energies, civilizations, ideas, paradigms and archetypes, alternative realities and universes of subjective reality.
./Formatierras_ The cosmic gardeners who created our humans – Infinity Explorers_files/ads(4).html
It is as if we were talking about Adolf Hitler and Winston Churchill, Nazism and capitalism, the people and the crown, freedom and oppression, the extremes of the same body.
Wotan represents the root of civilization, the primitive and pagan, the primary knowledge of humanity, the hyperborean, the closest to the origin.
Baphomet represents change or evolution, the modern and Christian, the insubstantial knowledge of society, the southern, the furthest from the origin.
Primitive man pure, innocent and wise against the present man corrupted, sinful and ignorant. Both one and the other are still two sides of the same coin, the thirsty masters of power behind ideas.
One sharing knowledge in exchange for idolatry, order and indoctrination, the other hiding knowledge in exchange for manipulation, chaos, pleasures and fortune. Lights and shadows of the same body, the matter of the 4 × 4 matrix space.
./Formatierras_ The cosmic gardeners who created our humans – Infinity Explorers_files/ads(5).html
Which would you choose if you had no other option? Undoubtedly to Wotan. How do we understand Wotan and Baphomet from the point of view of energies?
For that we have to withdraw to the previous article, to the substrate “e”, the mother space not yet defined by a matrix, where the lights and shadows move before being manifested in the matter.
As we said, nothing happens without it having happened before in mental MS and etheric MS.
The primordial Merkaba de vaet (0-) is the mother cell of matter and energy, whose charge is neutral, not by equilibrium, but by absence of polarity, that is, it is the only thing in this reality that is not composed of positive charges and negatives themselves.
Although its vaet (temporal space angular vector) is (0-), zero vaet (without orientation) and negative in space (lack thereof), it only takes shape and load when they come together, giving space and time according to matter and energy.
Since everything is energy, and matter is condensed energy vibrating at a very low frequency, we could also assume that all energy is matter vibrating at a very high frequency. Therefore we can postulate that everything is matter.
Following this reasoning, mental MS and etheric MS are as material as this 4 × 4 MS, only outside the range perceptible by our senses.
As we need more subtle energies to subsist, such as those produced in our body by food, by the air we breathe, by the sun that warms us, by the emotions and feelings that rejoice us, the lights and shadows also need energies more subtle, obtained, in this case, from the passions of the pendulum ends.
A football game releases as much energy from its fans and fans as from a concentration camp in World War II. It does not matter the circumstance or the act but what is obtained by it.
How do you think a cow feels in the slaughterhouse, or a bull in the sand? Who consumes that energy produced by stress and released by the animal?
Yes, he succeeded, you in the etheric plane. Why? Because you can’t eat a steak or a hamburger the way you eat it in the Matrix Space 4 × 4.
As you will see, everything is relative to the matrix space that you inhabit, be aware of it or not.
Every time a ritual is done in the name of Baphomet, either directly or implicitly, the energy released by the participants is consumed directly by it, it is their private banquet.
A Catholic mass, a Masonic course, a prayer chain where an image is asked or prayed, etc., etc., etc., are private agapes for the lights and shadows of this game.
Wotan feeds on positively charged energies, and Baphomet on negatively charged energies, who defines the charge? Our selves on duty.
For example, in a Catholic mass positive and negative energies are released depending on what conscious or unconscious thinking we have at the time of the ceremony.
Fulanita asks for Menganito’s health, positive energy. Menganito apologizes for what he did to Zutanito, positive and negative energy.
Zutanito went to Mass by obligation, negative energy. In a single ceremony he fed the lights and shadows unconsciously, and the sponsor consciously because he is the representative and intermediary between the producer and the consumer.
But as the demand for food is great, because the armies are also great, it is only necessary to possess the selves so that they commit the acts of thoughts, words and deeds that release the energy demanded by both Wotan and Baphomet.
Meanwhile, we are drained as piles, and we cannot retain enough energy to nourish our Being and that it manifests freely and fully.
If we free ourselves from the lights and shadows, all the energy will remain in us and the path to liberation will be much faster and easier.
We cannot get Wotan and Baphomet out of this reality, but we can get them out of our interior. The million dollar question is why does the Do allow them to feed on us?
And the answer is very simple, because we allow it for what is stated in the article “letter from an initiate.”
We decided to fulfill that role in the game of creation, we decided to continue being lambs and food, so that the pendulum continues to move.
Only a few really want to change roles, stop being lambs and become wolves, attentive and owners of their energy and food.
Meanwhile Wotan and Baphomet continue to dispute the Lhumanu, not only for the food it generates, but for being a holder of an alien genetic bank rarely seen and something they want since our creation, something so precious to them that they sacrificed their own evolution for to get it.
Today, Wotan and Baphomet are no longer strangers and cannot hide so easily within you, because they have known your face and will recognize you when they take hold.
The only difference between Adolf Hitler and you is that he was aware of who he fed and who he wanted to feed.
Since he could not free a whole race of light and shadow, he could, however, try to give him the best choice within the limited duality.
Sean Ser and they will get Wotan and Baphomet to throw them out of their mouths because they will no longer serve as food, they will be able to free themselves in particular, and perhaps tomorrow, the Human race will only feed the Human because they will be vaet (0-) the mana of the Do that feeds to the crystallized Being that lives within the Virya.
Mary Holland
